vol-2 drill subjects

Transcription

(VOL-2 DRILL SUBJECTS)
TRAINING DIRECTORATE-CRPF
NEW DELHI - INDIA ( DECEMBER – 2011)
1
FOREWORD:
The need for a single handbook containing all lessons of Constable
(GD) basic training in CRPF has been felt for quite sometime. The
raising of Addl. Trg. Centres further necessiated this - to provide the
instructors with enough trg. materials in a single booklet form so that
there is uniformity in the contents.. After discussions in various
forums and consultations with experienced trainers the syllabus was
reviewed. While reviewing the syllabus enough attention has been
paid to the changing security scenario, modus operandi of antinationals and changing social millieu. This is the first time, the
syllabus revision committee itself has come out with elaborate and
comprehensive lesson plans on each of the subject which I feel will
be very useful to the trainers. Prepared in roman hindi, the contents
would be easily understood by even non-hindi speaking personnel. I
hope, this handbook will benefit
all trainers and trainees in
enhancing their Knowledge,skill and aptitude in their duties.
DEC-2011
NEW DELHI
K.VIJAY KUMAR, IPS
DIRECTOR GENERAL,
CENTRAL RESERVE POLICE FORCE
2
FROM THE DESK OF ADDL.DGP(TRG.)
:
Training is the best investment for any Organisation, more so in an
armed force like ours. The operational efficiency any unit can be best
tested in its trg. ground. This roman hindi HANDBOOK FOR CT-GD
BASIC TRG. consisting of all lessons/trg. for the whole 44 weeks trg.
period, is prepared to benefit both instructors and trainees to
impart/undergo trg. as per the present needs of our organistion. I
hope this book will be of immense help to all – as prepared in easy
language covering all topics in a comprehensive manner.
D.K.PATHAK, IPS
ADDITIONAL DGP (TRG.)-CRPF
NEW DELHI
INTRODUCTION BY IGP(TRG.)
:
It is during basic trg. that one learns all the fundamentals of any
organisation.Hence its importance cannot be overemphasized.SRC has
made, an all out attempt to review the contents of the basic course in
accordance with the everchanging dynamics of our country’s internal
security scenario.This change could not have been effectively
communicated to the target group i.e., thousands of recruits joining
this force- without making an authentic and comprehensive resource
material. The compilation of lesson plans in a booklet form is an
attempt in that direction. The committee would welcome any
suggestion for inclusion in future editions.
K.MADHUSUDHANAN,
IGP-(TRG.)- CRPF
NEW DELHI
3
PREFACE BY AUTHOR:
“ A man would do nothing if he waits to do a work in such a way- that nobody
would find fault on what he has done “
Compiling lesson plans on a variety of subject to be taught during long 44 weeks
was’nt an easy task. We had to go through various sources like trg. books,
pamphlets of Army, BSF, SPG,CRPF,CISF &Other forces/Police from our country
through their publications. Internet was also a main source for thinking globally.
This booklet has been made in simple Roman hindi-without changing the meaning
or spellings from the source , as Roman hindi is a flexible language with no firm
spelling for a particular word -unlike pure English or hindi-and our main intention
is to make the user to study easily and understand fully. Most of the lessons were
prepared after due thoughts on the present Training Needs of our constables . I
request the readers to advise/correct us , if any conceptual or spelling mistakes
are found-through my e-mail id -- gkumarindia@aol.in-- for corrections and also
request for their valuable suggestions to further improve this handbook.
G.KUMAR , B.Sc.,M.A.,M.Phil.,MBA.,
SECOND-IN-COMMAND (30 BN CRPF-ASSAM)
ATTACHED AT ATC – CRPF – AVADI (T.N)
4
BLOCK SYLLABUS FOR 44 WEEKS CT/GD BASIC TRG.
S/N
O.
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
C
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
15
CODE
RE
RM
OCT
UAC
BOX
SM
HC
PTT
OMDPT
PTTEST
LOD
FD
AD
LRD
CD
FND
OMDD
DTEST
INSAS
LMGIN
SLR
LMG
CM
AKM
MOR
GN
PIS
TS
SUBJECT
PHYSICAL TRAINING
Running and
Endurance
RouteMarches
Obstacle Clearing Trg.
Un Armed Combat
Boxing
Swimming
Hill & Building Climbing
PT Tables
One Minute Drill For
Strengthening
PT Tests
TOTAL
DRILL
Lectures On Drill
Foot Drill
Arms Drill
Lathi,Riot Drill and
Bugle Calls
Cane Drill
Last rites Drill
One Minute Drills in
Uniform
Drill Tests
TOTAL
WEAPON TRAINING
5.56 INSAS Rifle
5.56 INSAS LMG
7.62 SLR
7.62 LMG
9MM Carbine Machine
AKM
51 mm MORTAR
NO.36 H.E Grenade
9MM Browning Pistol
Tear Smoke
PERIODs
DAY
PERIOD
S
NIGHT
PERIO
DS
TOTAL
PERIOD
S
127
-
127
08
04
04
-
44
44
45
15
36
36
36
36
27
-
27
430
16
446
11
138
90
30
-
11
138
90
30
30
O9
20
-
30
09
20
12
-
12
340
-
340
119
53
08
-
127
53
12
79
28
35
31
29
20
15
08
06
04
08
06
-
12
87
34
39
39
35
20
15
36
40
45
15
36
32
36
36
5
16
17
FIR
OMD
18
19
BAY
WT-T
D
MR, GPS, FE, IED, FC, BC, TACTICS, CI&POLICE OPS, JC &
F/FIRING (OUTDOOR SUBJECTS)
MR
Map Reading & GPS
28
08
36
FE
Field Engineering,
36
36
Explosives & IEDs
FC
Field Craft
28
16
44
BC
Battle Craft
35
-35
TAC
Tactics
53
-53
CP
Counter insurgency &
36
16
52
Police operations
JC
Jungle camp & field
240
64
304
Firing
INT
Intelligence & Security
27
27
OMDOne Minute Drills for
31
31
CI
CI Ops.
TOTAL
514
104
618
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
E.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
12
Firing
One Minute Drills with
Weapon
Bayonet Fighting
Weapon Tests
TOTAL
INDOOR SUBJECTS
L
Law And Manuals
RR
Rescue & Relief
Operations
FF
Fire fighting
IS
VIP/Jail/ Airport
security & Guarding of
vital installations
HR
Human Rights
PO
Central Police & State
Police organisations
HF
Hygiene &
Sanitation,First
Aid&AIDS
OP
Office procedure
IN/OU INDOOR/OUTDOOR
T-T
WRITTEN Tests
TOTAL
164
25
32
-
196
25
42
18
670
72
42
18
742
18
08
-
18
08
08
08
-
08
08
08
08
-
08
08
16
-
16
04
08
-
04
08
86
-
86
2040
192
2232
6
BLOCK SYLLABUS FOR JUNGLE CAMP TRG.
S/N
o
Code
SUBJECT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
PT
MR
Tac
FC
FE
EXP
FF
Misc
BI
10
SCE
Endurance Training
Map Reading & GPS
Tactical Ops
Field Craft
Field Engineering
Explosive
Field firing
Miscellaneous
Battle inoculation
TOTAL
7 days self contained
exercise
TOTAL
NO. OF PERIOD
ALLOTTED
Day
Night Total
12
08
20
18
14
32
70
20
90
16
06
22
13
00
13
06
00
06
18
00
18
16
00
16
11
00
11
180
48
228
During Day &
76
Night
240
64
304
DETAILED SYLLABUS FOR DRILL SUBJECTS
Subject
Code
:
S.N
COD
O
E
01
LOD 1-2
02
LOD3-4
03
LOD5-7
04
LOD8-11
Subject
Code
:
:
(1)LECTURES ON DRILL
LOD
SUBJECT
L/D PRAC TOTA
.
Word of command
2
02
Bn. Ceremonial parade
2
-
02
Guard of honour
3
-
03
Guard mounting
2
2
04
TOTAL
09
02
11
:
FD
(2) FOOT DRILL
7
S/
No
CODE
1
FD-1-4
2
3
FD-5-8
FD-912
FD-1316
FD-1720
FD-2124
FD-2528
FD-2932
FD-3336
FD-3740
FD-4144
FD-4548
FD-4952
FD-5356
FD-5760
FD-6164
FD-6568
FD-6972
FD-7376
FD-7780
FD-8184
FD-8588
FD-89-
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
SUBJECT
PERIODS
L/D
2
Prac.
2
Total
4
2
2
2
2
4
4
2
2
4
Tej chal aur tham
2
2
4
Khuli line aur nikat line chal
2
2
4
Aage pichhe, dahine aur baen
kadam lena
Fasla rakhte hue ek do aur tin
line banana
Fasla rakhte hue dahine, baen
aur madhya sajh
Qadwar ya sizing
2
2
4
2
2
4
2
2
4
2
2
4
Parade par(getting on parade)
2
2
4
Dhire chal se murhna
2
2
4
Tej chal se murhna
2
2
4
Khare khare salute karna
2
2
4
Visarjan aur line torh
2
2
4
Dhire chal se salute karna
2
2
4
Tej chal se salute karna
2
2
4
Tej chal se patr ke sath samne
salute karna
Dhire chal se kadam tal aage
barh aur tham
Tej chal se kadam tal aage
barh aur tham
Dhire kadam tal aur dhire
chal se kadam badalna
Tej kadam tal se aur tej chal
se kadam badalna
Tej chal se dhire chal aur
2
2
4
2
2
4
2
2
4
2
2
4
2
2
4
2
2
4
Drill se jankari,savdhan
,vishram aur aramse
Khare khare murna
Khare khare aadha aur aadha
baen murhna
Dhire chal aur tham
8
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
92
FD-9396
FD-97100
FD101104
FD105108
FD109112
FD113116
FD117138
Subject
Code
dhire chal se tej chal
Tej chal se lamba aur chhota
kadam
Dhire chal se khuli aur nikat
line chal
Squad banana
2
2
4
2
2
4
2
2
4
Disha badal
2
2
4
Tinon tin se ek file aur ek file
se tinon tin banana
2
2
4
Tin line se ek file aur ek file se
tin line banana
2
2
4
Foot Drill Competitions
2
20
Total
:
AD
60
22
78
138
(3) ARMS DRILL
:
SL
CODE
SUBJECT
1
2
AD-1-5
AD-610
Laga sangin aur utar sangin
Rifle
ke
sath
savdhan
vishram aur aaram se
3
AD-1115
Samtol
shastr
baju
1
4
5
4
AD-1620
AD-2125
AD-2630
AD-3135
AD-3640
AD-4145
Bagal shastr aur baju shastr
1
4
5
Salami shastr aur baju
shastr
Bhumi shastr aur uthao
shastr
Rifle ke sath dhire chal se
murhna
Rifle sath tej chal se murhna
1
4
5
1
4
5
1
4
5
1
4
5
Rifle ke sath khare khare
salute karna
1
4
5
5
6
7
8
9
shastr
aur
L/D
1
1
PERIODS
Prac.
Total
4
5
4
5
9
10
AD-4650
AD-5155
AD-5660
AD-6165
AD-6670
AD-7175
AD-7680
Rifle ke sath dhire chal se
samne salute karna
Rifle ke sath tej chal se
salute karna
Rifle ke sath tej chal se patr
ke sath samne sakute
Baju shastr se nirikshan ke
liye janch shastr
Baju shastr se tol shastr
1
4
5
1
4
5
1
4
5
1
4
5
1
4
5
Tol shastr se badal shastr
1
4
5
Baju shastr se sambhal
shastr aur sambhal shastr
se baju shastr
1
4
5
17
AD-8185
5.56 mm insas rifle ke sath
baju shastrse salami shastr
aur salami shastr se baju
shastr
1
4
5
18
AD-8690
5.56mm insas rifle ke sath
laga sangin aur utar sangin
Total
1
4
5
18
72
90
11
12
13
14
15
16
Subject
Code
:
: (4) LATHI ,RIOT DRILL & BUGLE CALLS
LRD
SL
CODE
SUBJECT
1
LRD1-2
Lathi se parichay, savadhan
vishram , lejane ke tarike tatha
salute karna
2
LRD3-4
Lathi se marna aur bachav
karna
1
1
2
3
LRD-5
1
-
1
4
LRD6-7
Savdhan, vishram, aaram kar
tatha lathi ke sath cane shield
ko le jaane ka tarika
Do line se ek line mein lathi
prahar ke liye aage badhna tatha
lathi prahar karna
1
1
2
5
LRD8-10
LRD-
Riot drill niyantran – ek parichay
1
2
3
Vidhivirudh samuh ya sabha
1
-
1
6
PERIODS
L/D
Prac. Total
1
1
2
10
7
8
11
LRD12-13
LRD14-16
Riot drill parti ki banavat
1
1
2
Riot drill/ Updrav niyantran
drillbhashan ,pradarshan
1
2
3
3
9
LRD17-19
Riot drill /Updrav
drill ki siddhant
niyantran
1
2
10
LRD20-22
1
2
11
LRD23-24
1
1
2
12
LRD25-27
2
1
3
14
LRD28-30
Riot drill /Updrav
niyantran
drill main karne aur na karne
wali baaten
Riot drill /Updrav niyantran ke
liye wahan par water cannon
sthapit karna
Bugle Calls-Reveille, dress call,
marker, officers call & march off
and break aur parade dismiss,
orderly room , defaulter call
mess call, school and game call
Bugle Calls- Roll call, retreat,
first post, last post, general
alarm, fire alarm and cease fire
aur Kote NCO, CQMH, CHM,
general salute, guard mounting
and darbar call
Total
2
1
3
15
15
30
Subject
Code
:
:
(5) CANE DRILL
CD
SL
CODE
SUBJECT
1
CD-13
CD-46
Cane ke sath savdhan,
vishram aur aaram se
Baju cane se tol cane, tol
cane se bagal cane, bagal
cane se tol cane, tol cane se
baju cane, aur baju cane se
bagal cane
Cane ke sath dhire chal aur
tham
Cane ke sath tej chal aur
2
3
4
CD-79
CD-
3
L/D
1
PERIODS
Prac.
Total
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
11
10-12
CD13-15
tham
Cane ke sath dhire chal se
dahine baen aur pichhe
murna
6
CD16-18
7
CD19-21
CD22-24
CD25-27
CD28-30
5
8
9
10
1
2
3
Cane ke sath tej chal se
dahine baen aur piche
murhna
1
2
3
Cane ke sath khare khare
salute karna
Cane ke sath dhire chal se
salute karna
Cane ke sath tej chal se
salute karna
Cane ke sath tej chal se patr
ke sath samne salute karna
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
10
20
30
L/D
1
PERIODS
Prac.
1
Total
02
1
1
1
01
02
1
1
1
01
02
1
-
01
06
03
09
Total
Subject
Code
:
:
(6) LAST RITES DRILL
FND
SL
CODE
SUBJECT
1
FND1-2
FND-3
FND4-5
FND-6
FND7-8
Salami shastr se ulte shastr
2
3
4
5
6
Ulte sashtr se badli sashtr
Ulte sashtr se tol sashtr aur
tol sashtr se ulte sashtr
Tol sashtr se badli sashtr
Ulte sashtr se shok sashtr
aur shok sashtr se ulte
sashtr
FND-9 Salami sashtr se shok
sashtr aur shok sashtr se
salami sashtr
Total
Subject
Code
S.N CODE
o.
1
OMDD
:
(7) ONE MINUTE DRILLS IN UNIFORM
:
OMD-D
SUBJECT
L/ PR
TO
D
AC. TA
L
Change from PT Dress to
01 02
03
Uniform/Combat dress
12
2
3
4
5
6
7
01-03
OMDD
04-06
OMDD
07-09
OMDD
10-12
OMDD
13-15
OMDD
16-18
OMDD
19-20
Subject
Code
S/No
1
Typing Boot/Shoe Lace while standing
erect on one leg
01
02
03
Turnout Check
01
02
03
Stitching two buttons
01
02
03
Ironing and folding Shirt/Troussers
01
02
03
Word of command and control over
marching column
01
02
03
Finding faults in a video recorded
Passing out parade
01
01
02
TOTAL
07
13
20
:
:
CODE
D-TEST
(8) TEST
D-TEST
SUBJEC
T
Test
Total
TOTAL OF DRILL TRG.
PERIODS
Tests
12
12
DAY
PDS.
340
Prac.
-
NIGHT
PDS.
-
Total
12
12
TOT
AL
340
13
(1) LECTURES ON DRILL
LOD 1-2
WORD OF COMMAND
UDDESH
Word of command ke bare mein jankari karana hai.
PARICHAY
Fouz mein jo bhi karwai hoti hai, who word of command(hukam) se hi ki jati hai.
Aap parade par hon ya larai meim, traning ke dauran word of command ke zariae
jo sikhlai payi jati hai, usi hukam manne ki adat parti hai. Drill ka acha hona ek
ache aur baqaida practice kiye hue word of command par hi nirbhar karta hai.
PARIBASHA
Word of command muqurar suda ulfaz hain jiske zarie drill movement ki jati hai
aur squad par qabu pane ke liye hukam diya jata hai.
WORD OF COMMAND KAISE ACHA HO SAKTA HAI
(a) Lagatar practice karne se.
(b) Zaida se zaida squad handling se.
14
(c) Word of command unchi awaz se diya jaye.
(d) Awaz pet se nikale na ki gale se.
WORD OF COMMAND KAISA HONA CHAHIE.
(a) Saaf hona chahie taki squad asani se samaj sake.
(b) Uncha hona chahie taki squad sun sake.
WORD OF COMMAND DETE SAMAYEBADAN KE HISSON KE NAAM.
(a) Pet.
(b) Chhati.
(c) Zaban.
(d) Dant.
(e) Honth.
WORD OF COMMAND KE PRAKAR.
(a) Cautionary (aagah karne wala).
(b) Executive. (amal karne wala).
CAUTIONARY AUR EXECUTIVE WORD OF COMMAND MEIN FARQ.
(a) Cautionary of command who word of command jissekam karne walon ko
chokkana aur agaah kiya jata hai ki age kya hone wala hai.
(b) Exceutive who eord of command hai jis par ham kam kiarte hai.
(c) Cautionary aur executive word of command mein ek sedo second ka wafa
hota hai.
(d) Tez chal mein jawan ko koi bhi word of command diya jayega us cautionary
word of command aur executive word of command mein do kadam ka fasala
hoga.
(e) Dhire chal mein cautionary word of command aur executive word of
command ke bich ek kadam ka fasla hoga. Dhire chal se cautionary word of
command barkhilaf paon par aur tez chal se usi paon par khatam kiya
jayega.
INSTURCTOR KA GALAT NAMUNA
(a) Thuthla kar bolna.
(b) Gale seawaz nikal kar bolna.
(c) Word of command dete samaye jism ki harkat karna.
(d) Chahre ko bigarna.
INSTRUCTOR KA DURUST NAMUNA
(a) Word of command hamesha savdhan position se dena chahie.
(b) Ustad ko squad se 15 kadam ki duri par rahna chahie.
(c) Agar instructor ke pas rifle ho to bagal sashtr se word of command dena
chahie ya rifle ko bhumi sashtr karna chahie.
(d) Awaz hamesha pet se nikalni chahie.
15
(e) Apna chahra sadaran ho.
(f) Word of command dete samay age piche harkat nahi karni chahie.
(g) Word of command chusti se dena chahie.
(h) Cautionary word of command sans lena bahut zarurai hai.
(i) Executive word of command ko niche na laya jaye.
(j) Word of command ke alfaz saaf saaf bolna bahut hi zarurai hai.
(k) Instructor ko yakin karna chahie ki mere diye hue word of command par
thik karwai hui hai ya nahi, agar na ho to jaise the ka istemal karte hue use
thik kiya jaye aur jaise the bar bar na kiya jaye.
(l) Word of command thik paon par dena chahie.
NOTE :
(a) Acha aur baquida practice kiya hua word of command dril ko acha banane
mein madad deta hai. Officer ko chahiye ki apne instructor ko ya baat
sikhane aur isi tariqe se Karen.
(b) Word of command dene ke liye awaz ko puri takat se bolan chahie. Dhime
bole gaye word of command par squad ke drill ka darja gir jata hai.
(c) Squad ko pichli position meinmlane ke liye jaise the ka word of command
diya jayega.
Niche diye gaye table mein yeh dhikya gaya hai ki kisi kadam par executive word of
command diya jayega.
-------------------------------********************----------------------------------------
LOD 3-4
BATTALION CEREMONIAL PARADE
Parichay
16
Kisi regiment ya battalion ke kisi vishesh awasr par battalion ke officer, SO’s aur
jawan ko apni drill, turn out, morle aur anusasan dekhne aur officer’s ko apna
command aur control dakhne ke liye battalion ki ceremonial parade ki jati hai. Is
mein sabhi ka apna morale uncha karne ka khas awsar milta hai.
Jab bhi battalion mein nishan parade par hote hai to sabhi sanik apneap ko
gourav shali anubhav katre hai. Nishan par khude battle honour ko dekh kar apne
purvajon ke balidan aur tayag ko yad karte hai. Nishanko dekh kar har sanik ke
dil mein desh ke liye balidan aur tayag ki bhawana paida hoti hai. Nishan ka
saman karna ek sache sanik ka kartavye hai.
PARADE KE MAUQE
Battalion ki parade sadharntah saptah mein ek bar hoti hai. Iska asli pardarshan
battalion ke jnam diwas ya battalion ke salana inspection ke dauran tatha anye
kisi vishesh awsar par kiya jata hai.
PARADE MADIAN MEIN PRAVESH KARNA
Jis prakar maidan ijajat de usi prakar se parade ko maidan mein lana chahie.
(a) Maidan ke centre se (Front gate ke andar se).
(b) Maidan ke dahine aur bayen se ek sath andar aana.
(c) Dahine ya bayen se kisi ek disha se andar ana.
PARADE KO MAIDAN MEIN LANE KI HALAT
Parade maidan mein do halaton mein lai ja sakti hai. Parade commander kjo
munasib samjhen, usi halat ko apna sakte hai.
(a) Parade Sun Adjt ke command mein maidan mein parvesh karti hai. Officer aur
SO’s, parade maidan mein an eke bad parade par ki karawai SI Maj aur 2i/c
aadesh par karte hai.
(b) Officer aur SO’s parade maidan ke bahar hi parade par ho sakte hain. Parade
battalion 2i/c ke under command mein maidan mein parvesh karti hai.
BATTALION CEREMONIAL PARADE KE WORD OF COMMAND.
Serial
Word of
Dawra
Word of Command
no.
command
par karwai.
(a)
Bugglar
SI Adjt.
Darshak march karte
Marker/Darshak
hue apne apne
call bajao.
mukarrar shuda
sthan par akar samne
milte hue tham ki
karwai karte hai.
Dahine/bayen murh
karke baju sashtr ki
karwai karke, savdhan
mein khare ho jayen.
(b)
Bugglar Advance
SI Adjt.
Advance call ke sath
call bajao.
parade maidan mein
dakhil hoti hai.
NOTE : Niche likhi karwai maidan ke bahar bugle call se pahle ja sakti hai.
17
(c)
Parade savdan,
Parade bagal
sashtr.
(d)
SO’s parade
par.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
Parade bazu
sashtr .
Parade
vishram.
Parade
savdhan.
Parade bagal
sashtr.
Parade baju
sashtr.
Parade
vishram.
Parade
savdhan.
Parade salami
sashtr.
Parade baju
sashtr .
Officer’s
parade par
SI Adjt.
SM
SM
SM
Adjt
Adjt
2i/c
Parade ko
savdhan aur bagal
sashtr karke SI
Maj ko report dete
hain aur apni
muqurrar kiye
hue jagah par
jakar parade mein
milte hai.
Sabhi SO’s jinko
parade mein hissa
lene hai sabhi
march karte hue
apni apni
company ke
samne tham ki
karwai karte hai.
Samay milate hue
dahine/bayen ki
karwai karte hai.
Parade baju
sashtr ki karwai
aur vishram karti
hai.
Savdhan aur
bagal sashtrke
baad SI Maj, Adjt
ko report dete
hain.Report ke
bad parade mein
mukarrar jagah
par jate hai.
Parade baju
sashtr aur
vishram ki karwai
karti hai.
Parade savdhan
mein aati hai
salami sashtr aur
baju sashtr ki
karwai karti hai.
Charon
companion ke
company
commanders apni
apni company ke
age sthan lete hai.
18
(j)
Parade
vishram
2i/c
Parade vishram ki
karwai karti hai.
NOTE :
(1) Ser no. (c) se lekar (j) tak ki karwai parade maidan ke bahar ki gai ho to aage ki
karwai niche likhi anusar hogi.
(2) Agar uprokt karwai maidan ke andar ho to uprokt karwai se pahle ser no. (i) se ser
no. (q) tak ki karwai 2i/c karwaynge.
(k)
Parade
2i/c
Parade savdhan aur bagal
(l)
(m)
(n)
savdhan.
parade bagal
sashtr.
Parade
andar ko
murhege,
dahine/baye
n murh.
Parade
dahine aur
bayen murh
Parade
dahine aue
bayen
ghoom,
dahine aur
bayen se.
Parade
tham.
Parade aage
barhaga
dahine aur
bayen murh.
Parade bazu
sashtr.
Parade khuli
line chal.
Parade saj
dahine saj.
Parade
hilomat. Agli
line hilo
mat.
Madhya line
hilo mat.
Pichli line
hilo mat.
sashtr karti hai, dahine aur
bayen murh karne ke bad tej
chal ki karwai karti hai.
2i/c
Inspection line ke pas an eke
bad dahine aur bayen ghoom ki
karwai karti hai.
2i/c
Parade tham ki karwai karke
dahine aur bayen murh ki
karwai karti hai. Baju sashtr ke
bad khuli line ki karwai karti
hai. Saj dahine saj par ek
kadam aage lete hue drum ke
sath dahine dekh ki karwai
karti hai. Is dauran band ke
sath Company commanders aur
sabhi SO’s piche murh ki
karwai karte hai. Drum roli ki
awaz ke sath saj ki karwai karte
hai.
No.1 company ka dahina
darshak bagal sashtr ki karwai
karke dahine murh karta hai
aur 5 kadam jakar tham karta
hai. Piche mur karke drum roli
bandh hone ka intezar karta
hai. Drum roli jaise hi bandh
hota hai parade ki harkat bhi
No. 1
Compan
y ka
dahina
darshak.
19
Parade
samne dekh.
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
kam hoti jati hai. Agli line
dahine se dressing karti hai.
Madhye aur pichli line dressing
karane ke bad parade ko samne
dekh ka word of command deta
hai aur apni jagah apni jagah
par akar tham karta hai. Drum
ke sath Officer, SO’s aur dahine
darshak piche/dahine murh ki
karwai karte hai, darshak baju
sashtr ki karwai karta hai.
Parade vishram karti hai.
Parade
vishram
Parade
savdhan.
Parade
salami
sashtr.
Parade baju
sashtr.
2i/c
Parade
vishram
Parade
savdhan
Nishan toli
nishan
parade par.
Nishan
rakshak
bagal
sashtr.
Nishan toli
Madhya se
tej chal.
Parade
nishan ko
salami
sashtr.
Nishan toli
bayeen
disha badal
kar ban
bayen ban,
aage barh.
Nishan toli
dahine
CO
Jaise hi CO parade par aate hai
2i/c parade ko savdhan karte
hai. Salami sashtr aur baju
sashtr ke baad 2i/c, Co ko
report dee hai. Report ke baad
2i/c apni jagah par SI Maj kea
age aakar tham aur piche mur
ki karwai karte hai. CO apni
jagah aakar tham, piche murh
aur nikal kirch karte hai.
Parade vishram karti hai.
CO
Parade savdhan hoti hai.
CO
Nishan toli karwai shuru karti
hai.
2i/c
Ensign
Nishan rakshak bagal sashtr ki
Officer/S karwai karte hai aur tej chal
O
karte hue apne muqurrar kiye
hue sthan ki taraf bharte hai.
CO
Parade nishan ko salami deti
hai aur salami sashtr ke tisre
movement ke sath band play
karta hai.
Ensign
Nishan toli bayen disha ki
Officer/S karwai karti hai.
O
Ensign
Nishan toli apni jagah par
Officer/S pahunchne ke baad do bar
20
(x)
(y)
(z)
(aa)
(ab)
(ac)
disha badal
kar ban
dahine
ban,toli
tham.
Nishan
rakshak
baju sashtr.
Nishan
rakshak
salami
sashtr.
Parade baju
sashtr.
Parade
vishram.
(Fan fare
bajta hai).
Parade
savdhan.
Parade
General
salute
salami
sashtr.
Parade baju
sashtr .
No. 1
company
kharha
rahe, baki
parade
vishram.
O
dahine disha badal ki karwai
karti hai aur tham ki karwai
karti hai.
Ensign
Nishan rakshak baju sashtr
Officer/S karne ke baad salami sashtr ki
O
karwai karte hai.
CO
Buglar
CO
CO
CO
Vip ke aane ka intezar karte hai.
Parade savdhan ke baad
General salute salami sashtr ki
karwai karti hai, band play
karta hai.
Jaise hi band ka play pura hota
hai, parade ko baju sashtr
karane ke baad, CO VIP ko
parade ki report dete hai.
Report ke baad CO piche murh
karke No. 1 company ko savhan
mein rakhte hue baki parade ko
vishram karte hai. Jaise hi
parade vishram hoti hai, pilot
tej chalk ate hai aur unke piche
CO aur VIP bhi chalet hai. No.1
company ke dahine ke pas tham
karte hai aur band dhire chal ki
dhun bajata hai. Pilot VIp aur
parade commander dhire chal
shuru karte hai aur VIP
inspection shuru karte hai. No.
2 Company Commander
company ko savdhan karte hai.
Nishan ke samne se gujrte
samay VIP, parade commander
aur pilot nishan ko bayen salute
karte hai. Pilot aur VIp saluting
dais ki aur chalet hai aur
21
(ad)
(ae)
(af)
(ag)
Parade
CO
savdhan.
Parade nikat
line chal.
Parade bagal
sashtr.
Parade nikat
CO
column
mein manch
se gujarega
No. 1
company
aage. Parade
tinon tin
mein dahine
chalega
dahine
murh.
Nishan toli
Ensign
dahine
Officer/
disha badal
SO
kar ban
dahine ban,
Madhya se
es tej chal,
toli tham.
Parade
CO
bayen se tej
chal.
parade commander apni jagah
par jakar tham karte hai.
Parade savdhan hogi,nikat line
ki karwai karegi aur bagal
sashtr ki karwai karke khare
rahegi.
Parade savdhan hogi, nikat line
ki karwai karti hai.
Nishan toli dahine disha badal
kart ham ki karwai karti hai.
Parade ka march past shuru
hota hai.
March past ke dauran company commander apni apni company ko word of
command denge.
Bayen
Coy Cdr
Flag H pahunchne par charon
(ah)
ghoom
company commander company
bayen se.
ko bayen ghoom karenge.
No. 1,2,3,4 Coy Cdr
Flag A par pahunchne par bari
(ai)
company
bari apni apni company ko bayen
aage
murh karenge. Flag C par no. 1
bahrega
company dahine dekh No. 2,3
bayen
aur 4 company bari bari dahine
murh.
dekh ki karwai karenge. Flag D
par company samne dekh ki
karwai bari bari karenge. Flag F
par tinon tin mein, bayen, goom,
bayen ghoom, bayen se. Flag G
par company bayen ghoom bayen
se.
22
(aj)
(ak)
(al)
Parade
CO
tham.
Parade
aage
barhaga
bayen
murh.
Nishan toli Ensign
bayen
Officer/S
disha badal O
kar ban,
Madhya se
tej chal, toli
tham.
Parade
CO
baju
sashtr.
Parade
khuli line
chal.Parade
saj Madhya
se saj.
Parade
(am)
samtol
sashtr
samiksha
kram mein
Madhya se
tej chal.
(an) Parade
General
salute
salami
sashtr.
Parade
baju
sashtr.
(ao) Parade
vishram
(ap)
Parade
savdhan
CO
Inspection line par coy apne apne
sthan par tham ki karwai karti
hai aur bayen murh karke
nishan toli ki disha badalne ki
karwai ka intezar karte hain.
Nishan toli bayen disha badal
kar tham ki karwai karti hai.
Parade baju sashtr, khuli line ki
karwai karti hai, Madhya se saj
par Officers aur SO’s piche murh
ki karwai karte hai, Saj ki karwai
drum roll par ki jati hai. Drum
beat ke sath parade
dahine/bayen dekh ki karwai
karti hai aur Officers aur SO’s
piche murh ki karwai karte hai.
Drum beat ke sath parade samne
dekh aur Officer, SO’s piche
murh ki karwai karte hai.
Parade 15 kadam aage reviw line
par aakar tham ke karwai karti
hai.
CO
Parade salami sashtr ki karwai
karti hai. Band play karta hai.
Jaise hi band ka play khatm hota
hai, prade baju sashtr ki karwai.
karte hai.
CO
Yahan par aage padak ya award
dene hon to karwai ki jayegi,
baad mein VIP ka bhashan hoga,
VIP ke bhashan ki samapti ke
sath hi CO parade ko savdhan
karenge.
Parade savdhan hoti hai.
CO
23
(aq)
(ar)
(as)
(at)
(au)
(av)
Nishan toli
nishan ko
le jao.
Nishan
rakshak
bagal
sashtr.
Nishan toli
Madhya se
tej chal.
Parade
nishan ko
salami
sashtr.
Nishan toli
dahine
disha badal
kar ban
dahine ban,
aage barh
Parade
baju
sashtr.
Parade
nikat line
chal.
Parade
bagal
sashtr.
Parade
andar ko
murhega
dahine aur
bayen
murh.
Parade
dahine aur
bayen
ghoom
dahine aur
bayen se tej
chal.
CO
-
Ensign
Officer/S
O
Nishan toli bagal sashtr ke bad
tej chal ki karwai karti hai.
CO
Parade salami sashtr ki karwai
karti hai.
Ensign
Officer/S
O
Nishan toli dahine disha badal
kar aage barhti hai.
CO
Jaise hi nishan toli No.1
Company ke samne se gujarti
hai. Parade baju sashtr karti hai.
Parade maidan se bahar jane ke
liye march karti hai.
CO
NOTE :
(a) Yeh procedure 7.62mm SLR ki drill ke aadhar par hai.
(b) 5.56mm INSAS rifle ki drill ke word of command chhorkar baki procedure same hai.
24
------------------------------*******************-------------------------------------
LOD 5-7
GUARD OF HONOUR
UDDESH
Guard of honour ke bare mein jankari dena hai.
NAFRI
Guard of honour ki nafri VIP ke ohde par nirbhar hogi jisko guard of honour diya
jata hai.
BAND
Guard of Honour ke sath band aur drum bhi honge. Band guard ke sath kadam
dahine hoga.
KHARE HONE KA TARIQA
Guard 24” ke bagli faisle par do rankon mein barabar division mein dress hogi,
dono division mein tin kadam ka aur rankon ke bich 4 kadam ka fasla hoga.
OFFICER/SO’S/UO’S
Agar guard of Honour dene wali battalion ke pass colour hto guard commanader
dahien taraf dusri file ke do kadam age hone, uske baad senior Officers/SO bayen
taraf dusri file ke do kadam age honge, Junior officrs/SO (jiske pas colour honge)
centre file ke do kadam aage honge.
Agar guard of Honour mein nishan na ho to commander centre file se 8 kadam
aage honge.
Hav Maj dahine/bayen marker honge.
REPORT DENE KA TARIQA
Munasib salami VIP ko den eke baad guard baju sashtr ki halat mein rahegi aur
colour carry position mein rahega. Commander aage march karte hue report dega.
SHRIMAN/SHRIMATI………(unit ka naam) samman guard
nirikshan ke liye hazir hai.
INSPECTION
Guard Commander VIP ke sath inspection line par VIP ke dahine chalenge. Dhire
chal ke dank eke sath puri guard VIP ki taraf dekhegi aur VIP se ankhe milate hue
gardhan bayen ghumayange aur agar guard of Honour mein colour maujood hon
to guard commander kirch ke sath dhire chalk e sath bayen salute karte hai aur
VIP aur guard commander ke tham ke sath puri guard gardhan samne layegi.
Inspection khatam hone ke baad Guard Commander salute karte hai. VIP wapas
jane se purv guard commander se hath milayange. Guard of Honour tab tak na to
march past karega, na vshram hoga jab tak ki VIP us jagah ko chor kar chala na
jaye.
25
NOTE :
(a) Samman guard march past nahi karegi.
(b) Guard of hounar ke nirikshan front rank ke chhe kadam aage se kiya jayega.
(c) VIP koi sainik hon to unhe milne ke liye majud fauji Officers use pahle kisi sarkari
aadmi ke milne se pahle hi sidha samman guard tak le jayenge.
(d) VIP samman guard ka nirikshan karne ke baad saluting dais par dudara nahi jate.
(e) Jab tak VIP nazaron se dur nahi chale jate guard apna sthan nahi chorti.
GUARD OF HONOUR : BANAWAT AUR NAFRI.
Personnel
Single Service Nafri
(a) Commander
1 Major
1
Major/Capt
1
Office
rs
(b) Officers
2Major/Ca
pt/SI
2Capt/SI/S
O’s
2
SO’s
(c) UO’s
6-4 Hav
Maj 2 Hav
4-2 Hav Maj
2 Hav
2-2
Hav
Maj
(d) Rank and file
144
96
48
Inter Service
Nafri
1 Lt
Col/C
dr/Wg
Cdr
3
Officer
s
1 Maj
1 Lt
Cdr
1 Sqn
Ldr
6-1
Hav
Maj
1 CPO
1 Flt
Sgt
1 Hav
1 PO
1 Sgt
144
(48
from
each
sevice)
1 Maj
LtCdr/
Sqn
Ldr
3
Officer
s1
Capt/
SIalter
n
1
Lt/SI
Lt
I Fit Lt
Flg
Offr
6-1
Hav
Maj
1 CPO
1 Flt
Sgt
1 Hav
1 PO
1 Sgt
96(32
from
each
service
)
NOTE :
(a) 50 ka samman guard kewal single service ka hi hoga.
26
(b) Do service ka Guard of Honour do division mein hoga aur senior service dahine
taraf hogi.
(c) Tin service ka guard of honour tin division mein hoga aur Army division sabse
dahine hoga.
VIP
GUARD OF HONOUR : CIVILIAN VIPS.
Nafr
i
(a) Rashtrapti
150
(c) Up
Rashtrapati
/Pradhan
Mantri
100
(d) Governor/L
t Governor
100
(e) Raksha
mantra/RR
M/Dy
Defence
Minister
50
Awsar
Salute
(a) Ohada
sambhalne/c
hhorhne par.
(b) Aana/Jana
jab
public/officia
l visit.
National
Salute.B
and
Rashtriy
a dhun
ki puri
version
bajayeng
e.
Sena sambandhit General
khas maukon par. salute.
Iske alawa anya
Band
khas maukon
slow
jismein kendriya
march
sarkar ka aadesh dhun ke
ho.
pahle 8
bars
bajayega
.
Ohda sambhalne
aur chorne par.
Rashtriy
a Salute.
Band
Rastriya
dhun ki
puri
version
bajayega
.
Sena sambandhit General
khas maukon par. salute.
Band
slow
march
dhun ke
Gun
Salu
te
21
Remarks
Nil
Lal Qila
mein
swatantra
ta diwas
par
Pardhan
Mantri ko
National
Flag
fehrate
samay 21
gun ka
salute
diya jata
hai.
Chhetra
ke bahar
kewal
general
salute
diya jata
jayega.
17
(kew
al
apne
state
mein
)
Single or
inter
service(Ke
ndriya
sarkar ke
hukam ke
mutabik).
Nil
-
27
pahle 8
bars
bajayega
.
Note :
(a) Niche diye gaye VIP ko railway station/bandargah/hawai adda par aane ya jane ke
samay Guard of Honour pardhan kar sakte hain :
(1) President.
(2) Governor/Lt Governor(apni state mein).
(b) Iske ilawa baki VIP ko railway station par Guard of Honour pardhan karne ke liye
sarkar ki anumati zaruri hai.
Guard of Honour : Military VIPs ( ALL UNIFORMED FORCES)
SERIAL VIP
NO.
(a)
COAS, VCOS,
GOC-in-C
Command
NA
FRI
50
AWSAR
SALUTE
REMARK
Sarkari
taur par
aane aur
jane par.
General
salute.
Band
dhire
chal ki
dhun ke
pahle 8
bars
bajayega.
Guard of
honour
makue ke
mutabik
railway
station/road
terminus
hawai adda
ya
bandargah
par diya
jayega.
Chief of the
Army Staff
ohda
chhorhne ya
sambhalne
par ghar ya
mukhyalaya
par Guard
of Honur
diya jata
hai. Iske
ilawa
mukhyalaya
Command
mein pahle
visit karne
ke samay
bhi Guard
of Honour
pardhan
28
(b)
Colonel of the 50
Regiment aur
Commandants
of Corps
Jab apni
General
Regt/Corps salute
ko visit kar
rahe ho.
kiya jata
hai.
GOC-In-C
ko Guard of
Honour sirf
unki
Command
mein diya
jayega.
Guard of
Honour
Regt/corps
ke jawano
dawra kewal
unit mein
diya jayega.
NOTE :
(a) Air chief aur Naval chief jab Army unit ya organasition mein visit karte hai, us
samaye unhe Guard of Honour pardhan kiya jata hai. Yadi who na chahe to Guard
of Honour nahi diya jayega.
(b) Baki kisi bhi Air ya Naval VIP ko Army unit ya orgnaisation ke visit par Guard of
Honour nahi diya jayega.
(c) Larai ke maidan mein kisi military VIP ko Guard of Honour pardhan nahi kiya jata
hai.
(d) Reveillie aur Retreat ke samay Guard of Honour na diya jaye.
GUARD OF HONOUR : FOREIGN VIPS
VIP
NAF AWSAR
SALUTE
RI
(a) Head of
150
foreign
state
Governor
General
of
Common
wealth
countries.
India
mein
aana ya
jana.
National
Salute,
VIP jis
desh
mein hon
us desh
la
National
Anthem
pahle
bajaya
jayega.
Uske bad
apne
desh ka
GUN
SALUTE
REMARKS
21(Ministr
y of
defence ya
Minstry of
external
Affairs,
Army
Headquate
rs ke
adesh
dene par).
Kendriye
sarkar
dwara
Army HQ
ke aadesh
dene par
Guard of
Honour
diya
jayega.
Inter
service ka
Guard
diya
jayega
29
Rashtriya
dhun
bajaya
jayega.
(b) Vice
100
President
and Head
of govt. of
foreign
countries.
(c) Head of
100
Diplomati
c Mission,
Ambasdo
r aur
High
Commisio
n ioner
accredite
d to
India.
(d) Foreign,
50
General
Flag or
Air
Officers
-do-
Rashtrap
ati ko
credential
s pardhan
karne
par.
Military
station
mein
pahuncha
ne par.
-do
-do-
-do-
General
Salute.
Band
slow
march
dhun ka
pahla
hissa
bajaya
jayega
aur
drums
beat
karenge.
Nil
Nil
-do-
-do-
Yadi who
civil
Governor
ya Officer
in
Command
visit karte
hai, us
samaye
Guard of
Honour
pardhan
kiya
jayega.
NOTE :
Jis service ka foreign General/Flag/Air Officer hoga , yahan tak sambhav ho sake,
usi service ka guard of honour diya jaye
----------------------------------------------*******************--------------------------
LOD 8-11
GUARD MOUNTING
30
PROCEDURE
GUARD MOUNTING KA TARIQA
BHAG NO. 1
(a) Yeh procedure tin
hisson mein hoga.
Thik waqt ho jane
par bugler guard call
bajata hai.
CHM/Orderly UO
apni jagah par aa
jata hai. Orderly
Officer mounting ki
jagah par dahine se
bayen ki taraf
chakkar lagate hain
aur guard ka kam
dekhte hai.
(b) Orderly UO guard ko
parade par karta hai.
Guard of parade par
ke word of command
par guard thik jagah
par tham karti hai.
Dressing aur dahine
se bayen jorion mein
vishram karte hai.
Guard ke tham hote
hi Orderly Officer/SO
apni jagah tham
karte hai.
WORD OF
COMMAND
-
Guard
parade par.
GIVEN BY
-
CHM/Orderly UO.
31
(c) CHM/Orderly UO
guard ko savdhan
karke aur piche
murh karke Orderly
Officer ko salute aur
report deta hai.
(d) CHM/Orderly UO
salute piche murh
aur guard ko word of
command deta hai.
Orderly UO guard ko
dressing karwata hai.
(dressing ho jane ke
bad)
(e) CHM/Orderly UO
piche murh karke
salute aur Orderly
Officer/SO ko report
deta hai.
(f) Salute, piche murh
aur Orderly
Officer/SO ko apne
sath inspection ke
liye le jata hai aur
inspection ke bad
guard ke pichile line
ke sat kadam piche
khada ho jata hai.
Orderly Officer/SO
guad mein se CO
stick Orderly nikalne
ke liye guard ka
sashtr qawaid dekhte
hai.
Shriman
CHM/Orderly UO.
shuru karne
Orderly Officer.
ki anumati
chahta hoon.
Shuru Karen.
Guard
savdhan, saj
dahine saj.
CHM/Orderly UO.
Shriman
guard
nirikshan ke
liye hazir hai.
CHM/Orderly UO.
Guard bagal
sashtr. Baju
sashtr.
Guard salami
sashtr. Baju
sashtr, agli
line ya pichli
line dahine
se UO stick
orderly, line
torh. Yeh
who jawan
hai jiska turn
out aur rifle
drill sabse
acha hoga.
(g) Stick Orderly ek
Guard nikat
kadam aage ya piche, line chal.
bagal sashtr, tej chal, Saj dahine
bayen ghoom or
saj.
guard ke piche sat
kadam jakar Orderly
UO ke bayen aur
centre jawan ko
cover karte hue
kahar ho jata hai.
Orderly Officer nikat
line karwa dressing
karwata hai.
Orderly Officer/SO.
CHM/Orderly UO.
32
(h) Orderly officer/SO
guard ko jagah par
jane ke liye guard ko
dahine murh karwate
hai. Guard
commander dahine
murh karta hai.
Guard commander
bayen paon ko aage
lete hi dahine ghoom
kata hua 6 ek-do
kadam, is tarah se
leta hai ki who guard
ki pichli line mein
sabse bayen jawan ki
line par jakar tham
karta hai. Isi dauran
guard 2i/c 6 ek-do
kadam lekar guard
commander ki jagah
tham karta hai. Dono
ek sath turn karte
hai. Guard 2i/c piche
murh karke
maqurrar ki hui
jagah par khada ho
jata hai. Orderly
Officer/SO bayen
turn karke apni
jagah par chale jate
hai, taki guard ko
march karne ka
order dete hai.
(i) Guard commander
guard ko sahi
direction dete hue
guard ko durust
jagah par le jata hai.
Oderly Officer/SO
dahine dekh ka
jawab salute se dete
hai aur samne dekh
kahte hai.
(j) Orderly Officer/SO
bayen murh karke
CHM/Orderly UO ko
line torh aur stick
Orderly ko visarjan
karte hai.
Guard
Orderly Officer/SO.
commander
Guard commander.
dahine murh
.
Guard file
mein dahine
chalega
dahine murh.
Guard
commander
guard ko
march karo.
Guard bayen
se tej chal.
Bayen
ghoom.
Guard
dahine dekh.
Samne dekh.
Guard samne
dekh.
Guard commander
Orderly Officer/SO.
Guard commander.
CHM line
torh.
Stick Orderly
visarjan.
Orderly Officer/SO.
33
Note :
Jab sentry naye guard ko aate dekha hai to guard ko chaukas kar deta hai.
Bhag No. 2
(k) Orderly
Officer/SO
bayen murh
karke
CHM/Orderly
UO ko line
torh aur stick
Orderly ko
visarjan karte
hai.
(l) Guard 30 ya
40m dur ho to
sentry line
ban ka word of
command deta
hai. Guard
daurh kar aati
hai aur
muqurrar ki
hui jagah par
khari ho
jayegi. Nayi
aane wali
guard aakar
purani guard
ke 15 kadam
aage tham
karti hai.
Guard 2i/c
aur Guard
command
murh karte hi
apni jagah lete
hai.
(m)
Purana
Guard dahine se saj Purana guard
Guard
ja.
commander
commander
dahine saj ka
word of
commander
leta hai.
Note :
Agar guard ko 15 kadam aage khare hone ki jagah ijajat na de to nayi guard
purani purani guard ke bayen khari ho sakti hai. Dono guard commander apni
34
guard ki dressing karate hai. Is waqt dono guard samne se bhi cover hongi. Samne
dekh ke word of command ke baad tartib se purana guard commander pahle word
of command dega.
(n) Purani guard
Purani guard
Purana guard
salami sashtr karti salami sashtr nayi
commander,
hai aur nayi guard guard salami
naya guard
salami sashtr ka
sashtr, Purani
commander,
jawab salami
guard baju sashtr
sashtr se deti hai.
nayi guard baju
sashtr.
(o) Dono guard ko
Purani guard
Purana guard
vishram karte hai. vishram, nayi
commander,
guard vishram.
naya guard
commander,
(p) Jaise hi naya
Din ke liye do rat
Purana guard
guard commander ke liye tin sentry
commander,
guard ko vishram
thik hai.
naya guard
karta hai to dono
Agar qaidi hai to
commander,
guard commander purana guard
savdhan ho jate
commander who
hai aur purana
wahi batayega.
guard naye guard
commander ko
zaruri baten batata
hai.
(q) Purana guard
Guard savdhan.
Naya guard
commander
Dahine se ginti kar. commander.
vishram karta hai. Pahla badly(No.1
Naya guard
Naya guard
aur No.2) aur
2i/c.
commander guard guard 2i/c ki jagah
ke samne 5 kadam par.
jakar tham karta
Badli sangin
hai aur piche murh lagayega, laga
karke guard se
sangen.
ginti karwake
Badli savdhan,
sentry bantata hai. badly, bagal sashtr.
No. 1 samne bahar Ek file mein dahine
No. 2 khajane par
chalega, dahine
is tarh No. 3 ayr
murh, tej chal.
No. 5 bahar no.
char aur No. 6
andar khajane ki
badly honge.
(r) Badli march hote
hi naya guard
commander piche
murh karta hai,
usi waqt naya
guard commander
35
savdhan ho jata
hai aur dono
milkar guard room
ke andar chale jate
hai, chare
dete/lete hai. Badli
ho jane par purana
guard 2i/c badly
ko savdhan karta
hai. Relayf apni
apni jagah akar mil
jate hai.
(s) Dono guard
commander
Orderly Officer/SO
ke samne 8 kadam
par tham karte
hai, salute aur
report dete hai.
(t) Dono guard
commander salute,
wapis apni guard
ke dahine khade
ho jate hai. Purana
guard commander
ko le jane ke liye
word of command
deta hai
(u) Purani guard ke
liye dono guard
commander jagah
badly kate hai.
(v) Nayi guard purani
guard ko salami
sashtr deti hai,
purani guard
jawab mein dekh
karte hue aage ko
jati hai.
(w) Baju sashtr ho
jane ke bad Guard
commanderapni
jagah se march
karte guard ko
durust jagah le
Shriman guard
room ka charge
lekar ledger ke
mutabik de diya
hai. Shriman guard
room ka charge
ledger ke mutabik
le liya hai.
Purani guard
savdhan, nayi
guard savdhan.
Purana guard
commander,
naya guard
commander,
Purani guard nikat
line chal.
Bagal sashtr.
File mein dahine
chalega dahine
murh.
Bayen se tez chal.
Nayi guard salami
sashtr.
Puarni guard
samne dekh,
samne dekh.
Purana guard
commander
Guard baju sashtr.
Naya guard
commander.
Purana guard
commander,
naya guard
commander,
Naya guard
commander.
Purana guard
commander.
36
jata hai, yahan se
purani guard gayi
hai. Iske bad nayi
guard apne ap ko
guard ke naam se
pukarte hai.
Durust jagah
aajane ke bad
guard commander
guard ko zaruri
hidayaten deta hai.
(x) Guard ko vishram
kar diya jata hai.
Guard order ke
mutabik kam karti
hai. Guard mount
hone ke bad guard
ko guard orders
par kar sunaya
jata hai jo ki hare
k jawan ko janna
zaruri hai.
(y) Orderly Officer/SO
purani guard ko
vishram karne ke
liye jate hai.
Puarna guard
commander guard
ka inspection karte
orderly Officer/SO
ko report deta hai.
Orderly Officer/SO
guard ko visarjan
karte hai.
Guard visharm
Guard
commander.
Shriman guard
visarjan ke liye
tayar hai.
Purana guard
commander
Orderly
Officer.
Arj report khara
rahe, baki vishram.
Quarter/Residence Guard Procedure : Amplification note.
Serial No.
(a)
Word of
command
of guard
commande
r.
Guard
Events/Action by the
guard
Remarks
Guard savdhan
position mein ayegi.
Quarter guard
mein aane se
pahle.
Niwas sthan ki
guard ka
37
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Guard
salami
sashtr,
guard
General
salute,
Salami
sashtr.
Guard baju
sashtr
Purani guard ek sath
salami sashtr karegi.
Salami sashtr ke akhri
movement par buglar
call bajayega.
Guard baju sashtr
karegi.
Guard
Guard savdhan
commander position mein rahegi.
report dega
“Sriman
guard
nirikshan
ke liye
hazir hai”.
Guard savdhan
position mein rahegi.
nirikshan karne
ke liye VIP ka
apni position
mein aana.
Guard
commander
dwara word of
commande baju
sashtr position
dwara kiya
jayega.
Guard
commander
dwara word of
command baju
sashtr position
dwara diya
jayega.
Bugle call ke
turant bad baju
sashtr ka word
of command
diya jayega.
Guard
commander
savdhan
position mein
report dega.
(Bagal sashtr
nahi karega).
Agar VIP
nirikshan ke liye
jate hai.
VIP dwara
guard
commander ka
nirikshan ho
jane ke bad
guard
commander ek
kadam aage leta
hai aur piche
mur karta hai
aur VIP ke sath
kadam milate
hue VIP ka
anukaran karta
38
(f)
(g)
Guard
bagal
sashtr
Sentry
khara
rahe,
baki
guard
visarja
n
Guard bagal sashtr
karegi.
No.1 sentry ko chor kar
guard dahine murh
karti hai aur salute
karti hai. Guard
doubara dahine murh
karti hai aur guard
commander bayen
murh karke No.1
sentry ke sath khada
ho jata hai aur guard
tin kadam age ja kar
rifle rakhne ander
chale jati hai.
hai.
Nirkshan ho
jane ke bad VIP
apne sthan par
chale jate hai.
Guard
commander apni
sthan par jakar
baju sashtr
karta ha. VIP
adesh dete hai
guard ko
visarjan karo.
Yadi koi adesh
nahi dete hai to
guard
commander
visarjan ki
anumati nahi
pahuchayega,
aur chnd second
ke bad guard ko
visarjan ka
adesh dega.
Guard
commander baju
sashtr position
se word of
command dega.
Note :
(a) Residential Guard ki nafri ilaka ke mutabik hogi. Quarter guard mein yeh nafri do
UO’s, 6 OR aur 1 buglar hogi.
(b) DIG aur upar ke adhikarion ke liye General salaute ka word of command diya
jayega, unse niche ke liye salami sashtr ka word of command diya jayega.
(c) Guard Cdr baju sashtr se hi guard ki report dega. Kisi unit/SI unit ka naam nahi
39
pukara jayega.
(d) VIP dwara guard ka inspection karne ke bad guar Cdr guard ko visarjan karne ki
naumati nahi dega. Inspection ke bad VIP ani jagah par aakar khade ho jate hai aur
agar visarjan ki anumati nahi dete hai, us waqt guard Cdr takriban 2 ya 3 second
ke bad guard ko visarjan ka word of command dega.
(e) Residential aur quarter guard mein agar guard form up hai aur agar VIP ko aate
dakhte hai to senty alag se salami sashtr aur guard Cdr khali hath salute nahi
karenge.
*****************************************************************************************
*************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************
2. FOOT DRILL
FD 1-4
DRILL SE JANKARI, SAVDHAN, VISHRAM AUR AARAMSE
PARICHAYA
1. Shuru shuru mein fauj ke andar drill ki sikhalai Germany ke Major General
Dral ne San 1666 mein shuru kit hi, is uddesh ko samne rakhte hue ki
faujon ko control karne ke liye drill hi ek aise zariya hai jissediscipline,
turnout, hukm manne ka mada aur team spirit ki bhavna lai ja sakti hai.
Larhai ke maidan mein pichhli laraion se yah sabit ho chukka hai ki
discipline ki buniyad rakhne mein drill ne kafee sahyog diya hai.
DRILL KI PARIBHASHA
2. Kisi procedure ko kramwar aur uchit taike se anukaran karne ki karwahi do
drill kahte hain.
DRILL KE PRAKAR
3. Drill ke prakar hi hoti hai :(a) Open Drill. Yeh drill field mein ki jati hai
(b) Close Drill. Yeh drill trg ground/peace area mein ke jati hai
DRILL KA MAKSAD
4. Ek sainik mein hukm manne ki aadat ka aise andaruni mada paida karna
hai jo use apne farz ko anjam dene mein har smay madad de.
DRILL KA PRABHAV
5. Drill ke prabhav nimnlikht hain:(a) Drill discipline ki buniyad hai
40
(b) Drill se milkar kam karne ki aur hukm manne ki aadat parhti hai.
(c) Drill Officers, JCOs aur UOs ko commandaur control sikhati hai.
(d) Drill dress pahanna aur chalna phirna sikhati hai.
(e) Drill ko dekh kar kisi unit ke discipline aur morale ka pata lagaya ja
sakta hai.
DRILL KE USOOL
6. Drill ke usool is prakar hain :(a) Steadiness (Sthira)
(b) Smartness (Foorti)
(c) Coordination (milkar kam karna)
FOOT DRILL KE USOOL
7. Foot Drill ke usool is prakar hain:(a) Shoot the foot forward (paon teji se aage nikaina).
(b) Bend the knee double time (ghutne ko teji se jhukna)
(c) Correct pause (thik waqfa dena)
DRILL MEIN BURI AADETEN
8. Drill mein nimnalikhit buri aadten hain :(a) Aankh ka ghumana (rolling of eyes)
(b) Koodna aur fudakna (hopping and jumping)
(c) Paon ko ghasit kar chalna (dragging of foot)
(d) Erhion ko takrana (clicking the heel)
(e) Boot mein angulion ko harkat dena.
(f) Anawashak harkat karna.
DRILL KE TRAINING AIDS
9. Niche likhe training aids drill mein madat dete hain :(a) Pace stick
(b) Back stick
(c) Angle Board
(d) Metronome (Samay suchak)
(e) Drum aur drummer.
DRILL KI SIKHLAI DENE KI TARTIB
10.
Drill instructor ke liye squad ko training dena ki tartib:(a) Squad ustad ke gird aadhe daire mein ho.
(b) Squad ka munh suraj aur sarak ke barkhialf No.
(c) Drill Trg Aid squad se 15 kadam ki duri par ho.
(d) Drill Trg Aid squad ke najdak hon
(e) Pichhle sabaq ki dohrai li jai.
(f) Uddesh bataen.
(g) Durust namuna den.
(h) Ginti se namuna den.
41
(i) Ginti aur bayan se namuna den.
(j) Agar ginti nahin hai to bayan se namuna den.
(k) Agar sabaq lamba hai to ek movement aur uski misai den
(l) Ginti se abhyas word of command ustad ka.
(m) Khusi se abhyas, word of command ustad bataen.
(n) Samay pukarte hue abhyas, word of command ustad bataen
(o) Samay ke andaze se abhyas, word of command ustad ka.
(p) Squard ke do achchhe jawanon ka namuna
(q) Koi shaky a sawal
(r) Sankshep.
USTAD KE GOON
11.
Ek achchhe drill instructor mein nimnlikhit goon hone chahiye:(a) Phurtila ho.
(b) Drill mein ki jane wali harkaton ka durust namuna de sake.
(c) Class ko sikhlai saaf aur durust tartib se de sake.
(d) Squad ke galtion ko fauran chchhi tarah durust kar sake.
(e) Word of command achchha aur uncha ho.
(f) Class mein kabhi bhi dhilapan no aane de
(g) Hamesha unche darze ke discipline ko kayam rake.
(h) Sahansheel ho.
(i) Nishpaksh ho.
(j) Sharirik gathan smart ho.
SIKHLAI KE PERIOD AUR BANDOBAST
12.
Dhyan mein rakhne ki baten niche dee gai hain:(a) Drill tartib se sikhai jai.
(b) Drill ki ek harkat par 15 minute se jyada samay na liye jai.
(c) Ek period 40 minutes se jyada na ho.
(d) Recruits/Cadets ki training ke dauran ek din mein 3 periods se jyada na
chalaye jayen.
(e) Ustad ko chahiye ke sabaq ke aakhiti 5 minute mein squard jo harkat
achchhi tarah kar sakte hain, un harkaton ko jisse jawan ko apne kam
par bharosa ho jata hai.
(f) Squard ko chhorme se pahle unka shaky a sawal dur kar diya jai.
BHAG -1- SAVDHAN
42
UDDESH
1. Is period mein khali hath drill ka ek sabaq jismein kam hoga savdhan
vishram aur aaram se. Sabse pahle hai savdhan.
ZARURAT
2. Jab drill ka koi bhi harkat karni ho to hamesha savdhan postion se hi shuru
hoti hai, iske alawa apne se senior ke sath baat karni ho to savdhan position
se hi baat ki jati hai. Isi kam ka durust namuna dekhen(squad ka position
aadhe daire mein ustad squad ke sammne).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command savdhan ek.jaise the. Yahi namunabayan se dekhen aur
sunen(ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
4. Jab word of command milta hai squad savdhan to baen paon ko 12 inch
uthate hue dahine paon ki erhi ke sath baen paon ki erhi milayen. Jab baen
paon jamin par lagta hai to shouting Karen ek. Word of command savdhan
ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, donon erhian milihui aur panjon ka
angle 30 degree. Donon ghutne kase hue. Donon baju dahine aur baen taraf
pant ki kilai ke sath mile hue aur mutthi kudratri taur par bandh. Pet andar
ki taraf, chhati uthi hui, kandhe pichhe khinche hue, garden collar ke sath
mili hui, chin upar aur nigah samne. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere
word of command se karnge.
ABHYAS
5. Ustad ke word of command se squad savdhan par bolen ek.
6. Ustad ke word of command se squad khushi se abhyas karen.
7. Ustad ke word of command se squad samay pukarte hue abhyas karen.
43
8. Ustad ke word of command se squed samay ke andaze se abhyas Karen.
Note: (a) Agar panje khule hue hon to unkoandar ki taraf Karen. Agar erhi khuli
hui ho to baen paon ko utha kar dahine paon ki erhi ke sath milayen.
(b) Ek jawan ka achchha namuna den.
BHAG – II - VISHRAM AUR AARAM SE
UDDESH
9. Abhi hai vishram aur aaram se.
ZARURAT
10.
Jab senior ke sath baat khatm kar lete hain to vishram ki karwahi ki
jati hai ya drill ki harkat khatm hone par vishram aur aaram se ki karwahi
karte hain. Isi karwahi ka kurust namuna dekhen.
DURUST NAMUNA
11.
Word of command vishram ek. Jaise the. Yahi namuna bayan se
dekhen aur sunen (ustad vishram position se bayan karen).
BAYAN SE NUMUNA
12.
Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai squad vishram,
to baen paon ko 12 inch upar uthate hue 12 inch baen lagaen aur sath hi
donon bajuon ko pichhe le jayen, baen hath niche aur dahina hath upar se
44
pakren aur shouting Karen ek. Word of command vishram ek. Is position
mein dekhne ki baten, donon erhion ke bich 12 inch ka fasla. Donon ghutne
kase hue. Donon hath pichhe bandhe, baen hath niche se dahina hath upar
se, angulian niche ki taraf dahina angutha baen anguthe ke upar se, badan
ka bojh donon paon par, baki position savdhan, aaram se ke word of
command par kamar ke upar wale hisse ko dhila karen, paon se harkat
nahin hogi. Dubara squad ko vishram position mein lane ke liye,
squad/parade etc k eke word of command par squad vishram position mein
aa jayega. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka aap abhayas sarenge.
ABHYAS
13.
Ustad ke word of command se squad se paon lagne par bolen ek.
14.
Ustad ke word of command se squad khushi se abhyas karen.
15.
Ustad ke word of command se squad samay pukarte hue abhyas
karen.
16.
Ustad ke word of command se squad samay ke andaz se abhyas
karen.
----------------------------*******************------------------------FD 5-8
KHARE KHARE MURHNA
BHAG - I - DAHINE MURHNA
DOHRAI.
Savdhan, vishfram aur aaram se.
45
UDDESH
1. Is period mein khali hath drill ka ek sabaq jismein kam hoga khare khare
dahine, baen aur pichhe murhna. Sabse pahle hai dahine murhna.
ZARURAT
2. Jab ham ek jagah par khare hon aur 90 degree taraf apni simmat ki badly
karni ho to dahine murh ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust
namuna dekhen (squad ki position aadhe daire mein ustad ka dahina
kandha squad ki taraf ho).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command murhna dahine murh (ustad tin ki ginti karte hue baen
paon ko 12 inch upar uthate hue dahine paon ke sath milayen) Jaise the.Isi
karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Wordof command ginti se murhna dahine murh ek-ek, squad do-do. Jaise
the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen(ustad vishram
position se bayan karen).
GINTI AUR BAYAN SE NAMUNA
5. Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai ginti se murhna dahine
murh ek to is word of command par dahine paon ki erhi aur baen paon ke
panje par 90 degree dahini taraf teji se ghoom jayen aur shouting karten ek.
6. Word of command ginti se murhna dahine murh ek-ek. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten, dahina paon pura jamin par laga jua aur badan ka bnojh
dahine paon par, baen paon ka panja jamin par aur erhi uthi hui, donon
tangent kasi hui baki position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad
do to is word of command par baen paon ko 12 inch upar uthate hue dahine
paon ke sath savdhan position mein lagaen aur shouting karen do. Word of
command squad do-do. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, dahine taraf 90
degree simmat ki badly kiye hue baki position savdhan. Jaise the. Ise
karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se karenge(squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
7. Ustad ke word of command se squad ginti se abhyas karen.
8. Ustad ke word of command bataen squad khushi se abhyas karen.
9. Ustad ke word of command se samay pukarte hue abhyas karen.
10.
Ustad ke word of command se squad samay ke andaze se abhyas
karen.
BHAG II
BAEN MURHNA
46
UDDESH
11.
Abhi hai khare khare baen murhna.
ZARURAT
12.
Jab ham ek jagahpar khare hon aur 90 degree baen taraf apni simmat
ko badly karne ho to baen murh ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust
namuna dekhen(squad aadhe daire mein aur ustad ka baen kandha squad
ki taraf ho).
DURUST NAMUNA
13.
Word of command murhna baen murh(ustad tin ki ginti hue dahine
paon ko 12 inch upar uthate hue baen ke sath milayen). Jaise the. Isi
GINTI SE NAMUNA
14.
Word of command ginti se murhna baen murh ek-ek, squad do-do.
Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen(ustad vishram
15.
Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai se murhna baen
murh ek to is word of command par baen paon ki erhi aur dahine paon ke
panje ki madad se 90 degree baen teji se ghoom jayen aur shouting karen
ek.
16.
Word of command ginti se murhna baen murh ek-ek . Is position mein
dekhne ki baten, badan ka bojh baedn paon par aur baen paon pura jamin
par laga hua, dahine paon ka panja jamin par aur erhi uthi hui donon
tangent kasi hui baki position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad
do, is word of command par dahine paon ko 12 inch upar uthate hue baen
paon ke sath savdhan position mein lagaen shouting karen do. Squad do-do
Is position mein dekhne ki baten, baen taraf 90 degree simmat ki badly kiye
hue baki position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of
command se ginti se sarenge(squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
17.
18.
19.
20.
UDDESH
21.
Ustad
Ustad
Ustad
Ustad
ke
ke
ke
ke
word
word
word
word
of
of
of
of
command
command
command
command
se squad ginti se abhyas saren.
bataen squad khushi se abhyas karen.
se samay pukarte hue abhyas karen.
se squad samy ke andaze se abhyas karen.
BHAG - III - PICHHE MURHNA
Abhi hai khare-khare pichhe murhna.
47
ZARURAT
22.
Jab ham ek jagh par khare hon aur 180 degree par apni formation ko
kayam rakhte hue simmat ki badly karni ho to pichhe murh ki karwahi ki
jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen(squad aadhe daire mein
ustad ka dahina kandha squad ki taraf).
DURUST NAMUNA
23.
Word of command murhna pichhe murh(ustad tin ki ginti karte hue
pichhe murh karen). Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
24.
Word of command ginti se murhna pichhe murh ek-ek, squad do-do
jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen(ustad vishram
25.
Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai ginti se murhna
pichhe murh ek to is word of command par dahine ki erhi aur baen paon ke
panje se 180 degree par teji se ghoom jayen aur shouting karen ek.
26.
Word of command ginti se murhna pichhe murh ek-ek. Is position
mein dekhen ki baten dahina paon pura jamin par aur erhi uhti hui, donon
tangent kasi hui aur mote muscle aapas mein mile hue, baki position
savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad do to baen paon ko 12 inch
upar uthate hue dahine paon ke sath savdhan position mein lagaen aur
shouting karen do. Squad do-do. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, 180
degree par simmat ki badly kiya hua, baki position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi
karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se ginti se karenge(squad ek line
mein).
ABHYAS
27.
Ustad
28.
Ustad
29.
Ustad
karen.
30.
Ustad
karen.
ke word of command se squad ginti se abhyas karen.
ke word of command squad khushi se abhyas karen.
ke word of command se squad samay pukarte hue abhyas
ke word of command se squad samay ke andaze se abhyas
-------------------------*********************-----------------------------FD 9-12
KHARE KHARE AADHA AUR AADHA BAEN MURHNA
DOHRAI
Khare khare murhna.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein khali hath drill ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga khare
48
khare aadha dahina dahine aur aadha baen murhna.
ZARURAT
2. Jab khare khare squad se salute ka abhyas karwana ho ya iske alawa
dahine/baen squad banana ho ya disha badal ki karwahi karna ho to aadha
dahine/baen murh ki karwahi ki jati hai(squad ki position aadhe daire
mein). Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen.
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Ustad aadha dahine/baen murh ka durust namuna den. Isi karwahi ko ginti
se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command ginti se murhna aadha dahine/baen murh ek-ek, squad
do-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen(ustad
vishram position se bayan karen).
5. Ginti aur bayan se namuna usi tarah hai jaise aap dahine/baen murh ka
namuna dekh chuke hain, sirf itna fark hai ki aadha dahine/baen murhne
ke liye 90 degree ke bajay 45 degree par dahine/baen ko simmat ki badly
karen. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word ofcommand se ginti se karenge.
ABHYAS
6. Ustad
7. Ustad
8. Ustad
9. Ustad
ke word of command se squed ginti se abhyas Karen.
word of command bataen squad khushi se abhyas Karen.
ke word of command se squad samay pukartre hue abhyas Karen.
ke word of command se ustad samay ke andaze se abhyas Karen.
NOTE:
Ustad aadha dahine/baen nurh ka alag alag sabaq sikhyen.
------------------------------------******************------------------------------------FD 13-16
DHIRE CHAL AUR THAM
49
DOHRAI Khare khare aadha dahine aur aadha baen murhna.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein khali hath drill ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga dhire chal
aur tham.
ZARURAT
2. Badi paradon mein parade ke nirikshan ke liya VIP kea age pilot inspection
line par dhire chal se chalet hain. Kadam ki lambai 30 inch, kadam ki rafter
1 minute mein 70 kadam hoti hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen
(squad ka position aadhe daire mein, ustad squad ke namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command samne se dhire chal barho right squad tham ek do. Jaise
the.Isi karwahi ko kadam tol kar dekhen.
KADAM TOL KAR NAMUNA
4. Word of command kadam tol kar dhire chalna baen paon aage aage, aage
barh, barho, dahine paon aage-aage barh, baen paon aage aage, squad tham
ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko kadam tol kar bayan se kekhen aur
sunen(ustad vishram position se bayan Karen.
50
KADAM TOL KAR BAYAN SE NAMUNA
5. Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai, kadam tol kar dhire
chalna baen paon aage aage to is word of command par baen paon ko 15
inch aage teji se nikal kar kadam tol kar ruk jayen aur shouting aage.
6. Word of command kadam tol kar dhire chalna baen paon aage-aage. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten, dahina paon pura jamin par laga hua aur
badan ka bojh dahine paon par, baen paon dahine paon se 15 inch aage
jamin se alag, panja jamin ki taraf kheencha hua baki position savdhan.
Word of command milta hai aage barh to is word od command par baen
paon ko 15 inch aura age barha kar panja pahle jamin par lagaen aur
shouting Karen barho.Word of command aage barh barho. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten, baen paon 30 inch aage pura jamin par laga hua, badan ka
bojh pura baen paon par, kahine paon ka panja jamin par arhi uthi hui
donon tangent kasi hui, baki position savdhan. Word of command milta hai
dahina paon aage to dahinepaon ko 15 inch aage baen paon se nikalen aur
shouting Karen aage, Word of command dahina paon aage-aage. Is position
mein dekhne ki baten jo aap baen paon aage mein skih chuke hain uske
ulta. Word of command milta hai aage barh to dahine paon ko aur 15 inch
aage barha kar panja pahle jamin par lagaen aur shouting Karen barho.
Word of command aage barh, barho. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, baen
paon ke ulta, Word of command milta hai baen paon aage to baen paon ko
aage len aur shouting Karen aage.Word of command baen paon aage-aage. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten jo isse pahle sikh chuke hain. Word of
command milta hai tham, yah word of command us samay milta hai jab
baen paon dahine paon ko cross kar raha ho ya dahina paon jamin par laga
ho to baen paon ko 15 inch aage-lekar 102 uthakar dabaen aur teji se
dahine paon ko 12 inch uthakar baen paon ke sath milayen aur shouting
Karen ek-do. Word of command squad tham ek-do. Is position mein dekhne
ki baten position savdhan. Jaise the. Abhi aap isi karwahi ka abhyas mere
word of command se kadam tol kar karenge. (squad ek line mein Karen).
ABHYAS
7. Ustad ke word of command se kadam tol kar abhyas Karen.
8. Ustad word of command bataen squad khushi se abhyas saren.
9. Ustad ke word of command se squad samay pukarte hue abhyas Karen.
10.
Karen.
-------------------------------*****************-----------------------------------
51
FD 17-20
TEJ CHAL AUR THAM
DOHARI.
Dhire chal aur tham.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein khali hath drill ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga tej chal aur
tham.
ZARURAT
2. Discipline ko kayam rakhte hue ek jagah se dusri jagah jane ke liye tej chal
kiya jata hai. Kadam ki lambai 30 inch, regiment/unit ki kadam kiraftar ek
minutemeein 120 kadam, rifle units 140 kadam, NC C cadets 116 kadam,
NCC girls cadets 110 kadam prati minute, lekin shuru mein recruits 135
kadam ki rafter se march karte hain. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna
dekhen(squad aadhe daire mein, ustad squad ke samne se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
52
3. Word of command samnese tej chal barho squad tham khali ek-do jaise the.
Isi kawahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command ginti se chalna tej chal ek-ek. Squad do-do, squad ek-ek.
Word of command tham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi kawahi ko ginti aur bayan
se dekhen aur sunen(ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
5. Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai ginti se chalna tej chal
ek to is word of command par baen paon ki erhi 30 inch par aage lagaen,
dahina baju aage kandhe ki line mein, baen baju pura pichhe mutthi
kudrati taur per bandh rakhen. Yahan tak ke movement ko kekhen.
6. Word of command ginti se tej chal ek-ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten.
Baen paon ki erhi 30 inch aage jamin par lagi hui panja khara dahina paon
pura jamin par, badan ka bojh dahine paon par donon tangent kasi hui,
dahina banu aage kandhe ki line mein aur baenm hath pichhe mutthi
kurrati taur par bandh, baki position savdhan. Word of command milta hai
squad do to is word of command par paon aur baju ku aapas mein badki
Karen shouting Karen do. Word of command squad do-do. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten dahine paon ki erhi lagi hui panja khara hua, Baen paon
pura jamin par lage hua aur badan ka bojh baen paon par, baen baju aage
dahina baju pichhe. Word of command milta hai squad ek to paon aur
bajuon ki phir badly Karen. Word of command squad ek-ek. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten jo isse pahle sikh chuke hain. Word of command squad
tham, yah word of command us samay milta hai jab baen paon jamin par ho
ya dahina paon baen paon ko cross kar raha ho to dahine paon ko 30 inch
par pura aage rakhen. Shouting Karen khali, phir baen paon ko 12 inch
upper utha kar dahine paon ke sath dabaen aur dahine paon ko teji se 12
inch uhtate baen paon ke sath savdhan position par lagaen, shouting ek-do.
Word of command tham khali ek-do. Is position mein dekhne ki baten ,
position savdhan, Jaise the. Isi sarwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se
ginti se karenge (squad ko ek line mein Karen).
ABHYAS
7. Ustad ke word of command se squad ginti se abhyas Karen.
8. Ustad ke word of command bataen aquad khushi se abhyas saren.
10.
Ustad kje word of command se aquad samay ke andaze se abhyas
Karen.
53
-------------------------*************************-------------------------------FD 21-24
KHULI LINE AUR NIKAT LINE CHAL
BHAG I
DOHRAI
KHULI LINE CHAL
Tej chal aur tham.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein khali bath drill ka aur sabaq jismein kam hoga khuli line
aur nikat line chal. Sabse pahle hai khuli line chal.
ZARURAT
2. Jab squad ko shastr qawaid karna ho ya bari paradon mein VIP ko
mirikshan karna ho to khuli line ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka
durust namuna agali line ki haisiyat se dekhen (squad ki position aadhe
daire mein aur ustad ka munh squad ki taraf).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command khuli line chal (ustad bolen ek thahro, ek-do). Jaise the.
Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command ginti se chalna khuli line chal ek, ek. Squad do, ek-do.
54
Jaise the. Isi kareahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen(ustad vishram
position se bayan Karen).
5. Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai ginti se chalna khuli
line chal ek to is word of command par baen paon ko 12 inch uthate hue 30
inch aage dabaen aur bolen ek.
6. Word of command ginti se chalna khuli line chal ek-ek. Is position mein
dekhne wali baten, baen paon 30 inch aage poora laga hua, dahine paon ka
panja jamin par, erhi uthi hui, donon tange kasi hui baki position savdhan.
Word of command milta hai squad do, to dahine paon ko 12 inch uthate hue
15 inch aage len aur baen paon ko teji se uthatehue dahine paon ke sath
savdhan position mein milayen aur shouting Karen ek do. Squad do, ek-do.
Is position meindekhne ki baten pahle wali jagah se 45 inch ka fasla tai kiya
hua aur position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of
command se ginti se sarenge (squad ek line mein).
7. Ustad ke word of command se squad ginti se abhyas Karen
8. Ustad word of command bataen squad khushi se abhyas Karen.
9. Ustad word of command bataen squad samay pukarte hue abhyas Karen.
10.
Karen.
BHAG II
NIKAT LINE CHAL
UDDESH
11.
Abhi hai nikat line chal.
ZARURAT
12.
Nirikshan ho jane ke baad march karne se pahle ya shastr qawaid ke
baad khali hath drill karna ho to nikat line chal ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi
karwahi ka durut namuna agli line ki haisiat se dekhen (squad aur ustad ki
55
position jaise khuli line ka namuna dete waqt thi).
DURUST NAMUNA
13.
Word of command, nikat line chal. (ustad bolen ek thahro ek-do). Jaise
the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
14.
Word of command ginti se chalna nikat line chal ek ek, squad do ekdo. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen (ustad
vishram position se bayan Karen).
15.
Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai ginti se chalna
nikat line chal ek to is word of command par baen paon ko 12 inch upar
aura age se uthate hue 30 inch pichhe dabaen aur badan ka bpjh baen paon
par le jayen aur bolen ek.
16.
Word of command ginti se chalna nikat line chal ek-ek. Is position
mein dekhne ki baten, baen paon 30 incbh pichhe pura laga hua, badan ka
bojh baen paon par, dahine paon ki erhi lagi hui aur panja khara hua
tangent kasi hui baki position savdhan.Word of command squad do to
dahine paon ko 12 inch upar uthate hue baen paon se 15 inch pichhe
barhaen aur baen paon ko teji se uthate hue dahine paon ke sath savdhan
position mein lagaen aur shouting Karen ek-do. Sqaud do ek-do. Is position
mein dekhne ki baten, pahli wali jagah se 45 inch ka fasla pichhe tai kiya
hua aur position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of
command se ginti se karenge,(squad ek line mein)
ABHYAS
17.
Ustad
18.
Ustad
19.
Ustad
Karen.
20.
Ustad
Karen.
ke word of command bataen squad khushi se abhyas Karen.
NOTE:
(a) Aakhir mein squad ko tin line mein khara Karen aur unhen tinon line ka
kam bata kar unse abhyas len aur tinon linon ki aapas mein badly Karen.
Baad mein squad ko do line mein khara karke khuli line aur nikat line ke
word od command par pichhli line ki harkat karate hue unse abhyas len.
(b) Agar squad do line mein ho to khuli ya nikat line ke word of command
56
par pichhli line hi harkat karegi.
(c) Linon ke bich sadharan fasla (nikat line mein) agli line se Madhya line ek
kadam, Madhya line se pichhli line ek kadam. Total agli line se pichhli
line do kadam(60 inch)hoga.
(d) Ceremonial Parade mein linenon ke bich ka sadharan fasla 1 ½ -1 ½
kadam hata hai.
(e) Tin line mein khuli line par agli line se pichhli line ka fasla 150 inch (5
kadam), ceremonial parade par fasla 180 inch(6 kadam) hoga.
--------------------------********************------------------------------------------
FD 25-28
AAGE PICHHE, DAHINE AUR BAEN KADAM LENA
BHAG – I -AGE KADAM LENA
DOHRAI.
Khuli line aru nikat line chal.
57
Uddesh
1. Is period mein khali hath drill ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga aage
pichhe, dahine aur baen, kadam lena. Sabse pahle hai ek kadam aage lena.
ZARURAT
2. Jab khare squad ka agle squad se thora jyada fasla ho jai to fasle ko pura
karne ke liye aage kadam lene ki karwahi ki jati hai. Aage kadam lene ke liya
pahle kadam ki lambai 30 inch aur aakhiri kadam ki lambai 15 inch hoti
hai. Word of coimmandse ginti dekar aage tin kadam tak ja sakte hain. Isi
karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen( squad aadhge daire mein, Ustad ka
munh squad ki taraf).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command ek kadam aage chal (ustad shouting Karen ek do). Jaise
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command ginti se chalna ek kadam aage chal ek-ek, squad do-do.
Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen (ustad
5. Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai ginti se chalna ek
kadam aage chal ek to is word of command par baen paon ko 12 inch uthate
hue 30 inch aage lagaen aur agle paon par sawar ho jayen shouting Karen
ek.
6. Word of command ginti se chalna ek kadam aage chal, ek-ek. Isi position
mein dekhne ki baten, baen paon 30 inch par pura aage hua, badan ka bojh
baen par, dahine paon ka panja jamin par erhi uthi hui, baki position
savdhan, Word of command milta hai squad do to is word of command par
dahine paon ko 12 inch utha kar baen paon ke sath teji se savdhan position
mein dabaen aur shouting karebn do. Squad do-do. Is position meindekhne
ki baten, position 30 inch aage savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas
mere word of command se ginti se karenge(squad ek line mein Karen)
ABHYAS
8. Ustad ke word of command bataen squad khushi se abhyas Karen.
10.
58
Karen.
NOTE:
Agar 3 kadam aage jana ho to pahla aur dusra kadam 30-30 inch ka
hoga aur aakhiri kadam 15 inch ka liya jayega, shouting saren ek-do, ek-ek-do, ekdo, ek-do. Agar isasejyada duri tai karni ho to , tej chal kiya jayega.
BHAG- II -PICHHE KADAM LENA
UDDESH
11.
Abhi hai ek kadam pichhe lena.
ZARURAT
12.
Jab khare squad ka pichhle squad se thora jyada fasla ho gaya ho to
fasle ko pura karne ke liye piche kadam lene ki karewahi ki jati hai. Kadam
ki lambai 30 inch hoti hai. Word of Command se ginti dekar pichhe 3 kadam
tak ja sakte hain. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire
mein, ustad ka munh squad ki taraf).
DURUST NAMUNA
59
13.
Word of command ek kadam pichde chal (ustad shouting Karen ek do.
Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen).
GINTI SE NAMUNA
14.
Word of command ginti se chalna ek kadam pichhe chal ek-ek, squad
do-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen( ustad
vishram positon se bayan Karen).
GINTI AUR BAYAN SE NAMUAN
15.
Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai ginti se chalna ek
kadam pichhe chal ek to is word of command par baen paon ko 12 imnch
upar uthate hue 30 inch par pura pichhe dabaen aur shouting Karen ek.
16.
Word of command ginti se chalna ek kadam piche chal ek-ek. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten,baen paon 30 inch par pura pichhe laga hua
aur badan ka bojh baen paon par, dahine paon ki erhi lagi hui aur panja
khara hua, baki position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad do to
is word of command par dahine paon ko 12 inch upar uthate hue baen paon
ke sath savdhan position mein milayen, shouting Karen do. Squad do-do. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten, position 30 inch pichhe savdhan. (jaise the.
Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se ginti se karenge (squad do
ek line mein Karen).
ABHYAS
17.
Ustad
18.
Ustad
19.
Ustad
Karen.
20.
Ustad
Karen.
NOTE :
Agar 3 kadam pichhe jana ho to pahla aur dusra kadam 30-30 inch ka
hoga aur aakhiri kadam 15 inch ka liya jayega, shouting Karen ek-do, ek-ek-do,
ek-do, ek-do. Agar isasejyada duri tai karni ho to squad ko piche murh aur tej chal
kiya jayega.
BHAG - III - DAHINE BAJU KADAM LENA
UDDESH
21.
Abhi hai ek kadam dahine baju chalna.
ZARURAT
60
22.
Jab khare squad ka dahine wale squad se bagali fasla jyada ho , usko
pura karne ke liye dahina baju kadam lene ki karwahi ki jati hai. Kadam ki
lambai 12 inch aur ginti dekar char kadam aur dahina baju chal par lagatar
12 kadam tak ja sakte hain. Agar isse jyada fasla ho to dahine murh kar tej
chal se fasla pura kiya jata hai . is karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen
(squad ki position aaadhe dairew mein, ustad ka munh squad ki taraf aur
squad ke bnich mein hoga).
DURUST NAMUNA
23.
Word of command ek kadam dahina baju chal (ustad shouting Karen
ek do). Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
24.
Word of command ginti se chalna ek kadam dahina baju chal ek-ek,
squad do-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur
sunen(ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
25.
kadam dahina baju chal ek to is word of command par dahine paon ko 12
inch upar uthate hue 12 inch kje fasle par dahine taraf dabaen aur shouting
Karen ek.
26.
Word of command ginti se chalna ek kadam dahina baju chal, ek-ek.
Is position mein dekhne ki baten. Erhi se erhi ka fasla 12 inch, badan ka
bojh donon paomn par baki position savdhan. Word of command milta hai
squad do, to sis word of command par baen paon ko 12 inch upar uthate
hue dahine paon ke sath savdhan position mein dabaen aur shouting Karen
do, squad do-do. Is position mein dekhne ki baten position savdhan. Jaise
the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se ginti se karenge(squad
ek line mein Karen).
ABHYAS
27.
Ustad
28.
Ustad
29.
Ustad
Karen.
30.
Ustad
Karen.
61
BHAG – IV -BAEN BAJU KADAM LENA
UDDESH
31.
Abhi hai ek kadam baen baju chalna.
ZARURAT
32.
Jab khare squad ka baen wale squad se bagali fasla jyada ho gaya ho
to usko pura karne ke liye baen baju kadam lene ki karwahi ki jati hai.
Kadam ki lambai 12 inch aur ginti dekar 4 kadam aur baen baju chal par 12
kadam lagatar ja sakte hain. Isi karwahi ka durust numuna dekhen. (squad
aur ustad ki position pahle ki tarah.
DURUST NAMUNA
33.
Word of command ek kadam baen baju chal(ustad shouting Karen ekdo) jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
34.
Word of command ginti se chalna ek kadam baen baju chal, ek-ek,
squad do-do. Jaise the.Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen
(ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
35.
kadam baen baju chal ek to is word of command par baen paon ko 12 inch
upar uthate hue 12 inch ke fasle par baen taraf dabaen aur shouting Karen
ik.
36.
Word of command ginti se chalna ek kadam baen baju chal ek, ek. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten, erhi se erhi ka fasla 12 inch, badan ks bojh
donon paon par, baki position savdhan. Woird of command milta hai squad
do to ddahine paon ko 12 inch upar uthate hue baen paon ke sath savdhan
position mein lagaen. Squad do-do. Is position mein dekhne ki baten
position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhayas mere word of command
se ginti se karenge (squad ek line mein Karen).
ABHYAS
37.
Ustad
38.
Ustad
39.
Ustad
Karen.
40.
Ustad
62
Karen.
NOTE:
Agar ek se jyada kadam dahine/baen baju chalna ho to squad
shouting Karen ei-do, do-do, tin-do, char-do. Isi tarah agar lagatar dahine/baen
baju chal rahe hon to tham ka word of command den eke liye donon paon savdhan
position mein hon.
------------------------------******************--------------------------------------------FD 29-32
FASLA RAKHTE HUE EK DO AUR TIN LINE BANANA
BHAG – I -EK LINE BANANA
DOHRAI.
Aage, pichhe, dahine aur baen kadam lena.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein squad drill ka ek sabaq jismein kam hoga ek, do aur tin line
banana. Sabse pahle hai ek line banana.
ZARURAT
2. Jab nafri ek se panch tak hoti hai to ek line banate hain (squad kisi bhi
formation mein 210 kadam par khara hoga, ustad ka position savdhan). Isi
karwahi ka mein bayan karunga aap karwahi karenge).
BAYAN
3. Jab word of command milta hai No 1 line ban to is word of command par No
1 savdhan hoga aur march karke 15 kadam aage aakar tham karega aur
63
vishram karke khara ho jayega. Jab word of command milta hai No. 2 line
ban to No 1 aur No 2, donon savshan honge aur No 2 wahan se march karte
hue No1 ke baen taraf aakar baju bhar ke fasle par tham karega aur up
bolega aur No 1 aur No 2 donon vishram karenge. Word of command milta
hai No 3 line ban to No 1,2 aur No 3 savdhan honge aur No 3, No 2 ki tarah
karwahi karega aur pu bolne par tinon mil kar vishram honge. Jab word of
command milta hai, No 4 line ban to jaise No. 1,2,3, ne karwahi kit hi usi
tarah No 4 bhi karwahi karega aur up bolne par vishram karege. No 5 line
ban to jaise No 4 line ban per sabhi numbers ne karwahi ki thi usi tarah No
5 line ban par karwahi karenge. No 5 line ban(ustad ka word of command
squad savdhan)
4. Abhi hai squad ko dahini taraf munh karne ke liye word of command squad
ek file mein dahine chalega dahine murh. Jab ek jawan age ho aur baki usko
cover kiye hue hon. Use ek file kahte hain. Abhi yahan se squad ko pichhe ki
taraf munh karne ke liye word of command sqwuad pichheloutega dahine
murh. Iske baad agar yahan se dahine baen aquad ka munh karna ho to
word of command aquad dahine/baen chalega dahine/baen murh. Agar
yahan se aage ki taraf munh karna ho to word of command aage barega
squad dahine/baen murh. Yahanse word of command milta hai squad line
torh, squad dahine murh kar ke apni jagah chala jayega.
ABHYAS
5. Ustad ke word of command se No 1 line ban, do line ban, tin ,line ban, char
line ban, panch line ban, sikhe hue tarike ke mutabik karwahi sarenge.
6. Ustad ke word of command se puri karwahi karenge. Squad ek line ban.
BHAG – II - DO LINE BANANA
UDDESH
7. Abhi hai do line banana.
ZARURAT
8. Jab nafri chhe se aath tak hoti hai to do line nanate hain. Isi karwahi ka
mein bayan karta jaunga aap karwahi karenge.
BAYAN
9. Jab word of command milta hai No 1 line ban to No 1 sikhe hue tarike ke
mutabik ustad ke samne aakar vishram position mein khara ho jayega.
Word of command No 1 line ban. Jab word of command milta hai No 2 line
ban to No 1 aur No 22 donon savdhan honge aur No 2 wahan se march karte
64
hue No1 ke ek kadam pichhe aakar tham karega aur up bolega, milkar
donon vishram Karen. Word of command No 2 line ban. Jab word of
command milta hai No. 3 line ban to No 3 No 1 ke baen aakar baju bhar ke
fasle par tham aur milkar vishram karenge. No 3 line ban. Jab word of
command milta hai No 4 line ban to No 4 No 2 ke baen, aur No 3 ke pichhe
cover karke tham kare aur milkar vishram karenge. Abhi No. 5,6,7 aur 8 line
ban ke liya usi tarah karwahi karenge jaise No aur 4 ne karwahi ki thi.
10.
Agar koi khali file hoto pichhe ki line mein baen se No 2 file mein khali
rakha jayega. Agar squad kop dahine/baen ki taraf munh karna ho to word
of command squad file mein dahine/baen chalega dahine/baen murh. Jab
do jawan aage hon, baki jawan pichhe se cover kiye hue hon to use file kahte
hain. Baki word of command aur karwahi jaise ek file banate samai thi usi
tarah hai.
ABHYAS
11.
Ustad ke word of command se ek line ban, do line ban. tin line ban. Isi
tarah lagatar line ban. Aakhir mein No 8 line, phir line torh.
12.
Ustad ke word of command se squad puri karwahi Karen.
BHAG - III - TIN LINE BANANA
65
UDDESH
13.
Abhi hain tin line banana.
ZARURAT
14.
hai.
Jab nafri nau ya nau se jyada ho to tin line banana ki karwahi ki jati
BAYAN
15.
Jan word of command milta hai No 1 line ban to kikhe hue tarike ke
mutabik karwahi ki jaigi. No 2 bhi usi tarah karega jaise No 1 line ban ke
liye ki thi. Word of command No 3 line ban to No 3 No 2 ke ek kadam pichhe
jakar tham karega aur up bolega, milakar vishram karenge. Word of
command No. 3 line ban. Jab word of command milta hai No 4 line ban to No
4 savdhan hokar march karke No 1 ke baen baju bhar ka fasla rakhte hue
tham karega, up bolega aur milkar vishram karenge. No 4 line ban. Jab
word of command milta hai NO 5 line ban to No 5 savdhan aur march karke
NO 2 ke baen aur No 4 ko cover karke tham karega, up bnolega aur sabhi
vishram karenga, No 5 line ban. Jab word of command milta hai No 6 line
ban to No 6 savdhan aur march karke No 3 ke baen aur No 5 ko cover karke
tham karega, up boldega aur milkar sabhi vishram karenge. No 6 line ban.
Baki nafri ko line ban karne ke liye karwahi isi tarah karte jayen.
16.
Agar squad ki nafri 11,14,17,20 ki ginti ki ho to hamesha baen se No 2
file aur Madhya line mein khali jagah rakhi jaigi agar squad ki nafri
10,13,16,19 ki ginti ki ho to baen se No 2 file Madhya aur pichhli line mein
khali jagah rakhi jaigi. Agar squad ko dahine baen ki taraf munh karna ho to
word of command squad tinon tin mein dahine/baen chalega dahine/baen
murh. Jab tin jawan aage hon baki unhen pichhe se cover kiye hon, use
tinon tin kahte hain, baki word of command aur karwahi usi tarah jaise ek
file mein aap ko bata diya hai. Squad line torh.
ABHYAS
17.
Ustad ke word of command se No 1 line ban, do line ban. Isi tarah
aakhiri jawan ka number lekar line ban ka word of command diya jata hai,
phir line torh.
18.
Ustad ke word of command se squad karwahi karega. Word of
command squad tin line ban.
NOTE:
Jab agale No ke line banana ke liye aage bulaya jata hai to us se pahle
sab jawan savdhan honge aur milkar vishram karenge.
66
----------------------------********************-----------------------------------------
FD 33-36
FASLA RAKHTE HUE DAHINE, BAEN AUR MADHYA SAJH
BHAG I
DAHINE SAJ
DOHRAI.
Fasla rakhte hue ek, do aur tin line banana.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein squad drill ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga dahine baen
aur Madhya se saj. Sabse pahle hai dahine saj.
ZARURAT
2. Dahine se saja hua squad dekhne mein sunder lagta hai. Aamtaur par bari
paradon mein dahine saj ki ksarwahi ki jati hai(isi karwahi ka namuna
ustad squad se ek jawan lekar apne dahine khara karke den) squad aadhe
daire mein ho.
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command saj, dahine saj ustad shouting Karen ek-do, do-tin-ek dotin-ek(harkat) squad word of command squad samne dekh up. Jaise the. Isi
karwahi ko ginti se kedhen.
67
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command ginti se dahine saj ek, ek-do, squad do-do, squad tdin
(harkat) squad samne dekh up. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se
dekhen aur sunen (ustad aur madad karne wala jawan Karen aur ustad
bayan Karen)
5. Jab word of command milta hai ginti se saj dahine saj ek to baen paon kjo
15 inch aage rakhen, sath hi dahine paon ko baen paon ke sath milayen,
shouting Karen ek-do.
6. Word of command ginti se saj dahine saj ek, ek-do. Is position mein dekhne
ki baten, 15 ionch aage kadam liya hua baki position savdhan. Word of
command milta hai squad do to dahine baju ko dahine wale jawan ki peeth
ke pichhe sidha uthaen aur chehre ko pura dahine ghumaen. Squad do,do.
Is position mein dekhne ki baten, dahina baju dahine wale jawan ke pichhe,
mutthi kudrati taur par bandh aur chehra pura dahine dekhta hua, Word of
command squad tin par erhion ki madat se teji se harkat Karen. Squad tin
(harkat). Is position mein dekhne ki baten, dahine saj ki karwahi ki hui aur
dahina baju apne kandhe ke barabar aur dahine wale jawan ke baen kandhe
se fasla rakha hua aur tisre jawan ki thodi nazar aani chahiye. Word of
command samne dekh to baju ko sidha girana, chehre ko samne lana ek
sath ho aur shouting Karen up. Squad samne dekh up. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten dahine saj ki karwahi ki hui. Jaise the.(jawan ko wapas
squad mein milayen)isi karwahi ka abhyas squad mere word of command se
ginti se karenge.
ABHYAS
10.
Karen.
NOTE :
BHAG II
Agar dahine hath mein rifle hai to baen baju uthaya jayega.
BAEN SAJ
UDDESH
11.
Abhi hai baen saj.
68
ZARURAT
12.
Baen se saja hua squad dekhne mein sundar lagta hai. Iske alawa bari
paradon mein jab Madhya se saj ki karwahi ki jati hai to odahine wali
companiyan baen saj ki karwahi karti hain (squad ki position pahle ki tarah,
squad se ek jawan lekar apne baen khara karke namuna den). Isi karwahi
ka durust namuna dekhen.
DURUST NAMUNA
13.
Word of command saj baen saj, ustad shouting Karen ek-do, do-tinek, do-tin-ek (harkat). Word of command squad samne dekh, up jaise the.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
14.
Word of command ginti se saj ek, ek-do, squad tin (harkat). Squad
samne dekh, up, Jaise the. Isi karwahi kop ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur
sunen (ustad aur madad karne wala jawan vishram Karen aur ustad bayan
Karen)
15.
Jab word of command miltal hai ginti se saj ek, to 15 inch ka kadam
aage len aur bolen ek-do.
16.
Word of command ginti se saj baen saj ek, ek-do. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten 15 inch aage kadam liya hua baki position savdhan. Word
of command milta hai squad do to chehre ko baedn ghumaen aur baen wala
jawan dahina baju, dahine wale jawan ki peeth ke pichhe uthaen. Squad dodo is position mein dekhne ki baten dahine wale jawan ka chehra baen taraf
aur baen wale jawan ka samne, baju dahine jawan ki peeth ke pichhe apne
kandhe ke barabar uthaya hua. Word of command milta hai squad tin to
dahine wala jawan paon se harkat karke baen wale jawan se baju bhar fasla
pura Karen. Squad tin (harkat). Is position mein dekhne ki baten baen se
tisre jawan ki thodi nazar aani chahiye. Word of command milta hai squad
samne dekh-to is word of command par baen wale jawan dahine baju giraen
aur dahine wale jawan chehre ko samne le jayen. Squad samne dekh up. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten position savdhan aur saj ki karwahi ki hui.
Jaise the. (jawan ko wapas squad mein milayen). Isi karwahi ka abhyas
squad mere word of command se ginti se karenge.
ABHYAS
69
17.
Ustad
18.
Ustad
19.
Ustad
Karen.
20.
Ustad
Karen.
NOTE : (a). Agar dahine hath mein rifle hai to dahine wala jawan hi baen hath
uthaega .
(b). Aamtaur par Rects ko training dete samay hath uthaya jayega. Training
hone par hath nehin uthaya jayega. Bagli fasla 24 inch rakha.
BHAG III
MADHYA SAJ
UDDESH
21.
Abhi hai Madhya saj.
ZARURAT
22.
Bari paradon mein Madhya saj ki karwahi ki jati hai.
BAYAN AUR ABHYAS
23.
Madhya saj ki karwahi karne ke liye jo dahine wali companiyan hoti
hain who baen saj aur baen wali coopaniyan dahine saj ki karwahi karti
hain. Isi karwahi ka aap abhyas karenge. Squad ke bich wale jawan ko guide
bana den (sirf ustad ksa bayan).
-------------------------------********************-----------------------------------
FD 37-40
QADWAR YA SIZING
BHAG I
CEREMONIAL QADWAR I(JAB SAMAY ADHIK HO)
70
DOHRAI
Fasla rakhte hue dahine, baen aur Madhya saj.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein squad drill ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga qadwar.
Qadwar 3 prakar ke hote hain. Jab samay kafee ho to ceremonial qadwar No
1 kiya jata hai. Jab samay kam ho to ceremonial qadwar No 2 kiya jata hai.
No 3 prakar ka squad qadwar hota hai. Sabse pahle hai ceremonial qadwar
No 1.
ZARURAT
2. Ceremonial qadwar No 1 ki hui parade aur squad dur se dekhne mein
achchhi aur sundar lagti hai. Isi karwahi ka mein bayan karunga aap
karwahi karenge (squad kisi bhi formation mein ho, ustad samne se vishram
BAYAN
3. Kisi bhi formation mein khare squad ko ceremonial qadwar No 1 karne ke
liye word of command milta hai lamba dahine chhota baen ek line mein
qadwar, to pura squad line torh karke sabse lamba jawan dahine baki uske
baen khare ho jayenge. Word of command squad ya parade lamba dahine
chhota baen ek line qadwar. Word of command milta hai ginti kar to ek, do ,
tin, char isi tarah ginti Karen. Word of command squad ginti kar ek, do,
tin……..Word of command milta hai No 1 khara rahe, visham dahine aur
sam baen, dahine baen murh. Word of command tej chal to bari bari se
jawan No 1 ke pichhe milenge aur phir pichhe isi tarah aage Madhya aur
pichhe ustad jawan ko bari-bari khara Karen. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere
word of command se karenge(squad pichhe kisi bhi formation mein khara
71
rahe).
ABHYAS
4. Ustad ke word of command se squad abhyas Karen.
BHAG II
CEREMONIAL QADWAR II (JAB SAMAY KAM HO)
UDDESH
5. Ceremonial quadwar jab samay kam ho.
BAYAN
6. Kisi bhi formation mein khari coy ko word of command milta hai parade
lamba dahine/baen aur chhota Madhya mein tin lin bana, is word of
command par parade apne aap qadwar hokar tin line mein khari ho jati
hain. Word of command lamba dahine-baen aur chhota Madhya mein tin
line ban(parade se abhyas len).
NOTE :
Ustad jawan ki khubion se squad ko adjust Karen.
BHAG III
SQUAD QADWAR
7. Kisi bhi formation mein khare squad ko squad qadwar karne ke liye word of
command milta hai lamba dahine chhota baen ek line mein qadwar to squad
ek line mein qadwar khara ho jai. Word of command milta hai No 1 khara
rahe baki dahine murh samne se tej chal, ustad jawanon ko bari-bari
Madhya pichhe aur aage karte jayen isi tarah squad qadwar fall in ho jata
hai. (squad se abhyas len).
NOTE:
Agar hamein kisi squad , toil ko ek kthan se dusre sthan le jana ho to
squad qadwar (sizing) se hi le jate hain. Ismein chhote jawan aage ki taraf aur
lambe jawan pichhe ki taraf rakhne chahiye.
-----------------------------------********************------------------------------------
FD 41-44
PARADE PAR(GETTING ON PARADE)
72
DOHRAI.
Qadwar (sizing).
UDDESH
1. Is period mein squad drill ka ek aur sabaqw jismein kam hoga parade par.
ZARURAT
2. Jab platoon, coy ya troops kisi bhi formation mein drill ground ke kinare par
khare hon to use parade mein hazir karne ke liye parade par kiya jata hai.
Parade ko parade par lane se pahle dahina darshak mangwaya jata hai.
Section mein section commander, platoon mein platoon Hav, company mein
CHM dahina darshak (squad aadhe daire mein aur vishram position mein
hoga, ustad squad se 20 kadam ki duri par).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command dahina darshak (ustad savdhan hokar 15 kadam march
kar ke ginti karta hua tham kare aur darshak hilo mat ke word of command
par vishram ho jai). Isi karwahi ko bayan se dekhen (ustad vishram position
se bayan Karen).
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
4. Jab vishram position se word of command milta hai dahina darshak to is
word of command par savdhan hon, tin ka thahroa dete hue march Karen
aur 15 kadam par tham Karen aur dahine se saj Karen. Is position se word
of command milta hai darshak hilo mat to vishram Karen.
5. Word of command dahina darshakj. Darshak hilo mat. Abhi isi karwahi ka
abhayas sarenge.
73
ABHYAS
6. Ustad squad se abhyas lene ke liye squad ke jawan ka naam lete hue bataen
ki woh darshak hoga to woh jawan savdhan hokar vishram karega. Word of
command dahina darshak. (Darshak ki karwahi) Darshak hilo mat. Yahi
karwahi pure squad se karai jai.
7. Parade parade par ke word of command par parade puri karwahi Karen.
Darshak ke baen aakar tham Karen. Baju uthakar dahine se saj ki karwahi
Karen, bari-bari baju giraen aur bari-bari vishram Karen. Baen wale donon
jawan milkar vishram Karen. Isi karwahi ka abhyas squad se len.
NOTE:
karenge.
Squad ke pas rifle ho to bagal shastr karke, bari-bari baju shastr
---------------------------------------**********************-----------------------------
FD 45-48
DHIRE CHAL SE MURHNA
BHAG I
DOHRAI.
DHIRE CHAL SE DAHINE MURHNA.
Parade par.
UDDESH
se dahine baen aur pichhe murhna. Sabsepahle hai dhire chalse dahine
74
murhna.
ZARURAT
2. Jab ham dhire chal se march karte hue kisi bhi simmat ko ja rahe hon
hamein 90 degree apni simmat ki badly dahini taraf ho to, dahine murh ki
karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen(squad aadhe daire
mein, ustad squad ke baen se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command samne se dhire chal barho, murhna dahine murh (ustad
shouting Karen khali stamp shoot barho squad tham ek-do). Jaise the. Is
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command samne se dhire chal barho , ginti se murhna dahine murh
ek check up, squad do-do, squad tin-tin, squad char, barho squad tham ekdo. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen (ustad
5. Dhire chal se word of command milta hai ginti se murhna dahine murh ek,
yah word of command us samay milta hai jab dahina paon baen paon ko
cross kar raha ho ya baen paon jamin par laga ho to is word of command par
dahine paon ko 15 inch aage jamin par rakhen aur baen paon ko kadam tgal
ki halagt mein utghakar ruk jayen aur shouting Karen check up. Yahan tak
ke movement ko dekhen.
6. Word of command samne se dhire chal barho, ginti se murhna dahine murh
ek check up. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, dahine paon jamin par badan
ka bojh dahine paon par, baen paon kadam tal ki halat mein , baki position
savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad do to is word of command par
dahine paon ki erhi par dahine taraf 90 degree par ghoom jayen aur baen
paon ko savdhan position mein lagaen aur shouting Karen do. Squad do-do.
Is position mein dekhne ki baten, dahine taraf 90 degree par simmat badly ki
hui baki position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad tin to is word
of command par dahine paon ko 15 inch aage kadam tal ki halat mein
75
nukalen aur shouting Karen tin. Squad tin- tin. Is position mein dekhne ki
baten , baen paon pura jamin par laga hua badan ka bojh baen paon par
dahina paon kadam tol ki halat mein 15 inch aage, baki position savdhan.
Word of command milta hai squad char to dahine paon ko 15 inch aage
barhate hue dhire chal shuru Karen, dahine paon ka panja jamin par lagte
hi shouting Karen barho. Squad char barho squad tham ek do. Jaise the. Isi
karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se ginti se karenge (Squad ek line
mein).
ABHYAS
10.
Karen.
BHAG II
DHIRE CHAL SE BAEN MURHNA
UDDESH
11.
Abhi hai dhire chal se baen murhna.
76
ZARURAT
12.
Jab dhire chal se marcdh karte hue kisi simmat ko ja rahe hon aur
hamein 90 degree apni simmat ki badly baen taraf karne ki liye baen murh
ki karwahi ki jati hai . Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (squad aadhe
daire mein, ustad squad ke baen se squad ke barabar namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
13.
Word of command samne se dhire chal, murhna baen murh (ustad
shouting saren khali stamp shoot barho tham ek-do) Jaise the. Isi karwahi
ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
14.
Word of command samne se dhire chal, ginti se murhna baen murh
ek check up, squad do-do, squad tin-tin, squad char, barho tham ekdo.Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen(ustad
vishram position se bayan karen).
15.
Dhire chal se word of command milta hai ginti se murhna baen murh
ekj, yah word of command us samay milta hai jab baen paon dahine paon ko
cross kar raha ho ya dahina paon jamin par laga ho to baen paon ko 15 inch
aage jamin par rakhen aur dahine paon ko kadam gtal ki halat mein uthakar
ruk jayen aur shouting Karen check up.
16.
Word of command samne se dhire chal ginti se murhna baen murh ek
check up. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, baen paon pura jamin par,
badan ka bojh baen paon par, dahina paon kadam tal ki halat mein, baki
position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad do to is word of
command par baen paon ki erhi par baen taraf 90 degree par ghoom jayen
aur dahine paon ko savdhan position mein lagaen aur shouting karen do.
Squad do-do. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, baen taraf 90 defgree par
simmat badly ki hui, baki position savdhan . Word of command milta hai
squad tin to is word of command par baen paon ko 154 inch aage kadam tol
ki halat mein nikalen aur shouting Karen tin. Squad tin-tin. Is position mein
dekhne kio baten dahina paon pura jamin par laga hua badan ka bojh
dahine paon par baen paon kadam tol ki halat mein 15 inch aage, baki
position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad char to baen paon ko
15 inch aage barhate hue dhire chal shuru Karen, baen paon ka panja
jamion par lagte hi shouting Karen barho, squad char barho tham ek-do.
77
Jaise the. Abhi isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se ginti se
karenge(squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
17.
Ustad
18.
Ustad
19.
Ustad
Karen.
20.
Ustad
Karen.
BHAG III
DHIRE CHAL SE PICHHE MURHNA
UDDESH
21.
Abhi hai dhire chal se pichhe murhna.
ZARURAT
22.
Jab ham dhire chal se march karte hue kisi bhi simmat ko ja rahe hon
hamein, 180 degree par formation ko kayam rakhte hue apni simmat ki
badly karni ho to pichhe murh ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust
namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustad ke baen se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
23.
Word of command samne se dhire chal barho, murhna pichhe murh
(ustad shouting Karen khali ek thahro, do thahro, stamp shoot, barho squad
tham ek-do) Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se dek hen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
24.
Word of command samne se dhire chal barho , ginti se murhna pichhe
murh ek khali ek thahro, squad do-do thahro, squad tin stamp shoot, squad
char barho squad tham ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se
dekhen aur sunen (ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
25.
Dhire chal se word of command milta hai ginti se murhna pichhe
murh ek, yah word of command us samay milta hai jab dahina paon baen
paon ko cross kar raha ho ya baen paon pura jamin par laga ho to dahine
paon ko 15 inch aage aur dahine taraf ghumakar rakhen, baen paon ko 12
78
inch upar uthate hue teji se dahine paon ke sath savdhan position mein
lagaen aur shouting Karen khali ek thahro.
26.
Word of command samne se dhire chal barho, ginti se murhna pichhe
murh ek khali ek thahro, Is position mein dekhne ki baten 90 degree dahine
taraf simmat ki badly ki hui aur position savdhan. Word of command milta
hai squad do to baen paon ke panje pare dahini taraf 90 degree par ghoom
jayen aur sath hi dahine paon ko 12 inch uparf uthate hue savdhan position
mein lagaen aur shouting Karen do thahro. Squad do-do thahro. Is position
mein dekhne ki baten lagbhag 180 degree pichhe turn kiya hua, baki
position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad tin to position aur
direction ko kayam karne ke liye baen paon ko 12 inch upar uthate hue
dahine paon ke sath savdhan position mein lagaen aur dahine paon ko 15
inch aage kadam tol halat mein shoot Karen, shouting Karen stamp shoot.
Squad tin stamp shoot. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, dahina paon 15
ich aage kadam tal halat mein baki position savdhan. Word of command
milta hai squad char, to is word of command par dahine paon se dhire chal
ki karwahi shuru Karen aur jab dahine paon ka panja jamin par lage to
shouting Karen barho. Squad char barho squad tham ek-do. Jaise the. Isi
karwahi ka abhyas mere mere word of command par ginti se karenge (squad
ek line mein).
ABHYAS
27.
Ustad
28.
Ustad
29.
Ustad
Karen.
30.
Ustad
Karen.
-------------------------*****************------------------------------------FD 49-52
TEJ CHAL SE MURHNA
BHAG I
TEJ CHAL SE DAHINE MURHNA
79
DOHRAI.
Dhire chal se murhna.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein khali hath drill ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga tej chal se
dahien, baen aur pichhe murhna. Sabse pahle hai tej chal se dahine
murhna.
ZARURAT
2. Jab ham tej chal se march karte hue kisi simmat ko ja rahe hgon hamein
90 degree apni simmat ki dahini taraf badly karni ho to dahine murh ki
karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuan dekhen (squad aadhe
daire mein, ustad squad ke baen se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command samne se tej chal barho, murhna dahine murh (ustad
shouting Karen, khali ek-ek barho squad tham khali ek-do). Jaise the. Isi
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command samne se tej chal barho ginti se murhna dahine murh ekek, squad do-do, squad tin stamp shoot, squad char barho tham khali ek-do.
5. Tej chal se word of command milta hai ginti se murhna dahine murh ek, yah
word of command us samay milta hai jab dahina paon baen paon ko cross
80
kar raha ho ya baen paon jamin par laga ho to is word of command par
dahine paon ko 15 inch aage jamin par rakhen aur chalti halat mein ruk
jayen aur shouting Karen ek.
6. Word of command samne se tej chal barho, ginti se muhna dahine murh ekek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten dahina paon jamin par, badan ka bojh
dahine paon par, baen paon ka panja jamin par aur erhi uthi hui, baen baju
aage dahina baju pichhe chalti halat mein. Word of command milta hai
squad do to is word of command par baen paon ko kadam tal ki halat mein
aage uthaen, aur baju savdhan ki halat mein le jaen shouting Karen do.
Squad do-do. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, dahina paon pura jamin par,
badan ka bojh dahine paon par, baen paon kadam tal ki halat mein baki
position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad tin to dahine paon ki
erhi par dahine taraf 90 degree par ghoom jayen aur baen paon ko savdhan
position mein lagaen aur dahine paon ko teji se 15 inch aage kadam tol ki
halat mein nikalen aur shouting Karen tin. Squad tin stamp shoot. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten. baen paon pura jamin par laga hua badan ka
bojh baen paon par dahina paon 15 inch aage kadam tol ki halat mein baki
position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad char to dahine paon
do 15 inch aage erhi lagate hue tej chalk o shuru Karen aur shouting Karen
barho. Squad char barhgo tham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka
abhyas mere word of command par ginti se karenge (squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
10.
Karen.
BHAG II
TEJ CHAL SE BAEN MURHNA
UDDESH
11.
Abhi hai tej chal se baen murhna.
ZARURAT
12.
Jab ham tej chal se march karte hue kisi bhi simmat ko ja rahe hon
hamein 90 degree apni simmat ki baen taraf badli karni ho to baen murh ki
karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen(squad ki position
81
aadhe daire mein, ustad squad ke dahine se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
13.
Word of command samne se tej chal barho. Murhna baen murh (ustad
shouting Karen khali ek-ek squad tham khali ek-do). Jaise the. Is is karwahi
ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
14.
Word of command samne se tej chal barho, ginti se murhna baen
murh ek-ek squad do-do, squad tin stamp shoot, squad char barho squad
tham khali ek do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se sunen(ustad
15.
Tej chal se word of command milta hai ginti se murhna baen murh ek,
yah word of command us samay milta hai jab baen paon dahine paon ko
cross kar raha ho ya dahine paon ki erhi jamin par lag rahi ho to baen paon
ko 15 inch aage jamin par rakhen aur chalti halat mein ruk jayen, shouting
Karen ek.
16.
Word of command samne se tej chal barho, ginti ser murhana baen
murh ek-ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten baen paon pura jamin par
badan ka bojh baen paon par dahine paon ka panja jamin par erhi uthi hui,
dahina baju aage baen baju pichhe chalti halat mein. Word of command
milta hai squad do to is word of command par dahine paon ko kadam tal ki
halat mein aage uthaen aur baju savdhan position mein layen, shouting
Karen do. Squad do-do. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, baen paon pura
jamin par laga hua badan ka bojh baen paon par, dahina paon kadam tak
ki halat mein, baki position savdhan. Word of command milta squad tin to
baen paon ki erhi par baen taraf 90 degree par ghoom jaen aur dahine paon
ko savdhan position mein lagaen aur baen paon ko teji se 15 inch aage
kadam tol ki halat mein nikalen, shouting Karen stamp shoot. Squad tin
stamp shoot. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, dahina paon pura jamin par
laga hua badan ka bojh dahine paon par, baen paon 15 inch aage kadam tol
ki halat mein, baki position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad
char to baen paon ko 15 inch aage erhi lagakar tej chal shuru Karen aur
shouting Karen barho. Squad char barho squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise the.
Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se ginti se karenge (squad ek
82
line mein).
ABHYAS
17.
Ustad
18.
Ustad
19.
Ustad
Karen.
20.
Ustad
Karen.
BHAG III
TEJ CHAL SE PICHHE MURHNA
UDDESH
21.
ABHI HAI TEJ CHAL SE PICHHE MURHNA.
ZARURAT
22.
hamein,180 degree par formation ko kayam rakhte hue simmat ki badly
karni ho to pichhe murh ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwajhi ka durust
namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustad squad ke baen se namuna
den).
DURUST NAMUNA
23.
Word of command samne se tej chal barho, murhna pichhe murh
(ustad shouting Karen cut khali ek-do-tin-char barho squad tham khali ekdo. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen).
GINTI SE NAMUNA
24.
Word of command samne se tej chal barho, ginti se murhna pichhe
murh ek khali ek, squad do-do, squad tin-tin, squad char-char squad panch.
Barho tham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen
aur sunen(ustad vishram se bayan Karen).
25.
Tej chal se word of command milta hai ginti se murhna pichhe murh
ek, yah word of command us samay multa hai jab baen paon dahine paon ko
cross kar raha ho ya dahine paon ki erhi jamin par lag rahi ho to baen
paoan ko khali jaen den, dahine paon ko 15 inch aage lagate hi chalti halat
mein ruk jayen, shouting Karen khali ek.
26.
Word of command samne se tej chal barho, ginti se murhna pichhe
83
murh ek khali ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, dahine murh ke No. 1
movement ki tarah. Word of commandmilta hai squad do to dahine paon ki
erhi par 90 degree dahine taraf ghoom jaen aur baen paon ko dahine paon
ke sath savdhan position mein lagaen, shouting Karen do.squad do-do . is
position mein dekhne ki baten,90 degree dahine turn kiya hua. Baki
position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad tin to is word of
command par baen paon ke panje par dahine taraf 90 degree par aur ghoom
jayen, sath hi dahine paon ko 12 inch uthakar savdhan position mein lagaen
aur shouting Karen tin. Squad tin-tin. Is position mein dekhne ki baten.
position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad char to position aur
direction ko durust karne ke liye baen paon ko 12 ich upar uthate hue
dahine paon ke sath savdhan position mein lagaen. Squad char-char. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten, 180 degree pichhe turn kiya hua baki
position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad panch to dahine paon
ko 30 inch aage nikalkar tek chal ki karwahi shuru Karen aur shouting
Karen barho. Squad panch barho tham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka
abhyas mere word of command se ginti se karenge(squad ek line mein
daren).
ABHYAS
27.
Ustad
28.
Ustad
29.
Ustad
Karen.
30.
Ustad
Karen.
-------------------------------*********************-----------------------------
FD 53-56
KHARE KHARE SALUTE KARNA
84
BHAG I
KHARE KHARE SAMNE SALUTE KARNA
DOHRAI.
tej chal se murhna.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein khali hath drill ka ek aur sabaq jismein hoga khare khare
samne, dahine aur baen salute karna. Sabse pahle hai samne salute karna.
ZARURAT
2. Jab bam kisi jagah par khare hon hamare samne se koi salute adhikari
gujren to unhen izzat den eke liye khare-khare samnesalute ki karwahi ki
jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen(squad aadhe daire mein85
ustad samne se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command salute karna samne salute-salute(ustad tin ki ginti Karen
aur salute girayen). Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command ginti se salute larma samne salute ek-ek squad do-do.
5. Jab word of command milta hai ginti se salute karna samne salute ek to is
word of command par dahine baju ko dahine taraf sidha uthate hue kandhe
ke barabar layen aur kohni se morhte hue anguliyon ko sidhe aur milate hui
kalme wali anguli ko dahine ankh ki bhown se 1 inch upar lagaen, shouting
Karen ek.
6. Word of command gintgi se salute karna samne salute ek-ek. Is position
mein dekhne ki baten dahine hath ki anguliyon aur angutha sidha aur mile
hue, kalme wali anguli dahine ankh ke bhown se 1 inch mein kalai se
kohni tak 45 degree ke angle par, nigah samne, baki position savdhan. Word
of command milta hai squad do to dahine hath ko nazdik ke reste se teji se
giraen, shouting Karen do. Squad do-do. Is position mein dekhne ki baten,
position savdhan . jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command
se ginti se karenge.
ABHYAS
10.
Karen.
BHAG II
KHARE KHARE DAHINE SALUTE KARNA
UDDESH
11.
Abhi hai khare khare dahine salute karna.
ZARURAT
12.
Tej chal mein dahine salute ki harkaton ko durust karne ke liye khare
86
khare dahine salute ki karwahi ki jati hai isi karwahi ka durust namuna
dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustad aadha baen murh kar namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
13.
Word of command salute karna dahine salute –salute (ustad tin ki
ginti karke salute giraen). Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
14.
Word of command ginti se salute karna dahine salute ek-ek, squad dodo. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen.
15.
Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai ginti se salute
karna dahine salute ek to is word of command par kikhe hue tarike ke
mutabik dahine baju ko pura dahine se lekar salute Karen aur sath hi kohni
se baju ko morhte hue chehre ko bhi pura dahine le jayen, shouting Karen
ek.
16.
Word of command ginti se salute karna dahine salute ek-ek. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten dahine hath ki charon angulian aur angutha
sidha aur mila hua,kalme wali anguli dahini ankh ki bhown se 1 inch upar
bich mein, kalai se lekar kohni tak 45 degree angle, kohni se lekar kandhe
tak jamin ke samanantar, chehre ka pura rukh dahine aur nigah hatheli kea
age se pura dahine dekhte hue, baki position savdhan. Word of command
milta hai squad do to dahine hath ko giraen,chehre ko samne layen aur
shouting Karen do. Squad do-do. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, position
savdhan . jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se ginti se
karenge (squad ko aadha baen murh kar abhyas karayen ).
ABHYAS
17.
Ustad
18.
Ustad
19.
Ustad
Karen.
20.
Ustad
Karen.
BHAG III
KHARE KHARE BAEN SALUTE KARNA
UDDESH
87
21.
Abhi hai khare khare baen salute karna.
ZARURAT
22.
Tej chal mein baen salute ki harkaton ko durust karne ke liye khare
khare baen salute ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna
dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustad aadha dahine murh kar namuna
den).
DURUST NAMUNA
23.
Word of command salute karna baen salute salute (ustad tin ki ginti
karke salute giraen). Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
24.
Word of command ginti se salute karna baen salute ek-ek, squad dodo, jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen.
25.
Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai ginti se salute
karna baen salute ek to is word of command par sikhe hie tarike ke mutabik
dahine baju ko pura dahine se lekar salute karna aur sath hi kohni se
dahine baju ko morhte hue chehre ko bhi pura baen le jana ek sath Karen,
shouting Karen ek. (ustad aadha dahine murh Karen).
26.
Word of command ginti se salute karna baen salute ek-ek. Is position
mein dekhne ki baten, dahine hath ki charon angulian aur angutha sidha
aur mila hua kalme wali anguli dahine ankh ki bhown se 1 inch upar aur
bich mein charon angulion ke pichhe ka hissa pagri ya beret ke sath mila
hua, kohni puri pichhe khinchi hui, chehre ka rukh aur nigah pura baen
taraf, baki position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad do to dahine
hath ko giraen chehre ko samne layen aur shouting Karen do. Squad dodo.is position mein dekhne ki baten, position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi
ka abhyas mere word of command se ginti se karenge (squad ko aadha
dahine murh kar abhyas karayen).
ABHYAS
27.
Ustad ke word of command se squad ginti se abhyas karen.
28.
Ustad ke word of command bataen squad khushi se abhyas Karen.
29.
Karen.
88
30.
Karen.
-------------------------*******************----------------------------------FD 57-60
VISARJAN AUR LINE TORH
BHAG I
DOHRAI
VISARJAN
khare-khare salute karna.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein khali bath drill ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga visarjan
aur line torh. Sabse pahle hai visarjan.
ZARURAT
2. Jab troops ko dubara fall in karna ho aur Officer parade par hazir honto
visarjan ki karwahi ki jati . isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen. (squad
ka position aadhadaire mein. Ustad ka munh squad ke dahine taraf).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command visarjan (ustad puri karwahi ginti karte hue Karen). Jaise
the. Isi karwahi ko bayan se dekhen aur sunen.
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
4. Jab
savdhan
position
se
word
of
command
milta
hai
squad/platoon/coy/Parade etc visarjan to dahine murh karke salute Karen
aur tin kadam aage lekar tham Karen aur sidhe nikal jaen lekin sikhlai mein
squad ke upar control rakhne ke liye dubara baen murh Karen aur savdhan
position mein khare rahen.
5. Word of command visarjan. Jaise the. Abhi aap isi karwahi ka abhyas mere
word of command se karenge(squad ek line mein)
ABHYAS
6.
7.
8.
9.
Ustad
Ustad
Ustad
Ustad
ke
ke
ke
ke
word
word
word
word
of
of
of
of
command
command
command
command
se squad ginti se abhyas karen.
bataen squad khushi se abhyas Karen.
se squad samay pukarte hue abhyas Karen.
se squad samay ke andaze se abhyas Karen.
89
BHAG II
LINE TORH
UDDESH
10.
Abhi hai line torh.
ZARURAT
11.
Jab troops ko thorhi der ke liye aaram dena ho aur dubara fall in
karna ho to line torh ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna
dekhen(ustad aur squad ka position pahle ki tarah).
DURUST NAMUNA
12.
Word of command line torh (ustad puri karwahi Karen)isi karwahi ko
bayan se dekhen aur sunen.
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
13.
Line torh ki karwahi usi tarah hai jaise visarjan mein sikh chuke bain
lekin line torh par salute nahin kiya jayega.
ABHYAS
14.
BHAG III
Visarjan ki tarah hi hai .
SWASTHNA
BAYAN
15.
Yah karwahi us waqt ki jati hai, jab lecture hall se class ko chhorna
ho. Swasthan ke word of command par class baithe baithe hath sidha
karenge aur uthkar hall se bahar chale jayenge(ustasd sirf bayan Karen).
NOTE :Swasthan ka ustad namuna nahin dega.
-------------------------------********************-----------------------------------FD 61-64
DHIRE CHAL SE SALUTE KARNA
BHAG I
DOHRAI.
DHIRE CHAL SE SAMNE SALUTE KARNA
visarjan aur line torh.
UDDESH
se samne, dahine aur baen salute karna, sabse pahle hai dhire chal se
90
samne salute karna.
ZARURAT
2. Tej chal mein samne salute ki harkaton ko durust karne ke liye dhire chal
se samne salute ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna
dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustad squad ke samne aur bich se
namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command samne se dhire chal barho, salute karna samne salute,
salute(ustad ginti karte hue puri karwahi Karen). Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko
ginti ke sath dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command samne se dhire chal barho, ginti se salute karna samne
salute ek,ek-do. Squad do, squad tin, squad char, squad panch, barho tham
ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginit se dekhen aur sunen.
5. Tej chal se word of command milta hai ginti se salute karna samne salute
ek, yah word of command us samay milta hai jab baen paon dahine paon ko
cross kar raha ho ya dahina paon jamin par ho to is word of command par
tham Karen shouting Karen ek do.
6. Word of command samne se dhire chal barho , ginti se salute karna samne
salute ek, ek-do. Is position savdhan word of command milata hai squad do
to ek bar khare khare samne salute Karen. Squad do-di-do-tin-ek. Is position
mein dekhne ki baten, ek bar khare khare samne salute ki karwahi ki hui,
baki position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad tin to dubara
samne salute Karen. Squad tin-ek-do-tin-ek. Is position mein dekhne ki
baten position No 2 ki tarah. Word of command milta hai squad char to
pichhe murh ki karwahi Karen. Squad char ek-do-tin-ek. Jaise the. (dubara
pichhe murh Karen). Is position mein dekhne ki baten 180 degree direction
ki badly ki hui baki position savdhan, yahan par dubara pichhe murh ki
karwahi nahin hai. Squad par control aur drill ka agla movement dikhane
ke liye dubara pichhe murh ki karwahi ki gai hai. Word of command milta
hai squad panch to baen paon se dhire chal ki karwahi shuru Karen aur
shouting Karen barho. Squad panch barho tham ek-do. Jaise the. Isi
karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se ginti se karenge (squad ek line
mein).
91
ABHYAS
10.
Karen.
BHAG II
DHIRE CHAL SE DAHINE SALUTE KARNA
UDDESH
11.
Abhi hai dhire chal se dahine salute karna.
ZARURAT
12.
Badi paradonmein jo commander khali hatgh hote hain who dhire chal
se manch (saluting dais) se gujarte samay dahine samay dahine salute ki
karwahi karte hain. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen(squad aadhe
daire mein, ustad squad ke baen se tirchha namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
13.
Word of command samne se dhire chal barho, salute karna dahine
salute salute (ustad ginti karte hue puri karwahi Karen) . Jaise the. Isi
GINTI SE NAMUNA
14.
Word of command samne se dhire chal barho, ginti se salute karna
dahine salute ek,ek, squad do, do-tin-char-panch. Squad tin down, Squad
char barho tham ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se kekhen
aur sunen(ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
15.
Dhire chal se word of command milta hai ginti se salute karna dahine
salute ek, yah word of command us samay mita hai jab dahine paon ko
baen paon cross kar raha ho ya dahina paon jamin par ho to is word of
command par baen ko 30 inch aage rakhen aur dahine salute ruk jayen.
16.
dahine salute ek-ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten. baen paon aage jamin
par laga hua, badan ka bojh baen paon par, dahine paon ka panja janja
jamin par aur erhi uthi hui, salute sikhe hue tarike ke mitabik dahine taraf
92
kiya hua, baki position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad do to
dahine paon se do ki ginti shuru karte hue panch ki ginti tak march Karen
aur ruk jayen. Squad do do-tin-char-char-panch. Is position mein dekhne ki
baten, dhire chal se panch kadam jamini fasla tai kiya hua, baki position No
1 ki tarah. Word of command milta hai squad tin to dahine paon ko aage len
aur salute giraen aur shouting Karen down. Squad tin down. Is position
mein dekhne ki baten dahina paon pura jamin par badan ka bojh dahine
paon par paon par baen paon ka panja jamin par erhi uthi hui baki position
savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad char to baen paon se dhire chal
shuru Karen shouting Karen barho. Squad char barho tham ek-do. Jaise
the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se ginti se karenge(squad
ek line mein).
ABHYAS
17.
Ustad
18.
Ustad
19.
Ustad
Karen.
20.
Ustad
Karen.
BHAG III
DHIRE CHAL SE BAEN SALUTE KARNA.
UDDESH
21.
Abhi hia dhire chal se baen salute karna.
ZARURAT
22.
Badi paradon mein VIP dwara parade ka nirikshan karte samay, unke
aage chalne wale pilot dhire chal se march karte hain aur agar parade mein
nishan hazir ho to uske samne se gujarte samay dhire chal se baen salute
ki karwahi karte hain. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (sqade aadhe
daire mein, ustad squad ke dahine se tirchha namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
23.
Word of command samne se dhire chal barho. Salute karna baen
salute salute (ustad ginti karte hue puri karwahi Karen). Jaise the. Isi
GINTI SE NAMUNA
93
24.
baen salute ek-ek. Squad do, do-tin-char-panch. Squad tin down. Squad
char barho tham ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen.
Aur sunen(Ustad vishram position se bayan karen).
25.
baen
paon
paon
Jaba dhire chal se word of command milta hai ginti se salute karna
salute ek, yah word of command us samay hai jab baen paon dahine
ko cross kar raha ho ya dahina paon pura jamin par laga ho to baen
ko 30 inch aage lekar baen salute karke ruk jayen, shouting Karen ek.
26.
baen salute ek-ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, baen paon aage pura
jamin par laga hua, badan ka bojh baen paon par, dahine paon ka panja
jamin apr erhi uthi hui tangent kasi hui, salute sikhe hue tarike ke
mutabik, baki position savdhan . Word of command milta hai squad do to
dahine paon se do ki ginti shuru karke panch ki ginti par ruk jayen. Squad
do, do-tin-char-panch. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, dhire chal se panch
kadam ka jamini fasla tai kiya hua, baki position No 1 ki tarah. Word of
command milta hai squad tinto dahine paon ko aaage lagana chehra
ghumana salute ko girana aur munh se down bolnaek sath karen. Squad
tin down. Is position mein dekhne ki baten dahina paon 30 inch aage badan
ka bojh dahine paon par, baen paon ka panja jamin par erhi uthi hui aur
salute giraya hua. Word of command milta hai squad char to is word of
command par baen paon se dhire chal ki karwahi shuru Karen, shouting
Karen barho, Squad char barho tham ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka
abhyas mere word of command se ginti se karenge(squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
27.
Ustad
28.
Ustad
29.
Ustad
Karen.
30.
Ustad
Karen.
-------------------------********************------------------------------------FD 65-68
TEJ CHAL SE SALUTE KARNA
BHAG I
TEJ CHAL SE SAMNE SALUTE KARNA.
94
DOHRAI
Dhire chal se salute karna.
UDDESH
samne . dahine aur baen salute karna . Sabse pahle hai tej chal se samne
salute karna.
ZARURAT
2. Jab hamein kisi salute adhikari ke aps jana ho ya unhone hamein apne pas
bulaya ho to unhen izzat den eke liye tej chal se samne salute ki karwahi ki
jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen(squad aadhe daire mein,
ustad squad ke samne aur bich se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUAN
3. Word of command samne se tej chal barho, salute karna asmne salute
salute (ustad ginti karte hue puri karwahi Karen). Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko
ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command samne se tej chal barho, ginti se salute karna samne
salute ek, khali ek-do, squad do, squad tin, squad char, squad panch, barho
squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aru bayan se dekhen
aur sunen(uusad vushram position se bayan Karen).
5. Tej chal se word of command milta hai ginti se salute karna samne salute
ek yah word of command usi tarah milta hai jaise tej chal mein tham karte
hain.
salute ek, khali ek-do. Isi position mein dekhne ki baten, position savdhan .
Word of command milta squad do to is word of command par ek bar khare
khare samne salute ki karwahi Karen. Squad do, ek-do-tin-ek. Is position
mein dekhne ki baten, ek bar khare khare samne salute ki karwahi ki hui,
baki position savdhan . Word of command milta hai squad tin to is word of
command par dubara salute Karen. Squad tin, ek-do-tin-ek. Is position
mein dekhne ki baten, position No. 2 ki tarah. Word of command milta hai
squad char to is word of command par pichhe mirh Karen. Squad char,ek=do-tin-ek, Jaise the (dubara pichhe murh Karen). Is position mein dekhne ki
baten, 180 degree direction ki badly ki hui baki position savdhan . Yahan
95
par dubara pichhe murh ki karwahi nahi hai, squad par control aur drill ka
agla movement kikhane ke liye dubara pichhe murh ki karwahi ki gai hai.
Word of command milta hai squad panch to baen paon se tej chal shuru
Karen aur shouting Karen barho.Squad panch barho squad tham khali ekdo. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se ginti se
karenge(squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
10.
Karen.
BHAG II
TEJ CHAL SE DAHINE SALUTE KARNA
96
UDDESH
11.
Abhi hai tgej chal se dahine salute karna.
ZARURAT
12.
Jab ham tek chal se march karte hue kisi bhi simmat ko ja rahe hon,
hamein apne dahine taraf koi salute adhikari milen to unhen izzat den eke
liye dahine salute ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna
dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustad squad ke baen se tirchha namuna
den).
DURUST NAMUNA
13.
Word of command samne se tej chal barho salute karna dahine salute
salute khali ek-do-tin-char-panch down barho squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise
GINTI SE NAMUNA
14.
Word of command samne se tej chal barho, ginti se salute karna
dahine salute ek-khali-ek, squad do do-tin-char-panch, squad tin down,
squad char barho squad htam khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur
bayan se dekhen aur sunen( ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
15.
Tej chal se word of command milata hai ginti se salute karna dahine
salute ek, yah word of command us samay milta hai hab dahina paon baen
paon ko cross kar kar raha ho ya baen paon ki erhi jamin par lag rahi ho, to
dahine paon ko khali aru baen paon ki erhi lagte hi dahine salute Karen aur
chalti halatr mein ruk jayen, shouting saren khali ek.
16.
dahine salute ek khali ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten baen paon ki
erhi jamin par panja khara, dahina paon pura jamin par, badan ka bojh
dahine paon par, donon tangent kasi hui, salute sikhe hue tarike se kiya
hua, nagah puri dahine taraf, baki position savdhan. Word of command
milta hai squad do to dahine paon se do ki ginti shuru karte hue panch ki
ginti tak march karenaur ruk jayen. Squad do do-tin-char-panch. Is
Position mein dekhne ki baten, panch kadam ka janini fasla tai kiya hua
baki position No 1 ki tarah. Word of command milta hai squad tin to dahine
97
paon ki erhi ka lagana chehre ko aage lega salute ko girana ek sath Karen
aur shouting Karen down. Squad tin down. Is position mein dekhen ki baten
, dahine paon ki erhi 30 inch aage lagi hui panja khara badan ka bojh baen
paon npar, salute giraya hua, baki position savdhan. Word of command
milta hai squad char to baen paon se tej chal ki karwahi shuru Karen aur
shouting Karen barho. Squad char barho squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise the.
Isi karwahi ka abhyas ginti se karenge (squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
17.
Ustad
18.
Ustad
19.
Ustad
Karen.
20.
Ustad
Karen.
BHAG III
TEJ CHAL SE BAEN SALUTE KARNA
98
UDDESH
21.
Abhi hai tej chal se baen salute karna.
ZARURAT
22.
hamein apne baen taraf koi salute adhikari milen to unhen izzat den eke liye
tej chal se baen salute ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuana
dekhen(squad aadhe daire mein, ustad squad ke baen se tirchha namuna
den).
DURUST NAMUNA
23.
Word of command samne se tej chal barho, salute karna baen salute
salute khali ek-do-tin-char-panch down barho squad tham khali ek-0do jaise
the . Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
24.
Word of command samne se tej chal barho, ginti se salute karna baen
salute ek-khali-ek, squad do, do-tin-char-panch, squad tin down, squad
char barho squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur
bayan se dekhen aur sunen(sutad vishram position se bayan Karen).
25.
Tej chal se word of command milata hai ginti se salute karna baen
salute ek, yah word of command us samay milta hjai jab dahina paon baen
paon ko cross kar raha ho ya baen paon ki erhi jamin par lag rahi ho to
dahine paon ko khali jane den aur baen paon ki erhi lagte hi baen salute
karke chalti halat mein ruk jayen, shouting Karen khali ek.
26.
Word of command samne se tej chal barho, ginti se salute karna baen
salute ek khali ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten baen paon ki erhi jamin
par panja khara dahina paon pura jamin par badan ka bojh dahine paon
par, salute sikhe hue tarike ke mutabik kiya hua, nagah puri baen taraf,
baki position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad do to dahine paon
se march ko jari Karen aur panch ki ginti karke ruk jayen. Squad do, do-tinchar-panch. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, panch kadam ka jamini fasla
tai kiya hua, baki position No 1 ki tarah. Word of command milta hai squad
tin to dahine paon ki erhi lagana chehre ko samne lana salute ka girana ek
99
sath Karen aur shouting Karen down. Squad tin down. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten dahina paon 30 inch aage, heel lagi hui, panja khara, baen
paon pura jamin par, badan ka bojh baen paon par, salute giraya hua, baki
position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad char to baen paon se
tej chal ki karwahi shuru Karen aur shouting Karen barho. Squad char
barho squad tham khali ek-do. Jaisse the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word
of command se ginti se karenge (squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
27.
Ustad
28.
Ustad
29.
Ustad
Karen.
30.
Ustad
Karen.
------------------------------------******************--------------------------------FD 69-72
TEJ CHAL SE PATR KE SATH SAMNE SALUTE KARNA
DOHRAI
Tej chal se salute karna.
UDDESH
patr ke sath mamne salute karna.
ZARURAT
2. Jab hamein kisi salute adhikari ko patr (likhit sandesh) pesh karna ho to us
samay patr ke sath samne salute ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka
durust namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustad squad ke samne se
aur bich se namuna den)
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command samne se tej chal barho, patr ke sath salute karna samne
salute salute (ustad ginti karte hue karwahi Karen). Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko
ginti ke sath dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command samne se tej chal barho ginti se patr ke sath salute karna
samne salute ek, khali ek-do, squad do, ek-do-tin-squad tin, ek-do-tin-ek,
squad char, ek-do-tin-ek, squad panch, ek-do-tin-ek, squad chhe, ek-do-tin100
ek, squad saat barho squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti
aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen (ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
5. Tej chal se word of command milta hai ginti se patr ke sath salute karna
samne salute ek khali ek, yah word of command usi tarah milta hai jaise ki
tej chal mein samne salute ka word of command milta hai.
6. Word of command samne se tej chal barho ginti se patr ke sath salute karna
samne salute ek khali ek-do. Is position mein dekhne ki baten position
savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad do to sikhe hue tarike se ek
bar samne salute ki karwahi Karen. Squad do, ek-do-tin-ek. Is position
mein dekhne ki baten, ek bar khare khare samne salute ki puri karwahi ki
hui, baki position savdhan, Word of command milta hai squad tin to patr ko
baen hath se dahine hath mein len. Squad tin, ek-do-tin-ek. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten, patr dahine hath mein liye hue baki position savdhan.
Word of command milta hai squad char to dahine hath ko sidha karke patr
pesh Karen aur tin ki ginti karte hue savdhan position mein le jayen. Squad
char ek-do-tin-tin-ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, patr salute adhikari
ko pesh kiya hua, baki position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad
panch to dubara salute Karen. Squad panch, ek-do-tin-ek. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten, dubara samnne salute ki puri karwahi ki hui, baki position
savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad chhe to pichhe murh ki karwahi
Karen. Squad chhe, ek-do-tin-ek (dubara pichhe murh Karen). Is position
mein dekhne ki baten. 180 degree pichhe murh kiya hua, yahan par dubara
pichhe murh ki karwahi nahi hai, squad par control aur drill ka agla
movement dikhane ke liye dubara pichhe murh ki karwahi ki gai hai, baki
position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad saat, baen paon se tej
chal ki karwahi shuru Karen aur shouting Karen barho. Squad saat barho
squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas squad mere word
of command se ginti se karenge (Squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
10.
Karen.
----------------------------*****************--------------------------------------FD 73-76
101
DHIRE CHAL SE KADAM TAL AAGE BARH AUR THAM
BHAG I
DOHRAI.
DHIRE KADAM TAL AUR THAM
Tej chal se patr ke sath kamne salute karna.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein khali hath drill ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga dhire
kadamtal, tham aur dhire chal se kadamtal aage barh aur tham. Sabse
pahlew hai dhire kadamtal aur tham.
ZARURAT
2. Covering, dressing aur fasle ko pura karne ke liye khare khare dhire
kadamtal aur tham ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ko bayan se dekhen
aur sunen(squad aadhe daire mein, ustad samne aur bich se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command dhire kadamtal left squad tham up. Jaise the. Isi karwahi
ko bayan se dekhen aur sunen.
BAYAN SE NAMUNA.
4. Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai dhire kadam tal to is
word of command par baen paon ko teji se aage aur upar uthaen aur teji se
pahle panja jamin par tikaen aur aahista se erhi ko jamin par savdhan
position mein layen, jab erhi jamin par lag jati hai to dahine paon ko teji se
upar 12 inch uthate hue baen paon ki tarah jamin par lagaen. Isi tarah paon
ki aapas mein badly karte jayen. Jaise ki dhire chal ki rafter mein sikh
chuke hain. Word of command milta hai squad tham. Yah word of command
us samay milta hai jab baen paon jamin par lag raha ho ya dahina paon
pura utha hua hgo to dahiune paon ko teji se savdhan position mein
dabaen aur shouting Karen up. Isi karwahi ko dekhen.
5. Word of command dhire kadam tal left squad tham up. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere
word of command se karenge (squad el line mein)
ABHYAS
6.
7.
8.
9.
Ustad
Ustad
Ustad
Ustad
ke
ke
ke
ke
word
word
word
word
of
of
of
of
command
command
command
command
102
BHAG II
DHIRE KADAM TAL SE AAGE BARH AUR THAM
UDDESH
10.
Abhi hai dhire kadam tal se aage barh aur tham.
ZARURAT
11.
Covering, dressing aur fasla pura ho jane ke baad aage barh ki
karwahi ki jati hai. Sisi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen(squad aadhe
daire mein, ustad samne aur bich se namuna den.
DURUST NAMUNA
12.
Word of command dhire dadam tal left squad aage barh stamp shoot
barho right squad tham ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko bayan se dekhen
aur sunen.
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
13.
Dhire kadam tal se word of command milta hai aage barh, yah word of
command us samay milta hai jab baen paon jamin par ho ya dahina paon
pura upar utha hua ho to dahine paon ko teji se pura jamin par lagaen aur
baen paon se dhire chal ki karwahi shuru Karen, shouting Karen stamp
shoot, aur march shuru Karen.
14.
Word of command dhire kadam tal left right aage barh stamp shoot
squad tham ek-do. Jaise the. Sisi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of
command se karenge( squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
15.
Ustad
16.
Ustad
17.
Ustad
Karen.
18.
Ustad
Karen.
BHAG III
DHIRE CHAL SE KADAM TAL AUR THAM
UDDESH
19.
Abhi hai dhire chal se kadam tal aur tham.
ZARURAT
103
20.
Jab dhire chal se covering, dressing aur fasla pura karna ho to dhire
chal se kadam tal ki karahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna
dekhen(squad aadhe daire mein, ustad samne aur bich se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
21.
Word of command samne se dhire chal barho right squad kadam tal
check up left squad tham up. Jaise the. Isi karahi ko bayan se dekhen aur
sunen.
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
22.
Dhire chal se word of command milta hai squad kadam tal, yah word
of command us samay milta hai jab baen paon jamin par ho, ya dahina
paon baen paon ko cross kar raha ho, dahine paon ko 15 inch aage rakhen
aur baen paon se kadam tal ki karwahi shuru Karen. Word of command
milta hai tham ya aage barh, yah word of command usu tarah hai jaise aap
khare khare kadam tal mein sikh chuke hain.
23.
Word of command sasmne se dhire chal barho right squad kadam tal
chech up left squad tham up. Is position mein dekhen ki baten, position
savdhan. .jaise the. Abhi sisi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se
karenge (squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
24.
Ustad
25.
Ustad
26.
Ustad
Karen.
27.
Ustad
Karen.
BHAG IV
NOTE:
DHIRE CHAL SE KADAM TAL AAGE BARH AUR THAM
(a) Bagh I.II.III. ko sikhe hue tarike se abhyas len.
(b
Dhire chal mein check up ya stump shoot ko dahine baen bhi
pukar sakte hain.
------------------------************************-----------------------------------------FD 77-80
TEJ CHAL SE KADAM TAL AAGE BARH AUR THAM
104
BHAG I
DOHRAI.
TEJ KADAM TAL AUR THAM
Dhire chal se kadam tal, aage barh aur tham.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein khali hath drill ka ek aur sabaq, jismein kam hoga tej
kadamtal tham aur tej chal se kadamtalk aage barh aur tham. Sabse pahle
hai tej kadamtal aur tham.
ZARURAT
2. Covering , dressing aur fasle ko pura karne ke liye tej kadamtal aur tham ki
karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (Squad aadhe
daire mein, ustad samne aur bich se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command tej kadamtal left right squad tham ek do. Jaise the. Isi
karwahi ko bayan se dekhen aur sunen(ustad vishram position se bayan
Karen).
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
4. Savdhan position se word of command milta hai tej kadamtal to baen paon
ko teji se aage aur 12 inch upar uthate hue jamin par tikaen aur baen paon
ke lagte hi dahine paon ko upar uthaen aur teji se savdhan position mein
wapas layen. Isi tarah paon ki aapas mein badly karte jayen jaise ki tej chal
ki rafter mein sikh chuke hain. Word of command milta hai squad tham yah
word of command us samay milta hai jab dahina paon pura jamin par laga
ho ya baein paon pura upar utha ho to o baen paon ko pura miche savdhan
position mein layen aur teji se dahine paon ko 12 inch upar uthate hue
baen paon ke sath savdhan position mein dabaen. Shouting Karen ek-do.
5. Word of command tej kadamtal left right squad tham ek-do. Is position mein
dekhen ki baten, position savdhan. Jaise the . sisi karwahi ka abhyas squad
mere word of command se karenge (squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
6.
7.
8.
9.
Ustad
Ustad
Ustad
Ustad
ke
ke
ke
ke
word
word
word
word
of
of
of
of
command
command
command
command
105
BHAG II
TEJ KADAMTAL SE AAGE BARH AUR THAM
UDDESH
10.
Abhi hai tej kadamtal se aage barh aur tham.
ZARURAT
11.
Covering, dressing aur fasla pura ho jane ke baad aage barh ki
karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuan dekhen (squad aadhe
daire mein. Ustad samne aur bich se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
12.
Word of command tej kadam tal left right squad aage barh check
stamp shoot squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko bayan se
dekhen aur sunen(ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
13.
Tej kadamtal se word of command milta hai aage barh, yah word of
command us samay milta hai jab ki dahina paon pura jamin par ho ya baen
paon utha hua ho to baen paon ko pura jamin apr dabaen aur dahine paon
ko teji se uthakar dabaen aur baen aur baen paon se tej chal ki karwahi ka
abhyas mere word of command se karenge (squad ek line mein).
14.
Word of command tej kadam tal left right squad aage barh check
stamp shoot squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyass mere
word of command se karenge (squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
15.
Ustad
16.
Ustad
17.
Ustad
Karen.
18.
Ustad
Karen.
BHAG III
TEJ CHAL SE KADAM TAL AUR THAM
UDDESH
19.
Abhi hai tej chal se kadam tal aur tham.
ZARURAT
106
20.
Jab tej chal se covering , dressing aur fasla pura karna ho to tej chal
se kadam tal ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen
(squad aadhe daire mein, ustad samne aur bich se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
21.
Word of command samne se tej chal, squad kadamtal check in up
squad tham ek-do. Isi karwahi ko bayan se dekhen aur sunen (ustad
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
22.
Tej chal se word of command milta hai squad kadam tal , yah word oof
command us samay milta hai jab ki dahine paon ki erhi jamin par lag rahi
ho ya baen paon dahine paon ko cross kar raha ho to baen paon ko 30
inch aage len aur dahine paon ko. 15 inch aage lekar baen paon se kadam
tal ki karwahi shuru Karen aur dahina paon jamin par lagte hi bolen tham,
shouting Karen ek-do tham ya aage barh ka word of command jaise khare
khare kadam tal mein dikh chuke hain usi prakar milta hai.
23.
Word of command samne se tej chal, squad kadam tal check in up
dahina squad tham ek-do. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, kadamtal se
tham ki karwahi hi hui, bnaki position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka
abhyas mere word of command se karenge (squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
24.
Ustad
25.
Ustad
26.
Ustad
Karen.
27.
Ustad
Karen.
BHAG IV
TEJ CHAL SE KADAM TAL AAGE BARH AUR THAM
NOTE:
(a)
Bagh I,II,III ko sikhe hue tarike se abhyas len.
(c) Tej chal mein check in up ya chech stamp shoot ko baen dahina baen bhi
pukar sakte hain.
----------------------------------***********************---------------------------------
107
FD 81-84
DHIRE KADAM TAL AUR DHIRE CHAL SE KADAM BADALNA
BHAG I
DOHRAI.
DHIRE KADAM TAL SE KADAM BADALNA
Tej chal se kadam tal, aage barh aur tham.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein khali hath drill ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga dhire
kadam tal aur dhire chal se kadam badalna. Sabse pahle hai dhire kadam
tal se kadam badalna.
UDDESH
2. Jab dhire kadam tal kar rahe hon aur agar kisi jawan/sqd ka dusre jawan /
sqd se kadam tut jai to kadam badal ki karwahi karte hain. Isi karwahi ka
durust namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustad squad ke samne aur
bich se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command dhire kadam tal baen dahina kadam badal baen baen
squad tham up. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko bayan se dekhen aur sunen.
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
4. Dhire kadamtal se kadam badal ka word of command us samay milta hai jab
dahina/ baen paon jamin par ho to is word of command par jis paon ko do
bar kadam tal karna ho us paon par kadam aur dusre paon par badal bola
jayega, jis paon ko do bar kadam tal kiya ho us paon par shouting Karen
dahina/dahina/ baen/baen.
5. Word of command dhire kadam tal kadam badal dahina dahina baen squad
tham up. Is position mein dekhen ki baten, Dhire kadamtal se kadam badal
ki karwahi ki hui bakii position savshan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas
ABHYAS
6.
7.
8.
9.
Ustad
Ustad
Ustad
Ustad
ke
ke
ke
ke
word
word
word
word
of
of
of
of
command
command
command
command
108
BHAG II
DHIRE CHAL SE KADAM BADALNA
UDDESH
10.
Abhi hai dhire chal se kadam badalna.
ZARURAT
11.
Jab dhire chal se march karte hue ja rahe hon agar kisi jawan/sqd ka
dusre jawan /sqd se kadam tut jai to kadam badal ki karwahi karte hain. Isi
karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustad squad
ke baen se tirchha namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
12.
Word of command samne se dhire chal barho, kadam badalna
baendahina paon aage kadamn badal, ustad shouting Karen dahina-baen
dahina squad tham ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se
kekhen aur sunen (ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
GINTI SE NAMUNA
13.
Word of command samne se dhire chal barho, ginti se kadam badalna
baen/dahina paon aage kadam badal ek-ek, squad do-do. Squad tin barho
tham ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se sunen.
14.
Dhire chal se word of command milta hai ginti se kadam badalna
baen/dahina paon aage kadam badal ek yah word of command us samay
milta hai jab dahina/ baen paon jamin par ho ya baen/dahina paon dahina
baen paon ko cross kar raha ho . Is word of command par baen/dahine
paon ko 30 inch aage lekar chalti halat mein ruk jayen aur shouting Karen
ek.
15.
Word of command samne se dhire chal barho, ginti se kadam badalna
baen/dahina paon aage kadam badal ek-ek. Is position mein dekhne ki
baten baen/dahina paon 30 inch aage pura laga hua badan ka bojh
baen/dahine/baen paon par, dahine/baen paon ki erhi uthi hui baki
position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad do, dahine./baen paon
ko baen/dahine paon ki erhi ke pichhe boot ke kate hue bhag mein chalti
halat mein lagaen, shouting Karen do. Squad do-do. Is position mein dekhne
ki baten baen/dahine paon ki erhi ke piche dahine/baen paon ke boot ka
kata hua bhag chalti halat mein laga hua, baki position savdhan. Word of
command milta hai squad tin to baen/dahine paon se dhire chal ki karwahi
shuru Karen, shouting Karen barho . Squad tin barho tham ek-do. Jaise the.
109
Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se karenge (squad ek line
mein).
ABHYAS
16.
Ustad
17.
Ustad
18.
Ustad
Karen.
19.
Ustad
Karen.
NOTE :
Is sabaq mein jis paon ko aage rakhna ho usi paon ke liye word of
command den.
MISAL
(a) Agar baen paon aage rakha ho to word of command squad kadam
badalna baen paon aage kadam badal.
(d) Agar dahina paon aage rakha ho to word of command squad kadam
badalna dahina paon aage kadam badal.
------------------------------------**********************--------------------------------FD 85-88
TEJ KADAM TAL SE AUR TEJ CHAL SE KADAM BADALNA
BHAG I
DOHRAI.
TEJ KADAM TAL SE KADAM BADALNA
Dhire kadam tal aur dhire chal se kadam badalna.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein khali hath drill ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga tej kadam
tal aur tej chal se kadam badalna, sabse pahle hai tej kadam tal se kadam
badalna.
ZARURAT
2. Jab tej kadam tal kar rahe hon aur agar kisi jawan/sqd ka dusre jawan/sqd
se kadam tut jai to kadam badal ki karwahi karke kadam milaya jata hai. Isi
ke samne aur bich se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command tej kadam tal lbaen dahina kadam badal baen baen
dahina squad tham ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko bayan se dekhen aur
sunen (ustad vishram position se bayan Karen.
110
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
4. Jab tej kadam tall se word of command milta hai kadam badal, yah word of
command us samay milta hai jab baen/ dahina paon jamin par ho to is word
of command par jis paon ko do bar kadam tal karna ho us paon par kadam
aur dusre paon par badal bola jayega (jis paon ko do bar kadam tal kiya ho
us pao par shouting Karen baen, baen/dahina, dahina).
5. Word of command tej kadam tal, baen dahina kadam badal baen baen
dahina squad tham ek-do. Is position mein dekhen ki baten, tej kadamtal se
kadam badal ki karwahi ki hui baki position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi
ka abhyas mere word of command se karenge (squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
6.
7.
8.
9.
Ustad
Ustad
Ustad
Ustad
BHAG II
ke
ke
ke
ke
word
word
word
word
of
of
of
of
command
command
command
command
TEJ CHAL SE KADAM BADALNA
UDDESH
10.
Abhi hai tej chal se kadam badalna.
ZARURAT
11.
Jab tej chal se march karte hue ja rahe hon aur kisi jawan/sqd. ka
dusre jawan/sqd. se kadam tut jai to kadam badal ki karwahi karte hain. Isi
karwahi durust namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustad squad ke
baen se tirchha namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
12.
Word of command
samne se tej chal barho, kadam badalna
baen/dahina paon aage kadam badal, ustad shouting Karen baen. Dahina/
baen/dahina squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se
dekhen.
13.
Word of command ginti se kadam badalna baen/dahina paon aage ekek, squad do-do, squad tin barho squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi
karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen.
111
14.
Tej chal se word of command milta hai ginti se kadam badalna baen/
dahina paon aage kadam badal ek, yah word of command us samay milta
hai jab dahina/ baen paon jamin par ho ya baen/dahina paon dahina/ baen
ko cross kar raha ho to is word of command par baen/dahina paon ko 30
inch aage lekar chalti halat mein ruk jayen (jaise baen/dahine murh ki No 1
movement mein ) shouting Karen ek.
15.
Word of command samne se tej chal barho ginti se kadam badalna
baen / dahine paon aage kadam badal ek-ek. Is position mein dekhne ki
baten baen/dahina paon 30 inch aage pura laga hua, badan ka bojh
baen/dahine paon par dahina/ baen paon ka panja jamin par, dahine/
baen ki erhi uthi hui baju chalti halat mein, dahina/ baen baju aage,
baen/dahina baju pichhe,baki position savdhan. Word of command milta hai
squad do to dahine/baen paon ko baen\dahine paon ki erhi ke pichhe boot
ka kata hua bhag chalti halat mein lagaen aur bajuon ko savdhan position
mein layen, shouting Karen do. Squad do do. Is position mein dekhne ki
baten baen/dahine paon ki erhi ke pichhe dahine/ baen paon ke boot ka
kata hua bhag chlati halat mein laga hua, baki position savdhan. Word of
command milta hai squad tin to baen/ dahine paon se tej chal ki karwahi
shuru Karen shouting Karen barho.Squad tin barho squad tham khali ekdo. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se ginti se
karenge. (squad ek line mein)
ABHYAS
16.
Ustad
17.
Ustad
18.
Ustad
Karen.
19.
Ustad
Karen.
NOTE:
Is sabaq mein jis paon ko aage rakhna ho usi paon ke liye word of
command den.
MISAL:
(a) Agar baen paon kop aage rakhna ho to word of command squad
kadam badalna baen paon aage kadam badal.
(b) Agar dahine paon ko aage rakhna ho to word of command kadam badalna dahina
paon aage kadam badal.
---------------------------****************************-------------------------------
112
FD 89-92
TEJ CHAL SE DHIRE CHAL AUR DHIRE CHAL SE TEJ CHAL
BHAG I
DOHRAI
TEJ CHAL SE DHIRE CHAL
Tej kadam tal se aur tej chal se kadam badalna.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein khali hath drill ka ek aur sabaqw jismein kam hoga tej chal se
dhire chal aur dhire chal se tej chal, sabse pahle hai tej chal se dhire chal.
ZARURAT
2. Jab shamshan bhumi dur ho to firing toil dead body ke aage tej chal se
march karti hai aur jab sahmshan bhumi 300 gaz dur rah jai to firing toil
tej chal se dhire chal ki karwahi karti hai. Alawa iske VIP ke aage pilot
inspection line par aate hi tej chal se dhire chal mein aate hain. Isi karwahi
ka durust namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustad squad ke baen
se tirchha namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
113
3. Word of command samne se tej chal barho, squad tej chal se dhire chal mein
aa, dhire chal (ustad shouting Karen baen dahina)squad tham ek-do. Jaise
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command samne se tej chal barho, squad ginti se tej chal se dhire
chal mein aa, dhire chal ek-ek. Squad do-do, squad tin-tin, squad char
barho tham ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur
sunen (ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
5. Tej chal se word of command milta hai ginti se tej chal se dhire chal mein aa,
dhire chal ek. Yah word of command us samay milta hai jab baen paon
dahine paon ko cross kar raha ho ya dahina paon jamin par lag raha ho to
is word of command par baen paon ko 30 inch aage pura jamin par lagaen
aur chalti halat mein ruk jayen shouting Karen ek.
6. Word of command samne se tej chal barho, ginti se tej chal se dhire chal
mein aa dhire chal ek-ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten jaise aap tej chal
se baen murh ek mein sikh chuke hain. Word of command milta hai squad
do to dahina paon ka boot ka kata hua bhag baen paon ki irhi ke pichhe
lagaen, bajuon ko savdhan position mein le jayen, shouting Karen do.
Squad do-do. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, baen paon ke pichhe dahina
paon chalti halat mein laga hua baki position savdhan . Word of command
milta hai squad tin to baen paon ko 15 inch aage le jayen . Shouting Karen
tin. Squad tin-tin. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, baen paon 15 inch aage
kadam tol ki halat mein, panja jamin ki taraf khincha hua, dahina paon
pura jamin par, badan ka bojh dahine paon par, baki position savdhan.
Word of command milata hai squad char to baen paon se dhir4e chal ki
karwahi shuru Karen, shouting Karen barho. Squad char barho tham ek-do.
Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se ginti se karenge
(squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
10.
Karen.
BHAG II
DHIRE CHAL SE TEJ CHAL
114
UDDESH
11.
Abhi hai dhire chal se tej chal.
ZARURAT
12.
Jab shamshan bhumi dur ho to, firing toil dead body kea age dhire
chal se tewj chal mein aati hai. Alawa iske inspection khatm ho jane ke
baad, VIP kea age pilot dhire chal se tej chal mein aate hain. Isi karwahi ka
durust namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustad squad ke baen se
tirchha namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
13.
Word of command samnen se dhire cdhal barho, squad dhire chal se
tej chal mein aa, tej chal barho squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi
karwahi ko bayan se dekhen aur sunen(ustatd vishram position se bayan
Karen).
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
14.
Dhire chal se word of command milta hai squad tej chal mein aa, tej
chal, yah word of command us samay milta hai jab dahina paon jamin par
ho ya baen paon dahine paon ko cross kar raha ho, baen paon se tej chal ki
karwahi Karen.
15.
Word of command samne se dhire chal barho, squad dhire chal se tej
chal mein aa, tej chal, barho squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi
ka abhyas mere word of command se karenge (squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
16.
Ustad
17.
Ustad
18.
Ustad
Karen.
19.
Ustad
Karen.
FD 24 – TEJ CHAL SE LAMBA AUR CHHOTA KADAM
DOHRAI.
Tej chalse dhire chal aur dhire chal se tej chal.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein squad drill ka aur sabaq, jismein kam hoga tej chal se
115
ZARURAT
2. Squad ko dahina/baen ghoomkar jane ke liye lamba aur chhota kadam
karne ki zarurat parti hai. Ghoom mein bahar wali file lamba kadam 33 inch
aur andar wali file chhota kadam 21 inch ka leti hai. Isi karwahi ka durust
namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustad ke baen se namuna den)
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command samne se tej chal barho, squad lamba kadam squad tej
chal, squad chhota kadam squad tej chal, squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise
the. Isi karwahi ko bayan se dekhen aur sunen (ustad vishram position se
bayan Karen).
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
4. Tej chal se word of command milta hai lamba kadam yah word of command
tej chal se dahine paon par milta hai ya jab baen paon dahine paon ko cross
kar raha ho to baen paon se 33 inch ka lamba kadam lelar march shuru
Karen, agar tej chal se chhota kadam ka word of command diya hata hai to
baen poan se 21 inch ka chhota kadam lekar marhc shuru Karen.
5. Word of command samne se tej chal barho, squad lamba kadam, squad tej
chal, squad chhota kadam, squad tej chal squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise
the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere wordof command se karenge (squad tin line
mein).
ABHYAS
6. Ustad tartib se abhyas len.
NOTE : (a) Squad ko tinon tin se dahine/baen ghoom karayen.
(b) Squad ko batayen ki ghoom mein bahar wali file lamba kadam 3.3 inch
ka aur andar wali file chhora kadam 212 inch ka leti hai aur Madhya file normal
kadam 30 inch ka hi leti hai.
(c) Squad ko lamba kadam se sidha chhota kadam par na laya jai, lamba ya
chhota kadam se pahle tej chal bola jai.
----------------------------------*********************-------------------------------------------
FD 97-100
DHIRE CHAL SE KHULI AUR NIKAT LINE CHAL
BHAG I
DHIRE CHAL SE KHULI LINE CHAL
116
DOHRAI.
Tej chal se lamba aur chhota kadam.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein squad drill ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga dhire chal se
khuli aur nikat line chal. Sabse pahle hai, dhire chal se khuli line chal.
ZARURAT
2. Jab badi parade dhire chal se nikat column mein manch se gujarti hai to
point B par khuli line ki karwahi karti hai. Isi karwahi ka Madhya line ki
haisiyat se durust namuna dekhen (Squad aadhe daire mein, ustad samne
se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command samne se dhire chal parho, squad khuli line check up
baen stamp shoot barho tham ek do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko bayan se
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
4. Dhire chal se word of command milta hai squad/ platoon/No—Coy khuli
line, yah word of command us samay milta hai jab ki dahina paon, baen
paon ko cross kar raha ho ya baen paon jamin par ho to is word of
command par dahine paon ko 30. Inch aage lakar aur baen paon se kadam
tal shuru Karen. Madhya line do kadam tal karke baen paon se dhire chal ki
karwahi karti hai aur pichhli line char kadam tal karke dhire chal ki
karwahi karti hai. Agli line lagatar march karti rahti hai. Abhi Madhya line ki
haisiat se namuna dekhen.
5. Word of command samnde se dhire chal barho, squad khuli line (ustad do
kadam tal karke dhire chal shuru Karen) squad tham ek-do, jaise the.
Squad se agli Madhya aur pichhli line ke kamka bari bari abhyas len(squad
tin line mein).
ABHYAS
6.
7.
8.
9.
Ustad
Ustad
Ustad
Ustad
BHAG II
ke
ke
ke
ke
word
word
word
word
of
of
of
of
command
command
command
command
DHIRE CHAL SE NIKAT LINE CHAL
117
UDDESH
10.
Dhire chal se point E par nikat line ki karwahi ki jati hai. Word of
command usi tarah hai jaise ki aap dhire chal se point B par khuli line ki
karwahi sikh chuke hain, fark yah hai ki agli line char kadamtal aur Madhya
line do kadamtal aur pichhli line lagatar dhire chal ki karwahi karti hai
(squad tin line mein karke agli Madhya aur pichhli line ka bari-bari abhyas
len, abhyas usi tarah hai jaise khuli line mein kar chuke hain).
NOTE:
Ustad Madhya line ki karwahi ka namuna den, baki bayan Karen.
---------------------------*******************------------------------------------------
FD 101-104
SQUAD BANANA
DOHRAI.
Dhire chal se khuli aur nikat line chal.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein squad drill ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga baen squad
banana.
ZARURAT
118
2. Simmat ko kayam rakhte hue formation ki badly karne ke liye baen/dahine
squad bana ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka mein bayan karunga aap
sath karwahi karte jayen (squad ki position tinon tin mein. Vishram position
mein).
BHAG I
KHARE KHARE BAEN SQUAD BANANA
3. Jab squad tinon tin mein khara ho to word of command milta hai tham kar
baen se baen squad bana to is word of command par squad ka dahine wala
jawan khara rahe baki squad aadha baen murh Karen. Word of command
squad savdhan. Squad tham kar baen se baen squad bana. Squad karwahi
Karen. Word of command milta hai No 1 file samne se dhire chal to is word
of command par squad ka dahine wala guide sidha tin kadam par tham
kare, uske pichhe wale donon jawan bhi uske sath chalkar use cover karke
milkar tham Karen aur shouting Karen ek-do-ek-do. Squad No 1 file samne
se dhire chal, ek-do-ek-do. Word of command milta hai No 2 file samne se
dhire chal, No 2 file milkar 5 kadam par No 1 file ke baen aakar tham
karegi,shouting Karen ek-do-tin-cha-ek-do. Squad No 2 file samne se dhire
chal, ek-do-tin-char-ek-do. Isi tarah No 3 file saat kadam par No 4 file nau
kadam par par tham karegi. Isi tarah agle file bhi ayenge, (Phir squad ko
dubara tinon in mein Karen).
ABHYAS
4. Squad se lagatar abhyas lene ki liye ustad word of command den squad
tham kar baen se baen squad baan dahine se dhire chal.
BHAG II
KHARE KHARE BAGAIR THAM KIYE BAEN SQUAD BANANA
5. Jab tionon tin se word of command milta hai baen se baen squad bana to is
word of command par squad sikhe hue tarike ke mutabik guide khara
rahega baki squad aadha baen murh karega . Squad baen se baen squad
bana. Word of command milta hai dahine se dhire chal to squad apne aap
file ke mutabik kadam lekar baen paon se kadam tal ki karwahi shuru
Karen. Squad dahine se dhire chal squad tham (dubara squad ko tinon tin
mein Karen).
BHAG III
DHIRE CHAL SE BAEN SQUAD BANANA
6. Tinon tin se word of command milta hai tham kar baen se baen squad bana,
yah word of command us samay milta hai jab baen paon dahine paon ko
cross kar raha ho to squad ka dahine wala guide kadam badal ki karwahi
karega aur baki squad chalet chalet aadha baen murh kar kadam tal ki
119
karkkwahi karke apni file ke mutabik kadam lekar tham karenge. Word of
command squad savdhan. Squad baen se dhire chal, squad baen se baen
squad bana.
ABHYAS
7. Squad se lagatar abhyas lene ke liye ustad word of command den squad
tham kar baen se baen squad bana to tham ki bajay squad bana kar
kadam tal Karen.
BHAG IV
TEJ CHAL SE BAEN SQUAD BANANA
8. Yah karwahi usi tarah haiu jaise aap dhire chal mein tartibwar sikh chuke
hein:(a) Khare khare baen squad banana.
(b) Khare khare bagair tahm kiye baen squad banana.
(c) Tej chal se baen squad banana.
NOTE :
jaigi.
Dahine squad bana ki karwahi baen squad bana ki tarah hi ki
ABHYAS
---------------------------------------********************-------------------------------FD 105-108
DISHA BADAL
DOHRAI.
Squad banana.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein squad drill ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga dahine disha
badal.
ZARURAT
2. Formation ko kayam rakhte hue simmat ki badly karne ke liye dahine/baen
disha badal ki karwahi jati hai. Isi karwahi ka mein bayan karunga aap sath
karwahi karte jayenge (squad ki position tin line aur vishram position mein,
ustad squad ke samne ho).
BHAG I
KHARE KHARE DAHINE DISHA BADAL
120
3. Jab tin line se word of command milta hai, squad dahine disha badal kart
ham dahine ban to is word of command par squad ka dahine wala jawan
dahine murh karega aur agli line aadha dahine murh karegi, baki squad
khara rahega . Word of command squad dahine disha badal kart ham dahine
ban. Word of command milta hai No 1 file samne se dhire chal to No 1 file
dhire chal se 3 kadam par tham karegi, shouting Karen ek-do-ek-do. Squad
No 1 file samne se dhire chal. Word of command milta hai No 2 file samne
se dhire chal to No 2 file dhire chal se No 1 file ke baen panch kadam lekar
tham karegi. No 2 file samne se dhire chal. Isi tarah No 3 file saat kadam, No
4 file nau kadam chal karke tham karegi, baki file bhi isi tarah bari bari
mein aayengi.
ABHYAS
4. Squad se lagatar abhyas lene ke liye ustad word of command den. Squad
dahine disha badal kar ban dahine ban, dahine se dhire chal.
BHAG III
KHARE KHARE BAGAIR THAM DAHINE DISHA BADAL
5. Jab tin lione se word of command milta hai squad dahine disha badal kar
ban dahine ban to is word of command par squad sikhe hue tarike ke
mitabikj, guide dahine murh karega aur agli line aadha dehine murh karegi.
Squad dahine disha badal kar ban dahine ban, dahine se dhire chal k e word
of command par sabhi linen apne apne kadam lekar kadamtal ki karweahi
karti hain.
BHAG III
DHIRE CHAL SE DAHINE DISHA BADAL
6. Tin line se word of command milta hai dahine disha badal kart ham dahine
ban, yah word of command us samay milta hai jab ki dahina paon baen
paon ko cross kar raha ho to dahine wala guide dahine paon se aage barh
kar dahine ghoom karta hai aur char kadam par tham karta hai. Word of
command squad dahine disha badal kart ham dahine ban (ustad squad se
abhyas se abhyas len, squad se lagatar dhire chal ka abhyas lene ke liye
ustad word of command den squad dahinew disha badal kart ham dahine
ban).
BHAG IV
TEJ CHAL SE DAHINE DISHA BADAL
7. Yah karwahi usi tarah hai jaise aap dhire chal se tartibwar sikh chuke hain.
(a) Khare khare word of command dahine disha badal kar tham dahine ban.
(b) Khare khare word of command dahine disha badal kar ban dahine ban tej
chal.
(c) Tej chal se word of command dahine disha badal kar tham dahine ban
squad tham.
121
(d) Tej chal se dahine disha badal kar ban dahine ban squad tham.
NOTE:
(a) Agar baen disha badal ki karwahi dhire chal/tej chal se karni ho to
No 1 file tin kadam No 2 file panch kadam No 3 file saat kadam aur anya filen bhi
isi tarah kadam lenge.
(b) Ustad squad ko dahine se dahine aur baen se baen squad bana aur
dahine se dahine aur baen se baen disha badal ka abhyas lagatar kareen.
ABHYAS
---------------------------------***************--------------------------------------
FD 109-112
TINON TIN SE EK FILE AUR EK FILE SE TINON TIN BANANA
DOHRAI.
Disha badal.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein squad drill ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga tinon tin se el
file aur ek file se tinon tin banana.
ZARURAT
2. Jab tinon tin mein march karke ja rahe hon to kisi tang raste se ya pul ya
lecture hall mein jana ho to ek file bana ki karwahi ki jati hai aur jab pul ya
tang raste ko cross kar liya jata hai to ek file se tinon tin sanaya jata hai. Isi
karwahi ka mein bayan karunga aap sath karwahi karenge (squad tinon tin
mein khara Karen).
BHAG I
KHARE KHARE TINON TIN SE EK FILE BANANA
3. Jab tinon tin se word of command milta hai ek file bana, agli tej chal to agli
line (sabse aakhirl)jawan Madhya line ke pas se gujarta hai to Madhya line
tej chal ki karwahi karti hai. Isi tarah pichhli line bhi tej chal ki karwahi
karti hai. Word of command squad agli line tej chal, Madhya line tej chal ,
pichhli line tej chal, squad tham khali ek-dio.
BHAG II
KHARE KHARE EK FILE SE TINON TIN BANANA
4. Jab ek file se word of command milta hai squad tinon tin banayega Madhya
122
aur pichhli line tej chal to Madhya aur pichhli line donon tej chal karke apni
apni jagah jayenge, ustad ka word of command Madhya line tham. Pichhli
line tham word of command squad tinon tin banayega madhya aur pichhli
line tham.
BHAG III
TEJ CHAL MEIN TINON TIN SE EK FILE BANANA
5. Jab tej chal se tinon tin mein march karke ja rahe hon to ek file Karen ke
liye word of commandmilta hai ek file bana Madhya aur pichhli line kadam
tal to is word of command par agli line march karke aage jati rahti hai,
baki kadam tal ki karwahi karte hain. Janb agli line ka baen wala (sabse
aakhiri) jawan Madhya line ke pas se gujarta hai to ustad word of command
den Madhya line aage barh. Isi tarah pichhli line aage barh. Word of
command ek file bana Madhya line aur pichhli line kadam tal , Madhya line
aage barh, pichhli line aage barh, squad tham khali ek-do.
BHAG
IV TEJ CHAL MEIN EK FILE SE TINON TIN BANANA
6. Jab tej chal se ek file mein march karte ja rahe hon to tinon tin banana ke
liye word of command milta hai squad agli line par tinon tin banayega agli
line kadam tal to is word of command par Madhya aur pichhli line apni apni
jagah jakar kadam tal kio karwahi shuru Karen. Word of command squad
agli line par tinon tin banayega agli line kadam tal. Squad aage barh barho
squad tham khali ek-do.
ABHYAS
-------------------------*********************-----------------------------------123
FD 113-116
TIN LINE SE EK FILE AUR EK FILE SE TIN LINE BANANA
DOHRAI
1. Tinon tin se ek file aur ek file se tinon tin banana.
UDDESH
2. Is period mein squad drill ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga tin line se el file
aur el file se tin line bananan.
ZARURAT
3. Jab tin line mein march karke ja rahe hon aur kisi tang raste se ya pul se ya
lecture hall mein dakhil hona ho to ek file bana ki karwahi ki jati hai aur
jab pur cross kar liya ho to ek file se tin line banaya jata hai . Isi karwahi ka
mein bayan karunga aap sath karwahi karenge (squad tin line mein khara
rahen).
BHAG I
KHARE KHARE TIN LINE SE EK FILE BANANA
4. Jab tin line se word of command milta hai squad dahine se ek file mein aage
barh, tej chal to is word of command se bari-bari ek file aage march karte
hue ek file banayenge. Word of command squad se ek file mein aage barh,
tej chal squad tham khali ek-do.
BHAG II
KHARE KHARE EK FILE SE TIN LINE BANANA
5. Jab ek file se word of command milta hai squad baen ko tin line banayega
baki tej chal, word of co mmand par bari-bari baen taraf jakar tham karenge.
Word of command squad baen ko tin line banayega baki tej chal.
BHAG III
TEJ CHAL MEIN TIN LINE SE EK FILE BANANA
6. Jab tej chal se tin line mein march karke ja rahe hon to ek file ke ilye word of
command milta hai dahine se ek file mein aage barh, baki kadam tal. Is word
of command par bari-bari file aage barh ki karwahi karte hue ek file
banayen. Word of command dahine se ek file mein aage barh, baki kadam tal
squad tham khali ek-do.
BHAG IV
TEJ CHAL MEIN EK FILE SE TIN LINE BANANA
7. Jab tej chal se ek file mein march karke ja rahe hon to tin line banana ke
124
liye word of command milta hai squad baen ko tin line banayega tinon tin
ka dahina saction kadal tal to is word of command par dahine wale file kadal
tal Karen aur baki file baen aakar kadam tal ki karwahi karenge. Word of
command squad baen ko tin line banayenge. Tinon tin ka dahina section
kadal tal, squad aage barh squad tham khali ek-do.
ABHYAS
3.ARMS DRILL
AD-1-5
LAGA SANGIN AUR UTAR SANGIN
BAG-1
LAGA SANGIN
13.
Is period mein shstr qawaid ka ek sabaq jismein kam hoga laga sangin
aur utar sangin. Sabse pahle hai laga sangin.
ZARURAT
125
14.
Badi paradon mein sanginLAGA KA MANCH SE GUJARTE HAIN. Iske
alawa quarter guard duty per sentry sangin lagakar khara hota hai. Isi
karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen. (Sangin lagane se pahle aazad sangin ki
karwahi ki jati hai. Aazad sangin ke word of command par bayonet handle
ko bayonet from ke loop se aazad Karen, shouting Karen one up. Ustad
squad ke samne aur bich se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
15.
Word of command sangin lagaega laga ek-do-tin-ek, squad sangin ek—
so-tin-char. Squad savdhan up. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko bayan se dekhen
aur sunen.
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
16.
Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai squad sangin
legaega laga to is word of command par baen hath ko sangin ke handle ko
pakar kar angutha niche se aur angulian upar se grip Karen, tin ki ginti
karte hue scabbard ko upar ki taraf Karen, sangin ko scabbard se kuchh
bahar nikalen, sath hi rifle ko vishram position mein le jayen. Word of
command squad sangin lagaega laga ek, do-tin ek. Is position mein dekhne
ki baten, baen hath se bayonet ke handle ko pakre hue, angulian aur
angutha jamin ki taraf point karte hue aur kohni sidhe, scabbard peeth ki
taraf kiya hua, sangin scabbard se kuchh bahar nikali hui, rifle vishram
position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squard sangin to sangin ko
nikal kar char ki slow gintikarta hue rifle ke bayonet stud par charhaen.
Squad sangin, ek-do-tin-char. Is position mein dekhne wali baten, baen
hath ki charon angulian sidhe angutha mila hua, baen baju sidha, sangin
rifle mein laga hua aur rifle vishram position mein, baki position savdhan.
Word of command milta hai squad savdhan to is word of command par rifle
ko pichhe khinchte hue savdhan position mein layen. Word of command
squard savdhan ek. Is position mein dkhne ki baten,position savdhan. Jaise
the. Isi karwahi ka abhvas mere word of command se karenge (Squad ek
line mein).
ABHYAS
17.
Ustad
18.
Ustad
19.
Ustad
20.
Ustad
Karen.
ke word of command se squad abhyas Karen.
ke word of command se squad samy pukarte hue abhyas Karen.
ke sord of command se squad samay ke andaze se abhyas
BHAG – II UTAR SANGIN
UDDESH
21.
Abhi hai utar sangin
ZARURAT
126
22. Parade samapt hone par ya sentry duty khatm hone par utar sanging ki
karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (Squad aur ustad
ka position pahle ki tarah).
DURUST NAMUNA
23.
Word of command squad sangin utarega utar ek, do-tin-ek, squad
sangin ek-do-tin-char, squad savdhan, ek-do-tin-ek. Jaise the. Isi karwahi
ko bayan se dekhen aur sunen (ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
24.
Jab sangin laga ho aur savdhan position se word of command milta
hai squad sangin utarega utar to is word of command par dahine hath se
rifle ko donon ghutnon ke bich mein pakren, baen hath ko flash hider par is
tarah lagaen ki, baen hath ka angutha bayner plunger ko daba de aur
dahine hath se sangin ko rifle se alag karke pakaren. Word of command
squd sangin utarega utar, ek-do-tin-ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten.
Rifle dononghutnon mein, sangin rifle se alag kiya hua dahine aur baen hath
se bayonet handle aurbarrel ko pakra hua. Word of command milta hai
squad sangin to is word of command par baen hath se scabbard ko pakren
aur dahine hath se sangin ko ek se char tak kid hire ginti karte hue
scabbard mein dalen. Squad sangin, ek-do-tin-char. Is position mein cekhne
ki baten, baen hathse scabbard pakra hua aur dahine hath se sangin ke
handle ko pakra hua aur sangin scabbard mein dakhil kiya hua, nigah
sangin par. Word of command milta hai squad savdhan to rifle ko dahine
hath se pakren aur savdhan position mein le jayen aur sath hi baen hath ko
scabbard se chord kar savdhan position mein le jayen. Word of command
squad savdhan ek-do-tin-ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, utarsangin
ki kaarwahi ki hui, baki position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ke abhyas
mere word of command se karenge (squad ko ek line mein karem).
ABHYAS
25.
26.
27.
28.
Ustad ke word of command se squard abhyas Karen.
Ustad word of command bataen squad khushi se abhyas Karen
Karen.
Ustad ke word of command se squard samay ke andaze se abhyas
Karen.
---------------------------------*******************--------------------------------------AD – 6-10
RIFLE KE SATH SAVDHAN VISHRAM AUR AARAM SE
BHAG – I
RIFLE KE SATH SAVDHAN
127
DHORAI
Laga sangin aur utar sangin.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein shastr qawaid ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga rifle ke sath
savdhan vishram aur aaram se. Sabse pahle hai savdhan.
ZARURAT
2. Jab hamare pas rifle ho aur kisi senior se baat karni ho ya shastr qawaid ki
koi harkat shuru karni ho to savdhan position se shuru ki jati hai. Isi
karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen. Ustad khud sling utaren aur squad se
sling utarwayen. Ustad rifle ke un hisson ke naam bataen jo drill mein kam
aane wale hon. Aakhir mein sling lagane ka tarika bataen (suad aadhe daire
mein. Ustad squad ke bich aur samne hon).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command savdhan ek, Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko bayan se dekhen
aur sunen(ustad vishram position se bayan Karen)
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
128
4. Jab word of command milta hai squad savdhan to is word of command par
sikhe hue taike se paon ko harkat den. Dahine hath se rifle ko pura pichhe
khinchte hue heel butt sawar Karen. Shouting Karen ek.
5. Word of command savdhan ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten position
khali hath ki tarah savdhan, rifle ki position heel butt par. Dahine hath ki
charon angulian mili hui forehand guard ko pakare hue. Angutja andar se
jamin ki taraf point karta hua. Kalai rifle ke pichhe cover kiye hue. Jaise
the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se karenge.
ABHYAS
6. Ustad
7. Ustad
8. Ustad
9. Ustad
ke word of command se squard pukaren ek.
word of command bataen squard khushi se abhyas Karen.
ke word of command se squard samay pukarte hue abhyas Karen.
ke word of command se squard samy ke andaze se abhyas Karen.
Note : (a)
(b)
Squard ko sling bandhne ka tarika bataen.
Drill mein zarurat parne wale hisson ke naam batayen
BHAG – II VISHRAM AUR AARAM SE
UDDESH
129
10.
Ahi hai vishram aur aaram se.
ZARURAT
11.
Senior ke sath baat khatm ho jane par vishram aur aaram se kiya jata
hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (Squad aur ustad ka position
pahle ki tarah).
DURUST NAMUNA
12.
Word of command vishram ek.
dekhen aur sunen.
Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko bayan se
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
13.
Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai vishram to sikhe
hue tarike se banen paon ko baen taraf le jayen. Sath hi rifle ko dahine hath
se aage ko dhakelen. Shouting Karen ek.
14.
Word of command squad vishram ek. Is position mein dekhne ki
baten. Baen paon ki position kaise khali hath mein sikh chuke hain.
Dahine hath se rifle pura aage dhakela hua, dahini ka khamb nikala hua
Baen baiju savdhan position mein. Squad aaram se. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten, jaise khali hath drill mein sikh chuke hain. Jaise the. Isi
karwahi ka abhyans mere word of command se karenge.
ABHYAS
15.
16.
17.
18.
Ustad ke word of command se squad pukaren ek.
Ustad word of command bataen squad khushi se abhyas Karen.
Ustad ke word of command se squard samay pukarte hue abhyas
Karen
Karen.
------------------------------*************************----------------------------------AD – 11-15
SAMTOL SHASTR AUR BAJU SHASTR
DOHRAI
RILE KE SATH SAVDHAN, VISHRAM AUR AARAM SE.
UDDESH
1. Is period meein shasr quawaid ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga samtol
hastr aur baju shastr.
ZARURAT
2. Jab rifle ke sath thorhi dur tak harhat karni ko ya saj ki karwahi karni ho to
samtol shastr ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuma dekjen
(Squad aadhe daire mein, ustad aadha baen murh karke namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command shastr qawaid samtol shastr ek. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko
130
bayan se dekhen aur sunen (Ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
4. Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai squad shastr qawaid
samtol shastr to is word of command par dahine hath se rifle ko jamin se
sidhe ek ya 1.5 inch upar uthaten aur shouting Karen ek. Word of
command shastr qawaid samtol shastr ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten.
Rifle jamin se 1 ya 1.5 inch upar sidha uthaya hua. Baki poision savdhan.
Word of command milta hai jaise the. Rifle ko niche dubara savdhan
position mein layen. Shouing Karen ek. Word of command jaise the ek. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka
abhyas mere word of command se karenge.
ABHYAS
5. Ustad
6. Ustad
7. Ustad
8. Ustad
ke word of command se squard pukaren ek.
word of command bataen, squad khushi se abhyas Karen.
ke word of command se squard samay pukarte hue abhyas Karen.
ke word of command se squard samay ke andaze se abhyas Karen.
Note:-Rile ke sath saj ki karwahi usi tarah hai jaise aapne khali hath mein seekha
hai. Sirf saj par rifle ko samtol shastr par lekar ek kadam aage aaen aur
dahine baju ke bajai baju ko uthaen aur saj ki karwahi Karen. Samtol
shastr ke baad baju shastr ka alag se word of command nehin diya jayega.
-------------------------------**********************------------------------------------AD – 16-20
BAGAL SHASTR AUR BAJU SHASTR
BHAG –I
BAGAL SHASTR
DOHRAI
SAMTOL SHASTR AUR BAJU SHASTR
UDDESH
1. Is period main shastr qawaid ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga, bagal
shastr aur bagal shastr, Sabse pahle hai bagal shastr.
ZARURAT
2. Rifle ke sath ek jagah se dusri jagah jana ho to bagal shastr se match karke
jate hain. Iske alawa badi paredon mein regiment/unit bagal shastr se
march past karti hain. Quarter guard mein khara sentry nb/sub se captain
rank tak ke adhikari ko bagal shastr dwara sammanit karta hai Isi karwahi
ka durust namuna dekhen (Squad aadhe daire mein, ustad samne aur bich
mein).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command shastr qawaid bagal shastr ek, do-tin-ek. Jaise the. Isi
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command ginti se shastr qawaid bagal shastr ek-ek. Squad do-do
jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen (Ustad
131
5. Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai, ginti se shastr qawaid
bagal shastr ek to is word of command par dahine hath se rifle ko sidha upar
uchhalen aur sath hi baen hath se forehand guard aur dahine hath se pistol
grip ko ek sath pakren. Shouting Karen ek.
6. Word of command ginti se shastr qawahid bagal shastr ek-ek. Is position
mein dekhne ki bsten, baen hath kohni se kalai tak kamar belt ki line mein
jamin ke samanantar, charon angulion bahar se angutha anddar se pakra
hua. Dahine hath se pistol grip ko mazbuthi se pakra hua, dahina hath
sidha, baki position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad do to baen
hath ko teji se savdhan position mein layen, shouting Karen do. Squad dodo. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, rifle bagal shastr mein baki position
avdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se ginti se
karenge.
ABHYAS
9. Ustad ke word of command se squard samay pukarte hue abhyas Karen.
10.
Karen.
BHAG – II BAGAL SHASTR SE BAJU SHASTR
UDDESH
11.
Abhi hai bagal shastr se baju shastr.
ZURURAT
132
12.
Bagal shastr se rifle ko niche lane ke liye ya parade samapti ke baad
bagal shastr se baju shastr ki karwahi karte hain. Isi karwahi ka durust
namune dekhen.
DURUST NAMUNA
13.
Word of command shastr qawaid naju shastr ek-do-tin, do-tin-ek.
Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
14.
Word of command gginti se shastr qawaid baju shastr ek-ek. Squad
do-do. Squad tin-tin. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen
aur sunen (Ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
15.
Jab bagal shastr se word of command milta hai ginti se shastr
qawahid baju shatr ek to is word of command par baen hath se flash hider
ke niche se barren ko grip Karen, shouting Karen ek.
16.
Word of command ginti se shastr qawaid baju shastr ek-ek. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten, baen hath se barrel ko mutthi bhar pakra
hua, baen hath ki kalai chhati ke sath mili hui, baki position pahle ki tarh.
Word of command milta hai squad do-to baen hath se rifle ki sidha niche le
jayen, dahine hath ko chhorh kar dubara rifle ke forehand guard se savdhan
position ki tarah pakren, shouting Karen do. Squad do-do. Is position mein
dekhne ki baaten, baen hath se flash hider U ke shape mein pakra hua,
dahine hath se forehand guard ko pakra hua, charon angulian bahar se
anguta andar se savdhan position ki taraah pakra hua, rifle jamin se ek inch
upar butt toe ke barabar. Word of command milta hai squard tin to isword
of command par baen hath ko savdhan position mein layen aur rifle ko
dahine hath se jamin par svdhan position mein layen, shouting Karen tin.
Squad tin-tin. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, bagal shastr se baju shastr
ki karwahi ki hui baki position savdhan. Jaise he. Isi karwahi ka abhyas
mere word of command se ginti se karenge.
ABHYAS
17.
18.
19.
Ustad ke word of command se squad ginti se abhyas Karen.
Karen.
20.
Karen.
-----------------------------*******************------------------------------------AD – 21-25
SALAMI SHASTR AUR BAJU SHASTR
BHAG – I
SALAMI SHASTR
133
DOHRAI : BAGAL SHASTR SE BAJU SHASTR
UDDESH
1. Is period mein shastr qawaid ka ek aur sabaq, jismein kam hoga salami
shastr aur salami shastr se baju shastr.
ZARURAT
2. Rife ke sath salami shastr unche darje ka ssalute hai, isiliye badi paradon
mein VIP ko salami shastr se sammanit kiya jata hai, alawa iske quarter
guard mein khara sentry, Major and above rank ke adhikari ko izzt den eke
liye salami shastr ki karwahi karta hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna
dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustad ke position squad ke bich aur
134
samne).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command shastr qawaid salami shastr ek, do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek.
Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command, ginti se shastr qawaid salami shastr ek-ek, squad do-do,
squad tin-tin. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur
sunen (Ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
5. Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai, ginti se shastr qawahid
salami shastr ek to is word of command par dahine hath se rifle ko sidha
upar uchhalen aur baen hath se forehand guard aur dahine hath se small of
the butt ko pakren aur shouting Karen ek.
6. Word of command ginti se shastr qawaid salami shastr ek-ek. Is position
mein dekhne ki baten, baen hath forehand guard par charon angulian bahar
se aur angutha andar se pakra hua, baen hath jamin ke samanantar, dahine
hath se small of the butt ko pakra hua, charon angulian bahar se angutha
andar se jamin ki tariff point karte hue, rifle badan ke sath dahini taraf 90
degree par. Baki position oahle ki tarah. Jaise the. Abhi isi karwahi ka
abhyas mere word of command se karenge.
ABHYAS
7. Ustad ke word of command se ginti se No.1 stage ka abhyas Karen.
8. Ustad word of command bataen, squad khashi se pahli harkat ka abhyas
Karen.
NAMUNA
9. Ustad No. 1 position mein rifle layen. Word of command milta hai squad do
to is word of command par donon hathon ki madad se refile ko badan ke
samne aur bich mein layen, sath hi baen hath ko chhor kar rifle ke baen
bagal mein lagaen aur shouting Karen do. Word of command squad do-do.
Is position mein dekhne ki baten, rifle badan ke samne aur bich mein 90
degree par khari, magazine aage, kohni se kalai tak rifle se mili hui, baen
hath ki charon angulian aur angutha mila hua aur cocking handle kalme
wali anguli aur anguthe ke bich, baki position savdhan. Jaise the (Ustad ke
position bagal shastr). Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se
ginti se karege.
ABHYAS
10.
11.
Ustad ke word of command se ginti se No.2 stage ka abhyas Karen.
Ustad word of command bataen aur squad khushi se abhyas
Karen.
135
NAMUNA
12.
Ustad No.2 position mein rifle le jayen. Word of command milta haid
squad tin to is word of command par dahine hath se rifle ko niche khinchen
aur sidha Karen baen hath se rifle ko samne se pakren, dahina paon sidhaa
sath hi chalti halat mein baen paon ke pichhe lagaen, shouting Karen tin.
Word of command squad tin-tin. Is position mein dekhne ki baten rifle baen
hath se forehand guard se pakre hue angutha baen taraf kharna, dahina
hath butt par, charon angulian aur angutha jamin ki taraf point karta hua,
barrel nak se 6 inch dur, dahina paon baen paon ke pichhe chalti halat mein
laga hua. Baki position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere
word of command se ginti se karenge.
ABHYAS
13.
14.
15.
16.
UDDESH
17.
Karen.
Karen.
BHAG – II SALAMI SHASTR SE BAJU SHASTR
Abhi hai salami shastr se baju shastr.
ZARURAT
18.
Salami den eke baad rifle ko niche lene ke liye baju shast ki karwahi ki
jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (squad aur ustad ka position
pahle ki tarah).
DURUST NAMUNA
19.
Word of command shastr qawaid baju shastr ek, do-tin-ek, tin-ek.
jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
20.
Word of command ginti se shastr qawaid, baju shastr ek-ek, squad dodo, squad tin-tin. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur
senen(ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
21.
Jab salami shastr se word of command milta hai, ginti se shastr
qawaid baju shastr ek to is word of command par dahine hath ko baen hath
ke upar pakren aur dahine paon ko uthakar baen paon ke sath savdhan
position mein lagaen aur shouting Karen ek.
22.
Word ofcommand ginti se shastr qaqaid baju shastr ek-ek. Is position
mein dekhne ki baten, rifle usi position mein, dahine hath se baen hath ke
upar hand guard pakra hua. Baki position savdhan. Word of command
136
squad do-to is word of command par dahine hath se rifle ko dahine le jayen
aur baen hath ko chhorh kar flash hider se U shape mein pakaren, rifle
jamin se 1 inch upar dubara rifle ke hand guard se savdhan position ki
tarah pakren, shouting Karen do. Word of command squad do-do. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten, baenhath se flash hider U shape mein pakra
hua, dahine hath ki charon angulian ghar se angutha andar se savdhan
position ki tarah pakra hua, rifle jamin se ek inch upar butt toe ke barabar.
Word of command squad tin is word of command par baen hath ko teji se
savdhan position mein layen aur dahine hath se rifle ko jamin par savdhan
position mein layen, shouting Karen tin. Word of command squad tin-tin. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten, position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka
abhyas mere word of command se ginti se aarenge.
ABHYAS
23.
24.
Ustad word of command bataen squad khusji se abhyas Karen.
25.
Karen.
26.
Karen.
---------------------------*******************----------------------------AD – 26-30
BHUMI SHASTR AUR UTHAO SHASTR
BHAG – I BHUMI SASTR
137
DHOHRAI:
SALAMI SHASTR SALAMI SHASTR SE BAJU SHASTR.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein shastr qawaid k eek aur sabaq, jismein kam hoga bhumi
shastr aur uthao shastr. Sabse pahle hai bhumi sastr.
ZARURAT
2. Jab rifle ke sath drill kar rahe hon aur uske baad khali hath frill karna ho to
bhumi shastr ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen
(squad aadhe daire mein, ustad aadha baen murh kar namune den).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command shastr qawaid bhumi shastr ek,do-tin-ek. Jaise the Isi
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command ginti se shastr qawaid, bhumi shastr ek-ek, squad do-do,
jaise the. Isi karwhi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen (ustad squad ki
taraf munh Karen aur vishram position se bayan Karen).
5. Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai, ginti se shastrqawaid
bhumi shastr ek to is word of command par dahine hath se rifle ko jamin
par butt pichhe ki taraf aur barrel aageki taraf jamin se 1 ya ½ inch upar
138
rakhen aur shouting Karen ek. Word of command ginti se shastr qawaid
bhumi shastr ek-ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, badan ko kamar se
jhukaya hua, baen hath sidha, dahine hath se rifle par magazine bahar aura
age se barrel jamin se 1 inch ya ½ inch upar, nigah samne. Word of
command squad do-do. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, rifle jamin
parsidha aur foresight boot ki toe barabar. Baki position savdhan. Jaise
the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se ginti se karenge
ABHYAS
6. Ustad
7. Ustad
8. Ustad
9. Ustad
ke word of command se squard ginti se abhyas Karen.
ke word of command se squad samay pukarte hue abhyas Karen.
ke word of command se samy ke andaze se abhyas Karen.
BHAG – II UTHAO SHASTR
UDDESH
10.
Abhi hai bhumi shastr se uthao shastr.
ZARURAT
11.
Jab khali hath drill ke baad dubara rifle ko wapas lena ho to uthao
shastr ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (squad
aur ustad ke position pahle ki tarah).
DURUST NAMUNA
12.
Word of command shastr qawaid uthao shastr ek, do-tin-ek, Jaise the.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
13.
Word of command ginti se shastr qawaid uthao shastr ek-ek, squad
do-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen
(ustadvishram position se bayan Karen).
14.
Jab bhumi shastr se word of command milta hai, ginti se shastr
qawaid uthao shastr ek to is word of command par bhumishastr ek ki harkat
mein rifle ko uthakar ruk jayen aur shouting Karen ek. Wordof command
ginti se shastr qawaid uthao shastr ek-ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten,
jo aap isse pahle bhumi shastr ek ki harkat mein sikh chukle hain. Word of
command milta haisquad do to dahine hath se rifle ko teji se savdhan
position mein layen aur shooting Karen do.Word of command squad do-do.
Is position mein dekhne ki bathen position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karvahi
ka abhyas mere word of command se ginti karenge (squad ek line mein).
Ustad bagal shastr karke abhyas len.
139
ABHYAS
15.
16.
17.
18.
Ustad ke word of command se squad ginti se abhyas Karen
Karen.
Karen.
Note :
Bhumi/uthao shastr ek ki karwahi mein ghutne bend nahi hone
chahiye.
----------------------------********************------------------------------------AD -31-35
RIFLE KE SATH DHIRE CHAL SE MURHNA
DOHRAI: BHUMI SHASTR AUR UTHAO SHASTR
UDDESH
dhire chal se dahine, baen aur pichhe murhna.
ZARURAT
2. Jab rifle ke sath dhire chal se kisi bhi simmat ko ja rahe hon 90 degree
dahine/baen aur 180 degree pichhe ki taraf murhna ho to rifle ked hire chal
se dahine/baen aur pichhe murh ki karwahi ki kati hai.
NAMUNA
3. Rifle ke sath dhire chal se dahine/baen/pichhe murh ki karwahi khali hath
dhire chal se murh ki tarah hi hai, fark intna hai ki rifle dahine hath mein
bagal shastr halat mein hoti hai. Baki sabhi karwahi ek jaisi hain.
ABHYAS
4. Ustad tarib se abhyas len.
---------------------------------------***************----------------------------------------AD – 36-40
RIFLE SATH TEJ CHAL SE MURHNA
RIFLE KE SATH DHIRE CHAL SE MURHNA.
DOHRAI
UDDESH
tej chal se dahine, baen aur pichhe murhna.
ZARURAT
2. Jab rifle ke sath tej chal se kishi bhi si at ko ja rahe hon, 90 degree
dahine/baen aur 180 degree pichhe ki taraf murhna ho to rifle ke sath tej
chal se dahine, baen aur pichhe murh ki karwahi ki jati hai.
NAMUNA
3. Rifle ke sath tej chal se dahine, baen aur pichhe murh ki karwahi khali hath
140
tej chal se murh ki tarah hi hai. Fark sirf yah hai ki rifle dahine hath mein
bagal shastr halat mein hoti hai. Baki sabhi karwahi ek jaisi hain.
ABHYAS
--------------------------------*****************------------------------------------------AD – 41-45
RIFLE KE SATH KHARE KHARE SALUTE KARNA
BHAG – I RIFLE KE SATH KHARE KHARE SAMNE SALUTE KARNA
DOHRI
RIFLE KE SATH TEJ CHAL SE MURHNE.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein shastr qawaid k eek aur sabaq jismein kamhoga rifle ke sath
khare kharesamne, dahine aur baen salute karna. Sabse pahle hai khare
khare samne salute karna.
ZARURAT
2. Quarter guard mein khara no.1 sentry Nb/Sub rank se Captain rank tak ke
adhikari ko rifle ke sath khare khare samne salute se sammanit katra hai.
Alawa iske Rifle ke sath tej chal se samne salute ke movement ko check aur
drust karne ke liye bhi rifle ke sath kharekharesamne salute karte hain. Isi
141
karwahi ka dursust namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustadsquad
DURUST NAMUNA
3. (Bagal shastr position se) Word of command, salute karna samne salute –
salute ek do tin ek. Jaisee the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command ginti se salute karna samne salute ek-ek. Squad do-do.
Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen.
5. Bagal sastr position se word of commnad milta hai ginti se salute karna
samne salute ek, isword of command par baen hath ko kohni se morhte hue
baen hath ki panchon angulion ko milate hue rifle ke forehand guard par le
jayen, shoting Karen ek. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen.
6. Word of command ginti se salute karna samne salute ek-ek. Is position
mein dekhne wali baten, baen hath kohni se kalai tak belt line mein.
Panchon angulian rifle ke forehand guard par. Bakiposition durust bagal
shastr ki tarah. Word of command milta hai squad do, is word of command
par baen hath ko chatki se baen bagal mein savdhan position mein le jayen.
Shouting Karen do. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad do-do. Is
position mein dekhne wali baten, position durust bagal shastr. Jaise the.
Isi karwahi ka abhyas squad mere word of command se ginti se karenge.
ABHYAS
7. Ustad ke word of command se squard ginti se abhyas Karen.
8. Ustadword ofcommand bataen squad khushi se abhyas Karen.
9. Ustad ke word of commandse squad samay pukarte hue abhyas Karen.
10.
Ustad ke word of command se squad samay ke andazese abhyas
Karen.
BHAG – II RIFLE KE SATH KHARE KHARE DAHINE/BAEN SALUTE KARNA
UDDESH
11.
Abhi hai rifle ke sath kharee dahine/baen salute karna.
ZARURAT
12.
Rifle ke sath tej chal se dahine/gaen salute ki harkaton ko check aur
durust karne ke liye rifle ke sath khare dahine/baen salute ki karwahi ki jati
hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustad
squad ke samne aur bich se aadha baen/dahine murh kar namuna den).
BAYAN
13.
Rifle ke sath khare khare dahine/ baen salute ki karwahi mein garden
dahine/baen taraf rakhne ke alawa baki karwahi khare khare samne salute
ki tarah hi ki jaigi.
142
ABHYAS
14.
Ustad tartib se abhyas len.
---------------------------------***************------------------------------------AD -46-50
RIFLE KE SATH DHIRE CHAL SE SAMNE SALUTE KARNA
BHAG – I RIFLE KE SATH DHIRE CHAL SE SAMNE SALUTE KARNA
DOHRAI
Rifle ke sath khare khare salute karna.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein shastrqawaid ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga rifle ke sath
dhire chal se samne, dahine aur baen salute karna. Sabse pahle hai rifle ke
sath dhire chal se samne salute karna.
ZARURAT
2. Tej chal se samne salute ki harkaton ko durust karne ke liye rifle ke sath
dhire chal se samne salute ki karwahi ki jati hai.Isi karwahi ka durust
namuna dekhen (Squad aadhe daire mein, ustad squad ke samne se
namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command samne se dhire chal barho, salute karna samne salute
salute ek do ( ustad ginti karte hue salute ki puri karwahi Karen). Jaise the.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command samne se dhire chal barho, ginti se salute karna samne
salute ek-ek do. Squad do-ek do tin ek. Suqad tin-ek do tin ek. Squad charek do tin ek (jaise the). Squad panch-barho tham ek do. Jaise the. Isi
karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen.
GINTI BAYAN SE NAMUNA
5. Dhire chal se word of command milta hai ginti se salute karna samne salute
ek yah word of command us samay milta hai jabki dahine paon ka flat jamin
par lag raha ho ya baen paon dahine paon ko cross kar raha ho. Sikhe hue
tarike se tham ki karwahi Karen. Shouting Karen ek do. Yahan tak ke
movement ko dekhen.
6. Word of command samne se dhire chal barho, ginti se salute karns samne
salute ek-ek do. Is position mein dekhne wali baten dhire chal se tham ki
karwahi ki hui, baki position bagal sastr. Word of command milta hai squad
do is word of command par baen hath se ek bar khare khare samne salute ki
karwahi Karen. Yehan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad do-ek do tin ek.
Is position mein dekhne wali baten, ek bar samnesalute kikarwahi ki hui,
baki position bagal shastr. Word ofcommand milta hai squad tin is word of
command par dubara samne salute ki karwahi Karen. Yahan tak ke
movement ko dekhen. Squad tin ek do tin ek. Is position mein dekhne wali
baten dubara samne salute ki karwahi ki hui, baki position pahle ki tarah.
143
Word of command milta hia squad char is word of command per 180degree
pichhe murh ki karwahi Karen. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad
char ek do tin ek (jaise the). Is position mein dekhne wali baten 180 degree
pichhe murh ki karwahi ki hui, baki position durust bagal shastr. Yahan
par pichhe murh ki karwahi dubara nahi hai, squad par control aur drill ka
agla movement dikhaneke liye dubara pichhe murh ki karwahi ki gai hai.
Word of command milta hai squad panch is word of command par baen paon
se dhire chal jari Karen.Shouting Karen barho. Yahan tak ke movement ko
dekhen. Squad pach barho tham ek do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas
squad mere word of command se karenge.
ABHYAS
10.
Karen.
BHAG – II RIFLE KA SATH DHIRE CHAL SE DAHINE SALUTE KARNA
UDDESH
11.
Abhi hai rifle ke sath dhine chal se dahine salute karna
ZARURAT
12.
Rifle ke sath tei chal se dahine salute ki harkaton ko durust karne ke
liye rifle ke sath dhire chal se dahine salute ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi
karwahi ka drust namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustad squad ke
baen se tricha namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
13.
Word of command samne se dhire chal barho, salute karna dahine
salute salute ek do tin char panch down barho tham ek do. Jaise the. Isi
GINTI SE NAMUNA
14.
Word of command samne chal barho, ginti se salute karna dahine
salute eke k. Squad do-do tin char panch. Squad tin down. Squad char
barho tham ek do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhne aur
sunen.
15.
Dhire chal se word of command milta hai ginti se salute karna dahine
salute ek, yah word of command us samay milta hai jabki dahina paon
jamin par lag raha ho ya baen paon dahine paon ko cross kar raha ho, baen
paon ko 30 inch aage lagate hi baen hath ko rifle ke forehand guard par,
nigah aur garden dahine aur le jayen. Shouting Karen ek. Yahan tak ke
movement ko dekhen.
144
16.
dahine salute ek-ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten baen paon flat foot,
bodyweight baen paon par, dahina paon 30 inch pichhe toe zamin par laga
hua, erhi uthi hui. Baen hath se rifle ke foreheand guard par salute kiye
hua. Nigah aur garden dahini taraf. Word of command milta hai squad do
is word of command par dahine paon se dhire chal jari Karen aur panch
kadam ka jamini fasla tai Karen aur isi halat mein ruk jayen.Yahan tak ke
movement ko dekhen. Squad do-do tin char panch. Is position mein dekhne
ki baten, panch kadam ka jamini fasla tai kiya hua, baki position pahle ki
tarah. Word of command milta hai squad tin is word of command par
dahine paon ko 30 inch aage rakhen, baen hath ko savdhan position mein
le jayen, nigah aur garden samne layen. Shouting Karen down. Yahan tak
ke movement ko dekhen. Squad tin down. Is position mein dekhne ki daten
dahina paon 30 inch aage flat laga hua , body weight dahine paon par, baen
paon toe zamin par laga hua, erhi uthi hui, nigah aur garden samne. Word
of command milta hai squad char is word of command par baen paon se
dhire chal jari Karen. Shouting Karen barho. Yahan tak ke movement ko
dekhen. Squad char barho than ek do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka adhyas
squad mere word of command se karenge.
ABHYAS
17.
Ustad
18.
Ustad
19.
Ustad
Karen.
20.
Ustad
Karen.
ke word of command se squad ginti se abhyas Karen.
word of command bataen squard khushi se abhyas Karen.
ke word of command se squad samy ke andaze se abhyas
BHAG – III RIFLE KE SATH DHIRE CHAL SE BAEN SALUTE KARNA
UDDESH
21.
Abhi hai rifle ke sath dhire chal se baen salute karna.
ZARURAT
22.
Rifle ke sath tej chal se baen salute ki harkaton ko durust karne ke
liye rifle ke sath dhire chal se baen salute ki karwahi ki jathi hai. Isi
ke baen se tricha namuna den).
BAYAN
23.
Rifle ke sath dhire chal se baen salute rifle ke sath dhire chal se
dahine salute ki tarah hi hai fark itna hai ki garden aur nighah dhine ki
bajay baen jaigi. Baki sabhi karwahi dahine salute ki tarah hi hongi.
ABHYAS
24.
Ustad tartib se abhyas len.
145
----------------------------------****************------------------------------------AD – 51-55
RIFLE KE SATH TEJ CHAL SE SALUTE KARNA
BHAG – 1 RIFLE KE SATH TEJ CHAL SE SAMNE SALUTE KARNA
DOHRAI – RIFLE KE SATH DHIRE CHAL SE SALUTE KARNA.
UDDESH
tej chal se samne, dahine aur baen salute karna. Sabse pahle hai rifle ke
sath tej chal se samne salute karna. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen
(squad aadhe daire mein, ustad squard ke samne se namuna den).
ZARURAT
2. Agar hamare pas rifle ho aur hamein kisi salute adhikari ke pas jana ho ya
unhone hamein bulaya ho to us samay rifle ke sath tej chal se samne salute
ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (squad aadhe
daire mein, ustad samne se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command samne se tej chal barho, salute karna samne salute salute
khali ek do (ustad puri karwahi shouting ke sath Karen). Jaise the. Isi
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command samne se tej chal barho, ginti se salute karne samne
salute ek khali ek do. Squad do-ek do tin ek. Squad tin-ek do tin ek.
Squad char-ek do tin ek (jaise the). Squad panch-barhi sqad tham khali ek
do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen.
5. Tej chal se word of command milta hai ginti se salute karne samne salute ek,
yah word of command us samay milta hai jabki baen paon ki erhijamin par
lag rahi ho ya dahina paon baen paon cross kar raha ho, sikhe hue tarike se
tham ki karwahi Karen. Shouting Karen khali ek do. Yahan tak ke
movement ko dekhen.
salute ek khali ek do. Is position mein dekhne ki baten rifle ke sath tej chal
se tham ki karwahi ki hui. Baki position bagal shastr. Word of command
milta hai squad do to baen hath se rifle ke forehand guard par ek bar samne
salute ki karwahi Karen. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad do-ek
do tin ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten rifle ke sath ek bar samne salute
ki karwahi ki hui. Baki position ki tarah. Word of command milta hai squad
tin to dubara samne salute ki karwahi Karen. Yahan tak ke movement ko
dakhen.Squad tin-ek don tin ek. Is position kein dekhne ki baten dubara
samne salute ki karwahi ki hui. Baki position pahle ki tarah. Word of
command milta hai squadchar to 180 degree pichhe murh ki karwahi Karen.
146
Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad char-ek do tin ek (jaise the).. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten 180 degree pichhe murh ki karwahi ki hiu.
Baki position pahle ki tarah. Yahan par pichhe murh ki karwahi nahi hai.
Squad par control aur drill ka agle movement dikhane ke liye dubara pichhe
murh ki karwahi ki gai hai. Word of command milta hai squad panch to
baen paon se tej chal jari Karen. Yahan tak ke movement dekhen. Squad
panch barho squad tham khali ek do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas
squad mere word of command se karenge (Squad ek line main).
ABHYAS
7. Ustad ke word of commande se squad ginti se abhyas Karen.
8. Ustad of command nataen squad khusi se abhyas Karen.
9. Ustad word of command se squad samay pukarte hue abhyas Karen.
10.
Karen.
BHAG – II RIFLE SATH TEJ CHAL SE DAHINA SALUTE KARNA
UDDESH
11.
Abhi hai rifle ka sath tej chal se dahine salute karna.
ZARURAT
12.
Rifle ke sath ek sthan se dusre sthan ko jate samay koi salute adhikari
dahine taraf milen to unhen izzat dena ke liye rifle ke sath tej chal se dahine
salute ki kareahi ki jati hai. Isai karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (squad
aadhe daire mein ustad squad ke baen se tirchha namauna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
13.
Word of command samne se tej chal barho, salute karna dahine salute
salute khali ek do tin char panch down barho squad tham khali ek do. Jaise
GINTI SE NAMUNA
14.
dahine salute ek-khali ek. Squad do-d0 tin char panch. Squad tin down.
Squad char barho squad tham khali ek do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti
aur abyen ke sath dekhen aur sunen.
15.
Tej chal se word of command milta hai ginti se salute karna dehine
salute ek yah word of command us samy milta hau jabki baen paon ki erhi
jamin par lag rahi ho ya dahina paon baen paon ko cross kar raha ho baen
baju ko cut Karen aur dahine paon ko khali jane den baen paon kea age
lagate hi baen hath se rifle ke forehand guard par salute Karen, nigah aur
garden dahine taraf Karen.
Shouting Karen khali ek. Yahen tak ke
movement ko dekhen.
16.
147
dahine salute ek khali ek. Is position menin dekhne ki baten dahina paon
flat foot, body weight dahine paon par, baen paon 30 inch aage toe up heel
down knee tight. Baen hath se rifle ke forehand guard par salute ki karwahi
ki hui, nigah aur garden dahini taraf.. Word of command milta hai squad do
to dahine paon se tej chal jari Karen aur panch kadam ka fasla tai karke isi
halat mein ruk jayen. Shooting Karen do tin char panch. Yahan tak ke
movement ko dekhen. Squad do-do tin char panch. Is position mein dekhne
ki baten panch kadam ka jamini fasla tai kiya hua. Baki position pahle ki
tarah. Word of command milta hai squad tin to dahine paon ko 30 inch aage
lagayen, baen hath ko savdhan halat mein le jayen sath hi nigah aur garden
samne le jayen. Shooting Karen down. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen.
Squad tin down. Is postion mein dekhne ki baten paon flat foot, body weight
baen paon par, dahina paon 30 inch aage toe up heel dig knee tight. Baki
position bagal shastr. Word of command milta hai squad char to baen paon
se tej chal jari Karen. Shouting Karen barho. Yahen tak ke movement ko
dekhen. Squad char barho squad tham khali ek do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi
ka abhyas squard mere word of command par ginti se karenge.
ABHYAS
17.
Ustad
18.
Ustad
19.
Ustad
20.
Ustad
Karen.
word of command se squad samy pukarte hue abhyas Karen.
BHAG – III RIFLE KE SATH TEJ CHAL SE BAEN SALUTE KARNA
UDDESH
21.
Abhi hai rifle ke sath tej chal se baen salute karna.
ZARURAT
22.
Rifle ke sath ek sthan se dusre sthan ko jate samay koi salute adhikari
baen taraf milen to unhen izzat den eke liye rifle ke sath tej chal se baen
salute ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka surust namuna dekhen (squad
aadhe daire mein ustad squad ke dahine se tirchha namuna den).
NAMUNA
23.
Rifle ke sath tej chal se baen salute rifle ke sath tej chal se dahine
salute ki tarah hi hai fark sirf garden aur nigah baen taraf rahti hai. Baki
sabhi karwahi dahine salute ki tarah hi hain.
ABHYAS
24.
25.
26.
27.
Karen.
148
Karen.
--------------------------*************************---------------------------------AD–56-60
RIFLE KE SATH TEJ CHAL SE PATR KE SATH SAMNE SALUTE
KARNA
DHORAI
RIFLE KE SATH TEJ CHAL SE SALUTE KARNA
UDDESH
tej chal so part ke sath samne salute karna.
ZARURAT
2. Agar hamare pas rifle ho aur hamein kisi salute adhikari ko koi likhit
sandesh dena ho to Rifle ke sath tej chal se patr ke sath samne salute ki
karwahi ki jai hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (squad aadhe
daire mein, ustad samne se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Puri karwahi rifle ke sath tej chal se samne salute ki tarah hai. Patr baen
jeb (poket) mein hota hai. Baen hath se part ko adhikari ko handover Karen.
Note :
Rifle ke sath tej chal se part ke sath samne salute ke saat movement hote
149
hain.
ABHYAS
4. Ustad
5. Ustad
6. Ustad
7. Ustad
ke word of command se squad samy ke andaze se abhyas Karen.
----------------------------------*********************---------------------------------AD – 61-65
BAJU SHASTR SE NIRIKSHAN KE LIYE JANCH SHASTR
BHAG -1 BAJU SHASTR SE NIRIKSHAN KE LIYE JANCH SHASTR
DHORI
Rifle ke sath tej chal se patra ke sath samne salute karna.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein shastr qawaid ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga baiju shastr
se nirikshan ke liye janch shastr aur janch shastr se baju shastr. Sabse
pahle hai baju shastr se nirikshan ke liye janch shastr.
ZARURAT
2. Jab rifle ke sath duty ke dauram magazine aur chamber ko check karna ho
us samay nirikshan ke liye janch shastr ki karwahi ki jati hai aur kote mein
rifle rakhne se pahle bhu nirikshan ke liye janch shastr ki karwahi ki kati
hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein aur
150
ustad ki position squad ke bich aur chehra squad ke dahine 90 degree par).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command shastr qawaid nirikshan ke liye janch shastr ek, do-tinek, do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek, jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command ginti se shastr qawaid nirikshan ke liye janch shastr ekek, squad tin-tin, squad char-char, squad panch-panch. Jaise the. Isi
karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen (ustad vishram position se
bayan Karen).
5. Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai ginti se shastr qawaid
nirikshan ke liye janch shastr ek to is word of command par rifle ko dahine
hath se baen aur samne uchhalen aur dahine hath se pistol grip ko aur baen
hath se forehand guard ko ek sath pakren.
6. Word of command ginti se shastr qawaid nirikshan ke liye janch shastr ekek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, baen paon 12 inch baen taraf 4 inch
aage liye hue, dahine hath se pistol grip ko pakara hua charon angulian
bahar se angutha andae se, baen hath se hathe se forehand guard ko pakra
hua charon angulian niche se angutha upar se, barrel 45 degree par, rifle
butt dahine thigh se laga hua. Baki position vishram ki halat mein. Word of
command milta hai squad do to baen hath se cocking handle ko pakren.
Squad do-do. Is position mein dekhne ki baten hath se cocking handle ko
pakra hua, baki position pahle ki tarah. Word of command milta hia squad
tin to is word of command par lagaen. Squard tin-tin. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten, holding opening catch laga hua, baki position pahle ki
tarah. Word of command milta hai squad char to baen hath se cocking
handle ko aage Karen. Squard char-char. Is position mein dekhne ki baten,
cocking handle ko aage kiya hua, baki position pahle ki tarah. Word of
command milta hai squad panch to baen hath se forehand guard ko pakren.
Squard panch-panch. Is position mein dekhne ki baten. No.1 ki tarah.
Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko mere word of command se ginti se abhyas karenge
ABHYAS
10.
Ustad ke word of command se squad samy ke andaze se abhyas
Karen.
BHAR –II
UDDESH
NIRIKSHAN KE LIYE JANCH SHASTR SE BAJU SHASTR
151
11.
Abhi hai nirikshan ke liye janch shastr se baju shastr.
ZARURAT
12.
Rifle ka nirikshan ho jane ke baad rifle ko niche lane ke liye janch
shastr se baju shastr ki karwahi ki jathi hai.
DURUST NAMUNA
13.
Word of command baju shastr ek-do-tin-ek, do-ek.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
14.
Word of command ginti se shastr qawaid baju shastr ek-ek, squad dodo, squad tin-tin. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur
sunen.
GINTI AUR BYAN SE NAMUNA
15.
Nirikshan ke liye janch shastr we word of command milta hai ginti se
shastr qawaid baju shastr ek, is word of command par dahine hath ko
forehand guard par strike Karen, sath hi baen paon ko savdhan position
mein layen, shouting Karen ek. (Rifle phle ki position mein hi rahegi).
16.
Word of command ginti se shastr qawaid baju shastr ek-ek, Is
position mein dekhne ki batan, dahine hath se forehand guard pakra hua.
Baki position savdhan. Word of command milta hia squad do, is word of
command par dahine hath se rifle ko baju shastr No.2 halat mein niche
layen aur baen hath se rifle ke flash hider par strike kartr hue pakren,
shouting Karen do. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad do-do. Is
position men dekhne ki baten, baju shastr ke No.2 harkat ki tarah. Word of
command milta hai squad tin, is word of command par baen hath ko
savdhan position mein le jayen aur dahine hath se rifle ko heel butt par
sawar Karen, shouting Karen tin. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen.
Squad tin-tin. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, position savdhan. Jaise
the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se ginti se karenge
(squard ek line mein).
ABHYAS
17.
Ustad
18.
Ustad
19.
Ustad
Karen.
20.
Ustad
Karen.
----------------------------******************-----------------------------------AD – 66-70
BAJU SHASTR SE TOL SHASTR
152
DHORI
Baju shastr se nirikshan ke liye janch shastr.
1. Is period mein shastr qawaid ka ek aur sabaq jaismein kam hoga baju shastr
se tol shastr aur tol shastr se baju shastr. Sabse pahle hai tol shastr.
ZARURAT
2. Jab rifle ke sath thorhi dur tak chal kar jana ho to tol shastr ki karwahi ki
jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein,
ustad ka dahina kandha squad ki taraf)
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command shastr qawaid tol shastr ek. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko
bayan se dekhne aur sunen (ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
4. Savdhan position se word of command milta hai shastr qawaid tol shastr, is
word of command par dahine hath se rifle ko thorha upar aura age
khenchen aur tol wali jagah se pakren shouting Karen ek. Word of
command shastr qawaid tol shastr ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten
rifle ke muzzle aage aur butt pichhe, magazine niche ki taraf rifle jamin ke
barabar, rifle tol wali jagah se pakri hai. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas
ABHYAS
153
8. Ustad ke word of command se squad samy ke andaze se abhyas Karen.
BHAG – II – TOL SHASTR SE BAJU SHASTR
UDDESH
9. Abhi hai tol shastr se baju shastr.
ZARURAT
10.
Tol shastr se apni jagah pahunchne ke baad rifle ko niche lane ke liye
baju shastr ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen
(squad aadhe daire mein, ustad ka position pahle ki tarah).
DURUST NAMUNA
11.
Word of command shastr qawaid baju shastr ek. Jaise the. Isi
karwahi ko bayan se dekhen aur sunen (ustad vishram position se bayan
Karen).
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
12.
Tol shastr se word of command milta hai shastr qawaid baju ko niche
aur muzzle ko upar karte hue rifle ke savdhan position mein le jayen,
shouting Karen ek.
13.
Word of command shastr qawaid baju shastr ek. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten, position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere
word of Command se karenge (squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
14.
Ustad
15.
Ustad
16.
Ustad
Karen.
17.
Ustad
Karen.
----------------------------**********************--------------------------------AD – 71-75
TOL SHASTR SE BADAL SHASTR
BAJU SHASTR SE TOL SHASTR
DOHRAI UDDESH
1. Is period mein shastr qawaid ka ek sabaq jismein kam hoga tol shastr se
badal shastr.
ZARURAT
2. Agar tol shastr se march karke ja rahe hon baju thak jane par rifle ko dusre
hath mein le jane liye badal shastr ki karwahi ki jai hai. Isi karwahi ka
durust namune dekhen (squad aadhe saire mein, ustad squad ke samne aur
bich se namuna den).
154
DURUST SE NAMUNA
3. Word of command shastr qawaid badly shastr ek. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko
bayan se dekhen aur sunen (ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
4. Jab tol shastr se word of command milta hai shastr qawaid badly shastr to is
word of command par dahine hath se rifle ko badan ke samne khare karte
hue baen hath mein len aur rifle ko baen hath se tol shastr par le jayan.
Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhe.
5. Wordm of command shastr qawaid badly shastr ek. Is position mein dekhne
ki baten, rifle baen hath mein tol shastr ki halat mein pakri hui baki
position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command
se karenge (squad ekline mein).
ABHYAS
6. Ustad
7. Ustad
8. Ustad
9. Ustad
ke word of command se squad samy ke andaze se abhyas Karen.
----------------------------****************-------------------------------------AD – 76 –80
BAJU SHASTR SE SAMBHAL SHASTR AUR SAMBHAL SHASTR SE BAJU
SHASTR
BHAG – I BAJU SHASTR SE SAMBHAL SHASTR
DOHRAI
TOL SHASTR SE BADAL SHASTR.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein shastr qawaid k eek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga baju shastr
se sambhal shastr aur sambhal shastr se baju shastr. Sabse pahle hai baju
shastr se sambhal shastr.
ZARURAT
2. Agar barish ho rahi ho aur hamein rifle ke sath march karke jana ho to
barrel aur breach ko bachane ke liye sambhal shastr ki karwahi ki jati hai.
Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustad
samne aur bich se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command shastr qawaid sambhal shastr ek do tin ek, do tin ek.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command ginti se shastr qawaid sambhal shastr ek-ek, squad dodo, squad tin-tin. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur
155
sunnen(ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
5. Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai ginti se shastr qawaid
sambhal shastr ek to is word of command par rifle ko uchhal kar tol wali
jagah se pakren aur 90 degree par rifle ko samne khara shouting
Karen ek.
6. Word of command ginti se shastr qawaid sambhal shastr ek-ek. Is position
mein dekhne ki baten, rifle badan ke samne 90 degree par khari, dahine
hath kalai se kohni tak jamin ke samanatar, baki position savdhan. Word of
command milta hai squad do to dahine hath se rifle ko baen hath meinlen
aur shouting Karen do. Word of command squad do-do. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten rifle baen hath mein 90 degree par, badan ke samne khari,
baen hath kalai se kohni tak jamin ke samanantar, baki position savdhan.
Word of command milta hai squad tin to is word of command par baen hath
se rifle ka muzzle aage butt pichhe magazine aur sling nice ki taraf rakhte
hue, breach ko baen bagal mein len aur shouting Karen tin. Word of
command squad tin-tin. Is position mein dekhne ki baten rifle ka muzzle
niche, baen boot ke toe ko point karte hue, butt upar ki taraf, baen hath se
rifle ko tol wali jagah se pakra hua aur kohi rifle ke sath lagi hui, baki
se ginti se karenge (squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
10.
Karen.
UDDESH
11.
BHAG – 11 – SAMBHAL SHASTR SE BAJU SHASTR
Abhi hai sambha; shastr se baju shastr.
ZARURAT
12.
Sambhal shastr se chalet chalet jab barish bandh ho jai ya apni jagah
pahunch kar sambhal shastr se baju shastr ki karwahi ki jathi hai. Isi
karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein ustad ki
position pahle ki tarah).
DURUST NAMUNA
13.
Word of command shastr qawaid baju shastr ek, do-tin,ek,.do-tin-ek.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
14.
Word of command ginti se shastr qawaid baju shastr ek-ek, squad do156
do, squad tin-tin. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur
sunen (ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
GINTI AUR BIYAN SE NAMUNA
15.
Jab sambhal shastr se word of command milta hai ginti se shastr
qawaid baju shastr ek to is word of command par dahine hath ko baen hath
kea age se hand guard se pakren aur shouting Karen ek.
16.
Word of command ginti se shastr qawaid baju shstr ek-ek. Is position
mein dekhne ki baten, baen aur dhhine hath se rifle hand guard se pakri
hui, rifle badan kea age. Word of command milta hai squad do to dahine
hath se rifle ko dahini taraf le jayen aur baen hath ko chhor kar flash hider
ke upar lagaen, shouting Karen do. Squad do-do. Is position mein dekhne
ki baten, jaise aap bagal shastr se baju shastr ki No.2 harkat mein sikh
chuke hain. Word of command milta hai squad tin to rifle ko dahine hath se
jamin ke upar tikaen aur baen hath ko savdhan position mein le jayen,
shouting Karen tin. Squad tin-tin. Is position mein dekhne ki baten
ABHYAS
17.
Ustad
18.
Ustad
19.
Ustad
Karen.
20.
Ustad
Karen.
------------------------------*****************---------------------------------------AD – 81-85
5.56 MM INSAS RIFLE KE SATH BAJU SHASTR SE SALAMI SHASTR AUR
SALAMI SHASTR SE BAJU SHASTR
BHAG – I 5.56 mm INSAS RIFLE KE SATH BAJU SHASTR SE SALAMI
SHASTR
157
DOHRAI
Baju shastr se sambhal shastr anu sambal shastr se baju shastr.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein shastr qawaid ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga 5.56 mm
INSAS rifle ke sath baju shastr se salami shastr aur salami shastr se baju
shastr. Sabse pahle hai baju shastr se salami shastr. Isi karwahi ka durust
namuna dekhen.
158
ZARURAT
2. Rifle ke sath salami shastr unche darje ka salute hai isiliye badi paradon
mein VIP ko salami shastr se sammanit kiya jata hai alawa iske quarter
guard mein khara sentry, Major and above rank ke adhikari ko izzat den eke
liye salami shastr ki karwahi karta hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna
dekhen (Squad aadhe daire mein, ustad ka position squad ke bich aur
samne).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command shastr qawaid salami shastr ek-do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek, dotin-ek. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command ginti se shastr qawaid salami sastr ek-ek, squad do-do,
squad tin-tin, squad char-char. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan ke
sath dekhen aur sunen.
5. Baju shastr se word of command milta hai ginti se sastr qawaid salami
shastr ek to baen hath se forehand guard ko pakren, shouting Karen ek.
Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen.
6. Word of command ginti se shastr qawaid salami shastr ek-ek. Is position
mein dekne ki baten, baen hath se forehand guard ko pakra hua, charon
angulian bahar se angutha andar se, baen hath kohni se kalai tak kamr beld
line mein, baki position pahle ki tarah. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas
ABHYAS
7. Ustad ke word of command se ginti No.1 stage ka abhyas Karen.
8. Ustad word of command bataen squad khushi se pahli harkat ka abhyas
Karen.
NAMUNA
9. Ustad No.1 positin main rifle layen. Word of command milta hai squad do to
dahine hath ko butt par strike Karen, shouting Karen do. Yahan tak ke
movement ko dekhen. Squad do-do. Is position meing dekhne ke baten,
dahina hath small of the butt par, charon angulian bahar se angutha andar
se jamin ko point karte hue. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of
command seginti se karenge.
ABHYAS
10.
11.
Ustad ke word of command se ginti se N0.2 stage ka abhyas Karen.
Ustad word of command batayen squad khushi se dusri harkat ka
abhyas Karen.
NAMUNA
159
12.
Ustad No.2 position mein rifle layen. Word of command milta hai
squad tin to donon hathon ki madad se rfile ko badan ke samne aur bich
mein layen, sath hi ben hath ko chhorh kar rifle ke baen bagal mein lagaen,
shouting Karen do. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad tin-tin. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten, rifle badan ke samne aur bich main, 90
degree par khari, magazine munh ke samne, kohni se kalai tak baen hath
rifle se mila hua, charon angulian aur angutha mila hua aur angutha
forehand guard ke nichale kinare par touchkarta hua, dahine hath se small
of the butt ko pakra hua, charon angulian bahar se aur angutha andar se
baki position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka bhyas mere word of
command se karenge.
ABHYAS
13.
Ustad ke word of command se No.3 stage ke abhyas Karen.
14.
Ustad word of command bataen squad khushi se tisri harkat ka
abhyas Karen.
NAMUNA
15.
Ustad No.3 poaition mein rifle le jayen. Word of commandmilta hai
squad char to dahine hath se rifle ko nice Karen, baen hath se rifle ko samne
se forehand guard ko pakren sath hi danine paom ko baen paon ke sath
chalti halat mein uthakar lagaen, shouting Karen char. Yahan tak ke
movement ko dekhen. Squad char-char. Isposition mein dekh ne ki baten,
baen hath forehand guard par angutha barrel ko point karta hua, dahina
hath small of the butt par charon angulian bahar se angutha andhar se,
dahina paon baen paon ke sath chalti halat main. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka
abhyas squad mere word of command par karenge.
ABHYAS
16.
Ustad
17.
Ustad
18.
Ustad
Karen.
19.
Ustad
Karen.
BHAG – II 5.56 mm INSAS RIFLE KE SATH SALAMI SHASTR SE BAJU
SHASTR
UDDESH
20.
Abhi 5.56mm INSAS rifle ke sath salami shastr se baju shastr.
ZARURAT
21.
Salami den eke baad rifle fo niche lane ke liye baju shastr ki karwahi
ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen.
160
DURUST NAMUNA
22.
Word of command baju shastr ek, do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek, Jaise the. Isi
GINTI SE NAMUNA
23.
Word of command ginti se shastr qawaid baju shastr ek-ek, squad dodo, squad tin-tin . Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan ke sath dekhen
aur sunen.
24.
Jab salami shastr se word of command milta hai baju shastr ek to
dahine hath ko pistol grip par le jayen, sath hi dahine paon ko baen paon ke
sath savdhan halat mein utha kar milayen, shouting Karen ek. Yahan tak
25.
Word of command ginti se shastr qawaid baju shastr ek-ek. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten hath se pistol grip ko pakra hua, charon
angulian niche se aur angutha upar se, dahina paon savdhan halat mein,
baki position pahle ki tarah. Word of command milta hai squad do to donon
hathon se rifle ko dahine bagal mein le jayen, shouting Karen do. Yahan tak
ke movement ko dekhen. Squad do-do. Is position mein dekh ne ki baten,
baen hath kohni se kalai tak belt ke samanantar aur forehand guard ko
charon angulian bahar se angutha andar se pakra hua, rifle dahine bagal
mein, dahine hath ki pakar pistol grip par. Word of command milta hai
squard tin to baen hath ke savdhan position main layen, shouting Karen tin.
Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad tin-tin, Is position mein dekhne
ki baten, rifle dahine bagal mein 90degree par, dahine hath se pistol grip ko
pakra hua, position baju shastr ya durust savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi
ka abhyas squad mere word of command se karenge.
ABHYAS
26.
Ustad
27.
Ustad
28.
Ustad
Karen.
29.
Ustad
Karen.
-------------------------------****************----------------------------------AD –86–90
5.56mm INSAS RIFLE KE SATH LAGA SANGIN AUR UTAR SANGIN
BHAG – LAGA SANGIN
DHORAI
5.56 mm INSAS Rifle ke sath Baju Shastr se Salami Sa=hastr aur
Salami Shastr se Baju Shastr.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein shastr qawaid ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga laga sangin
161
aur utar sangin.
ZARURAT
2. Badi paradon mein sangin laga kar manch se gujarte hain. Iske alawa
quarter guard duty par sentry sangin laga kar khara hota hai. Isi karwahi
ka durust namuna dekhen. (Sangin lagane se pahle aazad sangin ki karwahi
ki jati hai. Aazad sangin ke word of command par bayonet handle ko
bayonet frog ke loop se aazad Karen, shouting Karen one up. Ustad squad
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command sangin lagaega laga sangin ek-do-tin-char-ek-do-tin-char
ek-do-tin-char. Do-tin-char-ek. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti ke sath
dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command ginti se sangin lagaega, laga sangin ek-ek-do-tin-char-ek,
squad do-ek-do-tin-char, quard tin-tin. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur
bayan ke sath dekhen aur sunen.
5. Savdhan position se word of command mile ginti se sangin lagaega laga
sangin ek to is word of command par baen hath ko bayonet ke handle par
lagaen sath hi bayonet handle ko samne se niche Karen shouting Karen ekdo-tin-char-ek. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen.
6. Word of command ginti se sangin lagaega laga sangin ek-ek-do-tin-char-ek.
Is position mein dekne ki baten, baen hath se baynet handle ko niche kiya
hua baki position savdhan. Is position se word of command milta hai squad
do to is word of command par ek se char tak ki lambi ginti karte hue baen
hath ki madad se sangin ko rifle ke bayonet stud par chadhayen. Yahan tak
ke movement ko dekhen. Squard do-ek-do-tin-char-ek. Is position mein
dekhne wali baten baen hath ki pakar bayonet handle par baen hath ki
kohni chhati se mili hui. Baki position savdhan. Is position se word of
command mile squad tin to is word of command par baen hath ko teji se
savdhan position mein le jayen, shouting Karen tin. Yahan tak ke movement
ko dekhen. Squad tin-tin. Is position mein dekhne wali baten laga sangin ki
karwahi ki hui. Baki position Savdhan. Jasie the.
BHAG – II UTAR SANGIN
162
UDDESH
7. Abhi hai utar sangin.
ZARURAT
8. Parade samapt hone par ya sentry duty khatm hone par utar sangin ki
karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen.
DURUST NAMUNA
9. Word of command sangin utarega utar sangin ek-do-tin-char, ek, do-tinchar-ek, do-tin-char-ek, do-tin-char, do-tin-char-ek, do-tin-char-ek. Jaise
the. Isi karwahi ko ginti ke sath dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
10.
Word of command ginti se sangin utarega utar sangin ek-ek, squad
do-do, squad tin-tin, squad char ek, do-tin-char, squard panch-panch,
squad chhe-chhe, squad sat-sat, jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan ke
sath dekhen aur sunen.
11.
Savdhan position se word of command milta hai ginti se sangin
utarega utar sangin ek, ke word of command par baen hath ko forehand
guard par stricke Karen aur shouting Karen ek. Yahan tak ke movement ko
dekhen.
12.
Word of command ginti se sangin utarega utar sangin ek-ek. Is
postion mein dekhne wali baten. Baen hath ka pakar forehand guard par
chaaron unguliyan bahar se angutha andar se rifle dahine bagal mein. Baki
163
position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad do ke word of
command par dahine hath ko baen hath ke niche pakren sath hi donon
haton ki madad se rifle ko donon ghutnon ke bich mein layen. Shouting
Karen do. Squad do-do. Is position mein dekhne wali baten rifle donon
ghutnon ke bich mein dabi hui,ghutna kad ke mutabik kham kiya hua,
donon hathon ka pakar forehand guard par kamar sidha nigah samne ki
taraf. Is position se word of command milta hai squad tin, is word of
command par donon hathon ko bayonet handle par lagain sath hi baen hath
ke anguthe ki madad se sangin ko stud se juda Karen aurshouting Karen
tin. Squad tin-tin. Is position mein dekhne wali baten donon hathon ka
pakar baynot handle par sangin stud se alag kiye hue. Baki position 2
movement ki tarah. Is position se word of command milta hai sad char ke
word of command par ek se char tak ki lambi ginti karte hue donon hathon
ki madad se sangin ko scabbard mein dakhil Karen aur shouting Karen ekdo-tin-char. Squad char, ek-do-tin-char. Is position mein dekhne wali
baten, garden baen taraf higah scabbard par baen hath ki pakar scabbard
par dahine hath ki pakar bayonet handle par. Baki position No.3 movement
ki tarah. Is position se word of command milta hai squad pach ke word of
command par donon hathon ko forehand guard par stricke Karen aur
shouting Karen panch. Squad panch-panch, is position mein dekhne wali
baten donon bathon ki prakar forehand guard par. Baki position No.2
movement ki tarah. Is position se word of command milta hai squad chhe ke
word of command parbane hath ki madad se rifle ko dahine bagal mein le
jayen, dahine hath ko pistol grip par strike laren aur shouting Karen chhe.
Squad chhe-chhe. Is position mein dekhne wali baten baen hath ki pakar
forehand guard par dahine hath ki pakar pistoal grip par. Baki position
savdhan. Is position se word of command milta hai squad sat ke word of
command par baen hath ko teji se savdhan position mein layen shouting
Karen sat. Squad sat-sat. Is position mein dekhne wali baten utar sangin ki
durust karwahi ki hui. Baki position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka
abhyas squad mere word of command par ginti se karenge.
ABHYAS
13.
14.
15.
16.
Karen.
Ustad ke word of command se squad samy ke andaze se abhyas Karen.
********************************************************************************************
********************************************************************************************
*******************************************************************
164
LRD 1-2
LATHI SE PARICHAY, SAVADHAN VISHRAM , LEJANE KE
TARIKE TATHA SALUTE KARNA
165
Shirshak
Vishaya
SAMAN
Shuru
Class ki ginti aur bant.
shuru ka
kam
Eaisal,
board,
Marker
Duster
lecture
stand
aadi.,
tadaiv
Dohrai
Uddesh
Lathi kitne prakar ki hoti hai
Is path ki samapti ke paschat
sabhi
prashiksharthi
lathi
se
parichay , savadhan vishram tatha le
jane ke tarike tatha salute ke bare
main saksham honge.
Parichay CRPF main hone wali lathi ki lambai
3 feet 6 inch hai, lathi ki golai 4
inch, is ka upari ghera 6 inch, aur
niche ka ghera 4.5 inch, iske dono
siron par chamda lagaya hota hai,
ye lathi pakke benth ki bani hoti hai.
Lathi ko fatne se aur kharoch se
bachane ke liye tatha pakad ko
majbut rakhane ke liye tatha lathi
ko virodhi dwara chinne se bachane
ke liye uparwala sira thoda mota
rakha gaya hai aur haath main
dalne ke liye chamde ki stick bhi lagi
tadaiv
tadaiv
sama
y
01
minu
te
Abhiyuk
ti
Prashiks
hak
dwara
bayan
aur
namuna.
0203
minu
tes
0405
minu
tes
tadaiv
0607
minu
tes
tadaiv
tadaiv
166
hai.
SAVADHANIYA:*Saptaha main ek bar lathi ko saaf
karna chahiye.
*Mahine main ek bar tel (oil) se
malish karna chahiya.
*Lathi ko khas kisam ke rack main
rakhna chahiyae jise se lathi tedhi
na ho.
*Lathi ko namidar kamre main na
rakha jaye.
SAVADHAN /VISHRAM
*Savadhan Lathi ke mote sir ko upar
rakhte hue dahine hath se mote sire
ko is prakar pakdo ki unglian bahar
se aur angutha andar se ho, lathi
badan ke sath, nichala sira dahine
boot ki toe ke dahine taraf ho. Baki
position savadan ki tarha hogi.
*Vishram- Rifle ki tarah hogi
LE JANE KA TARIKA –
*CRPF main istemal hone wali lathi
ko bagal lathi se hi le jaya ja sakta
hai.
Bagal lathi-“Ek” ke aadesh par
dahine hath se lathi ko teji se badan
ke samne se le jakar bayen bagal
main is prakar dabao ki lathi ka
niche wala sira piche ko aur upar
wala sira aage ruk jaye. Lathi ka
agla sira thoda niche jhuka hua aur
pichla sira upar utha hua ho. Lathi
pani ki dhalan jaisi, sath hi bayen
hath se lathi ke sira ko 3” chodkar
pakdo. “2” ke aadesh par dahine
haath se lathi ko badan ke samne se
teji ke sath dahine taraf yani
savadhan ki position main lao. Sath
hi bayen hath ko bayen taraf le jao.
Baki position savadhan ki tarah
hogi.
Baju lathi- Ek” ke aadesh par dahine
hath se lathi ko is prakar pakdo ki
charon ungliyan bayen taraf
se
angutha dahine taraf se hatheli ka
rukh thoda upar ki taraf ho. Lathi
tadaiv
0810
minu
tes
tadaiv
1120
minu
tes
167
Abhyas
Sankshe
p
par bayen hath ki pakad pahle jaisi
ho. “Do” ke aadesh par dahine hath
se lathi ko badan ke samne se teji ke
sath dahine taraf yani savadhan ki
position main lao.
Tayar position- : “Ek” par pahle
lathi ko sidha upar le jao fir “Do” par
lathi ko kalai se ghumakar sir ke
upar se jamin ke sammantar kar
diya jaye. Ismain dekhne ki baten,
dahine hath ki kohani jarurat ke
mutabik jhuki ho, nazar sidhi, lathi
sir ke upar dahine se bayen padi
hui. Bayen hath belt par, badan ka
bojh dahine pair par aur dahine pair
par pe kham, sina utha huwa.
SALUTE KARNA:*Salute : “Ek” ke aadesh par dahine
hath ko badan ke samne se chote
raste se teji ke sath le jakar bayen
hath ki pakad ke upar is prakar
milao ki hatheli jamin ki taraf
unglian puri khuli magar mili hui ho
fore arms jamin ke samanantar
kohani uthi hui ho “Do” ke aadesh
par dahine hath ko chote raste se
kat-te hue dahini taraf savadhan ki
position main lao.
Lathi ke sath savadhan ,vishram, le
jane ka tarika tatha salute ka
abhiyas karenge.
Sab ke mote -mote bataon par .
tadaiv
tadaiv
2137
minu
tes
3840
minu
tes
tadaiv
tadaiv
168
************************************************************************************
LRD 3-4
LATHI SE MARNA AUR BACHAV KARNA
169
Shirshak
Vishaya
Shuru
shuru ka
kam
Class ki ginti aur bant.
Dohrai
Lathi kitni prakar ki hoti hai
Uddesh
Parichay
sabak
Is path ki samati ke paschat sabhi
prashiksharthi lathi se marna aur
bachav karne
ke bare main
saksham honge.
CRPF main hone wali lathi ki
lambai 3 feet 6 inch hai lathi ki
golai 4inch is ka upari gera 6 inch
aur niche ka gera 4.5 inch is ka
hai, dono siron par chamda lagaya
hota hai yeh lathi pakke benth ki
bani hoti .
Yeh sabak do bhago main sikhaya
jayega.
Bhag-01 (a) Badan ke bayen taraf
lathi marna.
01.
Bayen jabde par mar
va tayar kaksha, kaksha mar :“Ek” ke aadesh par lathi ko tayari
position se apne sir ke upar bayen
taraf ghumate hue apne dahine
taraf le jakar samne wale ke bayen
jabde par jor se lathi maro. Yahan
par dekhne wali baten, lathi
samne wale ke bayen jabde ki line
main agle pair main kham tatha
pichla pair sidha, badan ka bhoj
agle pair par, bayen hath pichhe
khade rukh main . “Do” par wapas
tayari ki position main aajao.
02.
Bayen pasli par mar
va tayar kaksha, kaksha mar :“Ek” ke adesh par tamam karwahi
upar ke mutabik hogi antar kewal
yahi hoga ki lathi samne wale ke
bayen pasli par mari jayegi aur
lathi ki position pasli ke sidh
SAMAN
Eaisal
board,
Marker
Duster
lecture
stand
aadi.
tadaiv
tadaiv
sama
y
01
minut
e
02-03
minut
es
04-05
minut
es
Abhiyu
kti
Prashik
shak
dwara
bayan
aur
namun
a.
Tadaiv
Tadaiv
tadaiv
06-07
minut
e
Tadaiv
tadaiv
08-09
minut
es
Tadaiv
10-26
minut
es
170
main hogi. “Do” ke aadesh par
lathi ko wapas “taiyar “ ki Position
main le jao.
03 Bayen ghutne par mar va
taiyar, kaksha mar :- “Ek”
tamam karwahi upar ke mutabik
hogi antar kewal yahi hoga ki lathi
samne wale ke bayen ghutne par
mari jayegi aur lathi ki Position
ghutne ki sidhe main hogi. Sath hi
marne wala apna pichla pair piche
le jayega taki badan ka jhukav
jarurat ke mutabik ho. “Do” ke
aadesh par
lathi ko wapas
“taiyari” ki position main le jao.
04 Bayen takne par mar vah
taiyar, kaksha mar :“Ek”
tamam karwahi ghutane ki mar
jaisi hogi magar lathi samne wale
ke bayen takne par mari jayegi aur
lathi ki Position takne ki sidh
main hogi, sath hi marne wala
apna pichla pair pichhe le jayega
taki badan ka jhukav jarurat ke
mutabik ho. “Do” ke aadesh par
lathi ko wapas “taiyar “ ki Position
main le jao.
Bhag No. 02 Badan ke dahine
taraf lathi marna ;.01 Dahine jabde par mar vah
taiyar kaksha mar :1- “Ek” ke aadesh par lathi ko
taiyari position se apne
sir ke
upar dahine taraf ghumate hue
apne dahine taraf le jakar samne
wale ke dahine jabde par jor se
lathi maro. Yahan par dekhne wali
baten , lathi
samne
wale ke
dahine jabde ki line main, agle
pair main kham, tatha pichla pair
sidha, badan ka bhoj agale pair
par, bayen hath pichhe, khade
rukh main . “Do” par wapas tayari
ki position main aajao.
2- Dahine pasli par mar va
taiyar kaksha :- “ek “
tamam
karwahi upar ke mutabik hogi
antar kewal yahi hoga ki lathi
samne wale ke dahini pasli par
27-40
minut
es
171
pasli ke sidh main hogi. “Do” ke
aadesh par
lathi ko wapas
“taiyar” ki Position main le jao.
03 Dahine ghutne par mar va
taiyar, kaksha mar :- “Ek” tamam
karwahi upar ke mutabik hogi
antar kewal yeh hoga ki lathi
samne wale ke dahine ghutne par
ghutne ki sidh main hogi. Sath hi
marne wala apna pichla pair piche
le jayega taki badan ka jhukav
jarurat ke mutabik ho. “Do” ke
aadesh par
lathi ko wapas
“taiyar” ki position main le jao.
04 Dahine takne par mar va
taiyar, kaksha mar :- “Ek” ke
adesh
par
tamam
karwahi
ghutane ki mar jaisi hogi magar
lathi samne wale ke dahine takne
par mari jayegi aur lathi ki
position takne ki sidh main hogi,
Sath hi marne wala apna pichla
pair piche le jayega taki badan ka
jhukav jarurat ke mutabik ho.
“Do” ke aadesh par
lathi ko
wapas “taiyar “ ki Position main
le jao.
Lathi se bachav karna :- Badan
ke bayen vah dahine hisse ka
bachav tamam karwahi upar ke
mutabik hoga antar kewal yahi
hoga ki lathi viprit disha se
bachav karegi.
************************************************************************************
LRD-5
SAVDHAN, VISHRAM, AARAM KAR TATHA LATHI KE SATH CANE
SHIELD KO LE JANE KA TARIKA
172
Shirshak
Vishay
Prashi
kshan
Upkara
n
Lathi,
Cane
Shield,
helmai
nt,
Body
Protrac
tor,
Chin
Guard
Tadaiv
Shurushuru ka
kaam
Yakin karen ki sabka dhyan class ki
taraf hai aur sabke paas lekhne ki
samagri hai tatha class chalane
hetu upkaran lage hain.
Uddesh
Is path ki samapti ke paschat sabhi
prashiksharthi savadhan vishram,
aaram kar aur lathi ke sath cane
shield ko le jane ke tarike ki
karwahi karne ke bare main
saksham honge.
Savadhan :- Cane shield ke phite se Tadaiv
Aaban
tit
sama
y
01
Minut
e
Abhiy
ukti
02-03
Minut
es
Tadaiv
04-37
Tadaiv
Prashi
kshan
dwara
vyakh
yan/a
bhyas
173
bayen hath ko andar dalte hue cane
shield ke handle ko is prakar
pakden ki cane shield jamin ke
samanantar bayen bagal main ho.
Police ka (P) aksar niche ki taraf ho.
Lathi ko dahine hath main is tarah
pakdo ki phite wala hissa niche ki
taraf aur patla sira upar ki taraf ho.
Lathi ko kalam ki tarah pakado aur
dahine bagal main milakar rakho.
Issi position ko bagal cane shield
aur lathi bhi kahte hain.
Vishram: - Bayen pair ko 12” bayen
utha kar maro sath hi dahine hath
se lathi ko usi sidhai main niche
laate hue dahine boot ke panjon se
milao. Is position main dahine hath
ki hatheli lathi ke upar, kalmain
wali ungali lathi ke sath sidhi, tino
ungalian lathi ke dahine taraf se
andar ko tatha angutha bhi bayen
se niche ko lathi se lipta hua.
Aram Se :- Cane shield ke phite se
bayen hath ko andar dalte hue cane
shield handle ko is prakar pakdo ki
cane shield jamin ke samanantar
bayen bagal main ho tatha dahine
hath ki pakad ko ulta karo taki
hatheli ka pichala bhag lathi ke
upar aa jaye tatha dahine pair ko
30” aage lo sath hi lathi ko bhi usi
position main aage le jao lathi wahi
dahine pair ki boot ke toe ke dahine
taraf hogi. Bayen pair piche, pahle
hi wali jagah par pair ko 12” bayen
rakhen tatha lathi ka nichla hissa
dahine but ki toe ke saath dahine
baju sidha bagal.
Cane shield aur lathi ko le jaane ka
tarika.
Cane shield ko le jane ke 3 tarike
hain.
1. Bagal cane shield aur lathi :- Yeh
tarika ham us samay akhitiyar karte
hai, jab ki ham kahi majme ko titarbitar karne ja rahen hain aur
achanak hamara milap chalet-chalte
raste main majme se ho jaane ki
sambhawana ho to ham cane shield
Minut
es
174
ko bagal cane shield aur lathi ki hi
Position se le jate hain. Is position
se ham turant bachav position
main aa sakte hai,
A) Bagal Lathi :- Cane shield ke
phite se bayen hath ko andar dalte
hue cane shield ke handle ko is
prakar pakado ki cane shield jamin
ke samanantar bayen bagal main
ho. Police ka (P) akshar niche ki
taraf ho. Lathi ko dahine hath main
is tarah pakdo ki phite wala hissa
niche ki taraf aur patla sira upar ki
taraf. Lathi ko kalam ki tarah
pakado aur dahine bagal main
milakar rakho issi position ko bagal
cane shield aur lathi bhi kahte hain.
B) Tol lathi :- Jab cane shield ko
bagal main rakh kar kafi lamba
rasta taye karna ho to us samay yeh
position akhtiyar ki jati hai. Is
position
main lathi ko tol wali
position ki jagah se pakad kar thik
ussi prakar le jaya ja sakta hai. Jis
prakar ki rifle ko tol shastra ki
position main le jate hain.
C) Samne lathi :- Yeh position us
samay akhtiyar ki jati hai jabki ham
cane shield ko bagal main lekar
lathi ke sath daudte hain ya lathi ka
action pura karte hai aur wapas
apne party main shamil hote hai.
Yeh position main lathi ko dahine
hath se is prakar pakdo ki dahina
hath kohani tak dahine bagal se
mila hua kohani se aage ka hath
jamin ke samanantar aur lathi hath
main is prakar pakada ho ki lathi ka
phita wala sira hath main aur patla
sira upar tatha lathi bilkul sidhi ho.
2. Latka cane shield :- Yeh position
us samay akhtiyar ki jati hai jab ki
police force ki riot drill ka lamba
rasta tay karna ho aur yeh yakin ho
ki raste main kahin bhi majma
milne ka andesha nahi hai. ‘Latka
cane shield’ ke aadesh par cane
shield ko is prakar pith par latkao ki
cane shield ka siling badan ke aar175
Sankshep
par bayen kandhe se niche dahine
taraf ko ho aur cane shield par likha
gaya police sidha. Lathi ko tol wali
jagah se pakad dar le jaa sakte
hain. Ya phir bagal lathi wali
position se lathi ko le ja sakte hain.
3. Taan cane shield aur lathi :- Yeh
position us samay akhtiyar ki jati
hai jab majma hamare upar pathar
phenk raha ho to is position ko
akthiyar kar ham apna bachav kar
sakte hain. Bagal cane shield aur
lathi ki position se aadesh milta hai
‘taan cane shield aur lathi’, to is
hukum par dahine pair ko aage late
hue bayen pair ko aage lao sath hi
bayen hath ki madad se cane shield
ko badan ke samne thik bichon bich
khade rukh main lao. Cane shield
par likha gaya police shabd sidha
ho. Badan cane shield ke piche,
chota se chota position
banao,
bayen pair main kham badan ka bol
agle pair par ho, dahina pair sidha
aur piche ho, lathi dahine hath
main tatha cane shield ke bich wale
hisse ko thoda niche tatha thoda
aage ko karo sath hi muh se bhag
jao jor se bolo isse majme par
manovaigyanik asar padega ki pata
nahin kya hone wala hai.
Sawal jawab se.
Tadaiv
38-40
Minut
es
Tadaiv
******************************************************************************
LRD 6-7
DO LINE SE EK LINE MAIN, LATHI PRAHAR KE LIYE AAGE
BADHNA TATHA LATHI PRAHAR KARNA
176
Shirshak
Shurushuru ka
kaam
Uddesh
Vishay
Prashi
kshan
Upkara
n
Yakin karen ki sabka dhyan class ki Lathi,
taraf hai aur sabke pas lekhne ke liye Cane
samagri hai tatha class chalane hetu shield,
upkaran lage hain.
helmai
nt,
Body
Protrac
tor,
Chin
Guard
Aaban
tit
sama
y
01-02
Minut
es
Abhiy
ukti
Is path ki samapti ke paschat sabhi Tadaiv
prashiksharthi do line se ek line main
lathi prahar ke liye aage badhna tatha
lathi prahar karne main saksham honge.
Jab lathi party do line main vishram Tadaiv
halat main khadi hogi, aadesh milta hai
“Lathi party” to lathi party commander
ke aadesh par lathi party savdhan hogi.”
Aadesh milta hai “taan cane shield aur
lathi” to is aadesh par jor se chilla kar
kahe ‘bhag jaao’, sath hi samne ki line
aadha dahine tatha pichli line aadha
bayen mudkar taan cane shield aur lathi
ki position akhtiyar karegi lathi prahar
ke liye aage badh ke aadesh par samne
03-05
Minut
es
Tadaiv
06-34
Minut
es
Tadaiv
Prashi
kshan
dwara
vyakh
yan/a
bhyas
177
ki line aadha bayen mudkar taan cane
shield aur lathi ke position akhtiyar
karen lathi prahar ke liye aage badh ke
aadesh par samne ki line aadha dahine,
pichli line aadha bayen direction rakhte
huye advance kare. Yah direction tabtak
rahega jab tak ki dono line ek sidh main
na aa jayen.
Unko ek hi line main
takriban 5 gaj chalkar aa jana chahiye.
Jaise hi ek line main aa jate hain. To
line of advance chalte-chalte usi tarah
bayen jaisa vastav main pahle tha. Is
halat main party commander line ke
piche bich main rahen taki vah thik
prakar se lathi party ke upar control kar
sake jaise hi lathi party commander yeh
samajhta hai ki ham takriban majme ke
najdik aa gaye hain to aadesh dega lathi
prahar shuru kar is aadesh par saare
jawan bhag jaao-bhag jaao bolte rahenge
aur lathi ko cane shield ke niche se
dahine se bayen, bayen se dahine ko jorjor se ghumaye aur lathi prahar karen.
Lathi party commander jaise hi yeh dekh
leta hai ki majma titar-bitar ho gaya hai
aadesh ho gaya hai aadesh dega lathi
party piche. Is aadesh par lathi party 5
se 8 kadam tak usi halat main piche
jayegi. ‘Up’ par samne ki line chatki se
dahine mud va pichli line bayen mud
karegi. Sath hi cane shield ko bagal
cane shield tatha lathi ko samne lathi ki
position
main le aayegi aur uncha
kadam taal karte hue aslha party ke
piche aakar usi prakar khadi hogi jidhar
se daud kar aaye the. Samne ki line ka
dahina guide khada hoga, baki jawan
uske bayen tarph apni-apni jagah par
khade hote jayenge issi prakar se pichli
line ka bayen guide bayen khada hoga
aur baki uske dahine taraf apni-apni
jagah
khade
hote
jayenge.
Party
commander pichli line ke piche daud kar
aata hai vah dono lino ke piche madhay
main khada ho jayega.
Lathi se prahar karna :A) Bagal ke bayen taraf lathi marna
1 Bayen jabde par maar va taiyar,
kaksha mar
178
“Ek” ke aadesh par lathi ko tayari
position se apne sir ke uppar bayen taraf
ghumate hue apne dahine taraf le jaker
samne wale ke bayen jabde par jor se
lathi maro, is par dekhne wali baten,
lathi samne wale ke bayen jabde ki line
main agle pair main kam tatha pichla
pair sidha, badan ke bhoj agle pire par
bayen hath piche khade rukh main. “Do”
wapas taiyar ki position main aa jao.
1. Bayen pasli par mar va taiyar
kaksha mar
“Ek” tamam karwahi uppar ke mutabik
hogi antar kewal
yahi hoga ki lathi
samne wale ke bayen pasli par mari
jayegi. Aur lathi ki position pasli ke sidh
main hogi. “Do” ke adesh par lathi ko
wapis taiyari ki position main aa jao.
1. Bayen Ghutne par mar va taiyar,
kaksha mar
“Ek” ke aadesh par tamam karwahi upar
ki tarah hogi anthar kewal yeh hoga ki
lathi samne wale ke bayen ghutne par
mari jayegi. Aur lathi ki position ghutne
ki sidh main hogi. Sath hi marne wala
pichla pair piche le jayega taki badan ka
jhukav jarurat ke mutabik ho “Do ” ke
addesh par lathi ko wapis tayari ki
position main le jao.
Bayen takne par mar vah taiyar,
kaksha mar
“Ek” ke adesh par tamam karwahi
ghutne ki mar jaise hogi magar lathi
samne wale ke bayen takne par mari
jayegi. Aur lathi ki position takne ki sidh
main hogi. Sath hi marne wala apna
pichla pair aur thoda piche le jayega.
Taki badan ka jhukav jarurat ke mutabik
ho jaye. “Do” ke adesh par lathi ko wapas
tayari ki position main le jao.
b). Bagal ke dahine taraf lathi marna
dahine jabde par mar vah taiyar,
kaksha mar
“Ek” ke aadesh par lathi ko taiyari
position se hi lathi ko apne sir ke aage se
le jate hue samne wale ke dahine jabde
par se lathi maren, is main bhi dekhne
wali bathe wahi hain jo bayen jabde par
179
Sankshep
marte samay thi. Fark kewal itna hai ki
lathi samne wale ke dahine jabde ki sidh
main hogi. “Do” ke aadesh par wahi se
taiyari ki position main aa jao.
Dahini pasli par mar vah taiyar kaksha
mar
“Ek” ke aadesh par thamam karyavahi
dahine jabde par marne jaise hi hogi.
Fark kewal yeh hai ki lathi ko samne
wale ke dahini pasli par mari jayegi. Aur
lathi samne wale ke pasli ki sidh main
hogi. “Do” ke aadesh par se taiyari ki
position main aa jao.
Dahine takne par mar va taiyar,
kaksha mar
“Ek” ke aadesh par tamam karwahi upar
jaise hogi. Antar itna hoga ki lathi samne
wale ke dahine takne par mari jayegi.
Aur dahine takne ke sidh main hogi.
Sath hi marne wala apna pichla pair
thoda aur piche le jayega. Taki badan ka
jhukav jarurat ke mutabik ho jaye. “Do”
ke aadesh par wahi se tayari ki position
main aa jao.
Dahine sir par mar va taiyar, kaksha
mar
“Ek” ke aadesh par taiyari position se hi
lathi ko bayen ki taraf se hi ghumate hue
apne piche se laker upar se marne wale
ke sir par prahar karen sath hi marne
wale ki dono ediya upar taki badan ka
bhoj agle panje par “Do” par wapis taiyari
ki position main aa jao.
Sawal jawab se.
-do-
35-40
Minut
es
Tadaiv
************************************************************************************
LRD 8-10
RIOT DRILL NIYANTRAN – EK PARICHAY
Pratek aktrit janasamuha ko ugra/utpaati samuha ‘Bhid’ main parivartit
hone ki sambhavana hoti hai. Samuha ke manobhav ko ugra karne ke liye ek halki
se chingari ki awashakta hoti hai. Yeh prerana purva nirdharit, Rajnaitik, Aarthik,
vah Dharmikta ke aadhar par ho sakti hai. Pratek ugra samuha ke apne ko
aprajye tatha taqatwar man-ne ki manovruti hoti hai. jiske karan yeh manobhav
180
unko vivekahin anutardaye tatha hinsak banta hai vah phalswaroop isse samuh
dwara aagzani, lut tatha belgam anchahi marpit ki jati hai kyunki isse ugru
samuh ki hinsa ko rokne ki salaha di jati hai. Atah jab kabhi bhi aisi
paristhithiyan uthpann hoti hain to, hinsak samuh ko turant kuchalne/dabane
ke nirnay ke liye ek shaktishali tatha is paristhithiyon se nipatne main kushal bal
ki awshyakata hoti hai.
Ugra hinsak samuh kewal ek shresht bal ke dwara hi niyantrit kiya ja sakta hai.
Bal ki shresthata, uske ekatmata, nirnayatmakata tatha sangatith karya ke upar
nirbhar karti hai, jis se ugra samuh aise police bal ko apne se jaida taqatwar
samjhe. Aise ugru samuh, bal ke dwara kisi karya main dikhaye gaye
hichkichavat/sankoch ko uske kamjori manti hai, aur yeh karya police bal ke leye
pratighati sabit hota hai.
Sankoch / hichkichahat tatha anirnayatmak jaise paristhithion ke utpann hone
ke bachav ke liye yeh awshayak hai, ki police bal ko niyamit roop se
upadraw/balwa virodhi kavayad (Drill) lagatar karwai ki jaye, jisse ki awshyakata
ke samay anushashit, aktrit tatha ek acche sangatith aur shaktishali tarike se
paristhithion ka mukabla kiya ja sake.
MUL SIDDHANTH
Pratyek danga/upadro niyantran ki karwahi nimn siddhanton par aadharit hai:1. Vidhi virudh akatrit jansamuh bal ke naitik tatha manovaigayanik prabhav ke
karan bikhrav.
2. Bal ka kam se kam tatha asarkarak prayog.
Upadravi samuh ko niyantrit karne ke leye bal ke prayog ko prathmikata dete
samay ki jane wali kavayad (Drill) inhin siddanthon par aadharit hai. Balwa
niyantran drill (Abhiyas) ki safalata kam se kam bal ka prayog, janta ko kam agat,
sampathi ke kam nuksan tatha ugru samuh ke turant bikhrav aur samanay stithi
kayam karne main hi nihit hoti hai. Atah dirll / abhiyas main nimn baton ka
samavesh hona chahiye.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Bal ka pradarshan
Samuh ko samjhana / bhujana tatha nivedhan karna.
Samuh ko vidhi virudh ghosit karna aur bikhrav ke liye aadesh dena.
Bal ka vastavik prayog.
Bal ka pradarshan
Ekatrit ugru samuh sthal par bal ke agaman par, use apne vyavsaik jankari
tatha karya karne ki drudta ke kushal ki is tarah se rachna karni chahiye, jisse ki
akatrit samuh unki karya kushalta se prabhavit ho tatha yeh samaj saken ki vah
apne karya main nipun hain. Kyon ki ek mazbut/taqatwar tatha acche sangatith
bal main hi ugra samuh ko manovaigyanik rup se kamzor karne ki sakshamta hoti
hai.
Samjhana – bhujana vah nivedhan karna (Civil bal ka prayog)
Yadi ugru samuh ke lagatar upasthithi bani rehti hai tatha bikhrav ka koi sanket
nahi deti hai, to is dasha main is shetra ke/samudaye ke kisi prabhavi vyakti ka
ugra samuh ko hat jane ke liye vinay karne ke liye kaha jana chahiye. Yeh karya
kisi bhi chatur adhikari dwara kiya ja sakta hai. Isi avastha main yeh bhi
prabhavi hoga ki lagatar samjhane- bhujane tatha anurodh karte rehna chahiye,
181
taki ugru samuh ka dhyan bana rahe.
Chetavani dena, ekatrit samuh ko vidhi virudh ghosit karna aur bikhrav (Titarbitar) hone ka aadesh dena:Yadi ugra jan samudaye ki upastiti lagatar bani rehti hai vah bikharne ka koi
sanket nahi deti hai to isko vidhi virudh ghosit karke samuh ko chetavani di jani
chahiye ki, yadi ve titar bitar nahi hoti hai to uske virudh bal ke virudh bal ka
prayog kiya jayega.
Bal ka vastavik prayog:Ugru samuh ko vidhi virudh ghoshit karne, bikharne ke liye chetavani dene par
bhi yadi, ugru samuh adesh ko nahi manta hai tatha upadraw / salah karne ke
avesh main rehta hai, to un par bal prayog kiya jana chahiye. Bal ki kism tatha
uske matra, ugru samuh ke kism / pravrutti tatha sthiti ke anusar nirdharit kiya
jana chahiye, sabse accha yeh hai ki unke commander dwara upastith
paristhithion ka adyayan ke aadhar par hi nirnay liya jaye.
*************************************************************************
LRD - 11
VIDHI VIRUDH SAMUH YA SABHA
Bharatiya Penal Code Dhara. 141 vidhi virudh samuh ko nimn tarah se paribhasit
karti hai:Panch ya usse adhik vyaktiyo ke samuh yadi samuhik rup se pratham
apradhik bal dwara aatankit karne par adhikar diya gaya ho, aparadhik bal ka
pardarshan kar rahen ho to kendra sarkar, rajya sarkar, sansad ya rajya vidhan
sabha ya kisi sarkari karmachari dwara usko prapt vaighyanik shaktiyon ke
prayog kar us samuh vidhi virudh samuh ghoshit kiya ja sakta hai.
Ya
Dusra- Kisi kanun ke lagu karne ya kanuni prakriya main badha paida hoti hai.
Ya
Tisra- Koi sharat ya apradhik atikraman, ya koi dusra apradh hota ho.
Ya
Choutha- Aparadhik bal ke prayog se, pradarshan se yadi kisi vyakti ki sampati ko
182
adhikar main len, kisi vyakti ko uske adhikaron ke prayog se roken ya vyakti ko
prapt jal ya anya kisi karporal adhikaron ka prayog karen ya bal prayog se kisi
aise adhikar main dakhal den.
Ya
Panchva – Aparadhik bal ya iske pradarshan se kisi vyakti ko vidhi virudh karyr jo
ki vaidhnik rup se karne yogya nahi ho, ko karne ke liye vivash karen, ya
vaidhanik adhikar ko chodne ke liye vivash karen.
Spashtikaran:- Ek sabha jo ki ekatrit hone ke samay vidhi samath na ho, bad
main vidhi virudh ho sakti hai.
11.2. Bharatiya penal code ki dhara 141 : Bharatiya samvidhan ke anushed 11(1)
(b) Prabhavit nahi karti hai, jo ki yeh darshati hai ki sabhi nagarikon ko
shantipurvak, bhinn hathiyaron, tark purn prathibandhon ke sath shanti purvak
sabha karne ke liye ekatrit hone ke adhikar hai. Is dhara ka uddesh panch ya usse
adhik akatrit hone ka adhikar hai. Is dhara ka uddesh panch ya usse adhik
akatrit vyaktiyon ko kisi apradhik bal ke ashraye lene ya dhara main ullekhit kisi
karya ko karne se rokna hai. Yeh sambhav nahi hai ki is samuh main iktha
honewale panch ya usse se adhik vyaktiyon ke man main dhara main nihit vidhi
viruddh karyon ka uddesh samuhik rup se iktha hone se pahle ya bad main paida
hua tha. Lekin yeh awashyak hai ki akatrit sabhi vyaktiyon ka uddesh samuhik
rup se hai.
11.3. Jo koi kisi bhi jansamuh (Sabha) ke, vidhi virudh hone ke tatwon ke bare
main jante hue bhi janbhujkar us (Samuh) sabha main sammelit hota hai ya
lagatar us main upasthit rehta hai to vah vidhi virudh sabha samuh ko sabse bada
mana jata hai. Vidhi virudh samuh main samlit hone par bharatiya panel code ki
dhara 143 ke anusar nimn saza hai.
Koi bhi vidhi virudh samuh ya sabha sadasye hota hai usse varnit avadhi ki kaide
jo 6 mahine tak bard sakti hai ya jurmana ya dono ho sakte hai.
11.4. IPC dhara 144 aur 145 ghatak hathiyaron se less vidhi virudh sabha main
sammalit ya jante hue bhi ki sabha ko bikhrav ke liye nirdesh diye gaye hain, phir
bhi sabha main lagatar upasithit rehne walo ko di jane wali sazaon ke bare main
hai.
11.5. Bharatiya penal code ki dhara 146 main nimmn tarah se paribhasit kiya
gaya hai.
“Jab vidhi virudh samuh ya iske kisi sadase dwara samuhik uddesh ke abhiyojan
se bal ya hinsa ka prayog kiya jata hai to us samuh ka pratyek sadase us
upadraw ke aparad ka doshi hai.”
Upadraw ke liye bharatiya penal code ke dhara 147 ke anusarit varnit samay
badhi ki kaide jo 02 varsh tak vistaraniye hain ya zurmana athawa dono ho sakte
hai.
11.6. Aparadhik prakriya sahit Zilla magistrate, sab divisional magistrate ya rajya
sarkar se uske paksh main prapt vishesh adhikar, kisi karyakari magistrate, ko
yeh adhikar pradhan karti hai ki, vah kisi vyakti ko na karne ya uske swamitva ki
athava use prabandh wali sampati ke sambandh main kuch likhit aadesh jari kar
sakta hai. Yadi magistrate yeh vichar karta hai ki yeh nirdesh kisi vaidhanik
niyukt vyakti ke karya main badha dalne, kasht pahuchane, chote pahuchane se
rokne ya is pravruthi ko rokne , kisi ki jan, swasth aur suraksha ko khatra hone
ya janta ki santi main badha hone ya kisi updarav ya dange rokane ki liye hai.
Paristhiti vash yadi notice ko samay vidhi ke andar tamil karne ki gujarish na ho
to us aadesh ko ek pakshi karar diya ja sakta hai. Yaha aadesh CrPC 144 dhara ke
183
tahat kisi vishesh sthan ya shetra main ya us kisi vishesh ya shetra ya janta
barbar aa ja rahi hai lagu kiya ja sakta hai. CrPC ki dhara (under section) 144 ke
tahat lagu kisi aadesh ka ullhangan IPC ki dhara 188 ke antargat apradh hai.
11.7 Jab kisi sabha ya julus dwara shanti bhang ki aashanka ho CrPC ki dhara
144 ke antargat pahle se nished agayna lagu ki jani chahiye. Yadi aise aadesh jari
kiye jane par bhi lagu nahi kiya jata hai to yahan janta ko vibhin karya karne ko
protsahit karte hai tatha unki nazar se adhikarion ki pramanikta kam hoti hai.
Yadi yahan sambhavana ho ki uplabdh bal nished agayna lagu karne ki liye
paryapat nahi hai. tatha kumuk pahuchane ki sambhavana nahi hai. CRPF ki
dhara 144 ke antargat aadesh jari na kiya jaye kyunki yeh accha nahi hai ki
aadesh jari karne ke bad janta ke dwara uski awailana karne di jaye.
11.8 CrPC ki dhara 144 ke antargat aadesh jari karne ki aucharikta siddha karne
ke liye nished agayna lagu karne ke adhinyam (Act), tatha sambhavit khatre ko
rokne main tatkalik jarurat honi chahiye Dhara 141 ki antargat koi bhi aadesh
spasht nischit avadhi tatha sandhe rahit hona chachiye .
11.9 Police tranies ko kisi samuha ya sabha ko vidi viruddh ghoshit kara diye jane
ki prakriya sambandh main puri jankari di jani chahiye. Prattek adhikari ko is
vishya purn jankari honi chahiye yeh prakriya police constable aur usse upar ke
sabhi adhikarion ke prashikshan ka ek bagh hota hai. Yeh jaruri hai ki vidi
viruddha samuh se nipat ne ke liye uchit prakriya apnai jaye. Prakriya sabse
mahatwa purn bagh yeh hai ki sabha ko vidhi viruddh ghoshit kar uske sadasye
spasht vah uchit chetavani dekar bataya jaye ki vah titar—bitar ho jayen annyatha
unpar bal lagu kiya jayega. Iske liye lejane yogya loud speker vah mike ka prayog
kiya jaye. Jahan par sambhav ho sake sabha ko vidhi viruddha ghoshit karke
tatha unke bikhrao ki liye vinay karne ke sambandhit banner lagaya jaye. Aksar
police aise banner ko police station main taiyar rakhti hai. Jab kabhi bhi jarurat
hone par isko kam main laya jana chahiye IPC ki dhara 144 ke antargat nished
agayna ullanghan karne par ki jane wali karwahi par uchit record janta ko
dikhane ke liye rakha jana chahiye. Jahan yeh janta ke sabhi vargon ke dhyan
main nahi laya ja sakta hai, drum bajakar samuchit sthano par isko chipkaya jana
chahiye tatha vistruit sadhano se inki jankari di jane chahiye. Jankari dene ke
bare main police ki dainik dairy main entry ki jani chahiye.
11.10 Ek vidhi viruddha samuha ko bikhrao ke liye magistrate ya police station ki
in charge dwara aadesh diya ja sakta hai. Yadi vah titar-bitar nahi hote hai, unke
viddhro ke liye bal prayog kiya jana chahiye fir bhi agar samuha titar-bitar nahi ho
to koi bhi police officer samuh ke saddsay ko bikharv ke bina warrant ke giraftar
kar sakta hai. Maukepar upsthit district magistrate ya sab divisional magistrate
par iske liye purn uttardaitwa hona chahiye, tatha uske paas kisi police adhikari
ko sthiti ko sambhalne ke liye viddhi viruddh sabha ke saddsay ko giraftar karne
ka aadesh dene ke liye sabhi awashak kanuni adhikar prapt hote hai. Mauke par
upsthit varisht-tam police adhikari upsthit police bal ka sambhavit sabse acche
tarike se upyog kar samuha ko titar-bitar karne ke liye badhaya hoga. District/sub
divisional magistrate ya annya koi upsthit magistrate vidhi viruddh samuha
bikhrao ke liye kiye jane wale bal prayog karne ka nirnay tatha iske kisam ke
sambandh main nirnay ke liye uttardaitwa hai. Bal prayog ki matra, bal prayog ke
tarike ka nirnay in charge prabhari police dwara kiya jayega. Atah use parichalan
(Ops) ka plan banakar bal ki sankhaya ke anusar section/platoon ke anusar
tainati karni chahiye. Yadi yeh nirnay liya jata hai ki vidhi viruddh samuha ke
ghatne ke liye agneya ashraon ka prayog nitant jari hai to aise avastha main sthal
184
par upstithit magistrate aadesh prapt karne ke bad firing nishchit rup se prabhari
karya in charge ke niyantran ke shabdon ke anusar ki jani hai. Chetawani dete
samay janta ko vishesh rup se bant dena chahiye ki firing hone ki avastha main
firing asarkari hoga. Jaise ki vibinh state ke is vishaya main sthai aadesh hai ki
firing hawa main na kar asarkari honi chahiye. aadesh prapt hone par khali
kartus prayog main nahi lane chahiye jab samuha bikharne lage aur firing
awashakta na ho to firing turant rok deni chahiye.
11.11. Ek samuh ya julus IPC ke antergat viddhi virudh sabha ki paribhasha main
nahi aati hai, lekin vah kisi sarwajanik sthal par janta ki asuvidha ka karan ban
sakta hai isse sabha ya julus ko niyantrit karne ke liye police act1961 ki dhara 30
ka prayog kiya jana chahiye. Yeh dhara niche punah prastut ki ja rahi hai.
“Sarwajanik sabha ya julus ki vyavastha aur uski anumati.
(1). Zilla Police adhikshak ya sahayak police adhikshak ko jaise sthithi ho, sabhi
sabha juluson ko sarvajanik, sadakon, galiyon ya vahano dwara chalane ke leye,
nirdharit marg ya aur samay se savadhik nirdesh dene chahiye taki julus gujar
sake.
(2). Zilla ke magistrate ya zilla ke sub divisional magistrate ko is vishay main
santusht ho jana chahiye ki yadi koi vyakti ya kuch vyakitiyon ka varg sadak ya
gali se guzarte samay sambodhit karne ke liye ya ek sabha ayojit karne ka vichar
rakhte ho vah uske nirnaye anusar yadi is sabha ya sammelan ko niyantrit karne
par shanti bhang hone ka karan ban sakta hai to un vyaktiyon ko jo sabha ko
sambodith karne wale, ekatta karne wale ya julus ko nirdesh dene wale, protsahan
dene wala ho, ko samanay ya vishesh notice dwara iske liye purn anumati prapt
karne ke liye avedhan karne ke liye baithana hoga.
(3). Avedhan patra hone par anumati prapt hone walon ke nam ka vishesh ullekh
tatha sharte batathe hue ki kewal inke adhar par hi yeh julus niklega, anumati di
ja sakti hai anyatha is dhara ke prabhav ke bare main bataya jana chahiye.
Anumati dene ke liye avedhan karte samay koi shulk nahi liya jata jayega.
11.12.Bharatiya penal code dhara 30(a) Sabha ya julus jo ki police dwara lagai
gayi shartho ko ullanghan kartayon ko bikhrav ke leye nimmn adhikar pradhan
karti hai.
“Sabha ya julus jo anumati ki sharton ka ullanghan karta hai, ke sambandh main
adhikar”
(1). Koi Zilla magistrate ya zilla police adhikshak ya sahayak zilla Police adhikshak
ya police nirikshak ya police prabahri incharge kisi julus ko upar diye gaye dhara
ke anusar anumati ke liye bathaye gaye sharton ka ullanghan karte hain, bikhrav
ke liye addesh de sakte hai.
(2). Koi julus ya Sabha
purvavathi (Purv main baithe ya gaye) up dhara ke
pravadhan ke antargat diye gaye addesh ka awazaha karti hai ya agna palan se
mana karte hai to use viddhi viruddh karar diya jayega.
11.13. Police Act dhara 32, police act dhara 30/30(a) aur 31 ke antargat zari kiye
gaye adeshon ki avazaha karne par diya jane wale dand ko nirdharit karta hai.
11.14. Police act 1961 ke sthan par, ya uske purv main bahut se rajyo main
saman pravadhan hai. Bharatiya samvidhan ke annushed 246 ke tahat rajya
sarkar “Sarwajanik aadesh adhiniyam ki raksha” (Maintanance of public order act)
ke liye niyam bana sakti hai. Is aadesh ka avegna karna vishesh aparadh ban
sakta hai. Is adhiniyam ke antargat is addesh ki avagna karne par sabha IPC ki
dhara 141 ke anusar viddhi viruddh karar di jati hai. Adhiktar rajyon main isse
sarwajanik raksha addesh adhiniyam banaye hain jo ki vividh rajyon ke police
185
adhikariyon ki jankari main hona chahiye.
11.15. Nimmn kuch pravadhan diye gaye hai, jo ki upadraw ya viddhi viruddh
sabha se vyavahar (Delink) karte samay dhyan main rakhna chahiye.
11.16. Aparadhik prakriya sahit ki dhara 121 ki karyakari magistrate, police
station ke karya prabhari ya uski anupasthithi main up nirikshak pad se kam
nahi hai, ke kisi bhi police adhikari ko yeh adhikar pradhan karti hai ki vah kisi
viddhi viruddh ghoshit sabha ya panch ya usse adhik vyakitiyon ki sabha, jisse
sarvajanik shanti bhang ki sambhavana ho, ko (Titar-bitar hone) bikhrav ke
addesh den, ya us sabha ke sadasyon ka kartavya hoga ki vah tadanusar bikhar
jaye, yadi yeh sabha bhikharti nahi hai vah is tarah ka vyavahar karti hai, jisse
bikhrav ke na hone ke liye pratibandhata pratit ho to koi bhi karyakari magistrate
ya uppar varnit adhikari, is sabha par bal prayog kar sakta hai aur sabha ke
bikhrav ke liye kisi purush, jo ki bal ka sadayse na hone ki madat le sakta hai,
yadi awasahyak ho, is sabha ke sadayse ko giraftar, khud bhi kar sakta hai ya un
par kanoon ke anusar karwahi ki ja sakti hai.
11.17. Aparadhik prakriya sanhita ke dhara 130, 131 main viddhi viruddh sabha
ke bikhrav ke liye shastra bal (Armed Force) ke prayog ke sambandh main hai.
Police act 1961 ki dhara 23 va CrPC 1973 ki dhara 141 kisi police adhikari ko
aparadh ke shad-yantr ko rokne ke leye hasthashep ka adhikar pradhan karti hai.
11.18. IPC ki dhara 97 kisi vyakti ki vyaktigat suraksha tatha uske anayon ki
sampati ki suraksha ke bare main batati hai, yeh dhara va CrPC ki dhara 129
police dwara bal ke prayog ki auchayikata ko sidh karte hai. Is sambandh main
IPC ki dhara 11, 100, 103 ke bhi police adhikari ko purn jankari honi chahiye.
11.19. Aparadhik prakriya sahita 1973 ki dhara 141 police adhikari ko sandhneye
apraddh hone ke shadyantra ki jankari hone par kisi magistrate ke addesh bina
aur bina warrant ke kisi bhi vyakti ko giraftar karne ka adhikar deti hai, yadi us
adhikari ko yeh pratith ho ki aparadh ke shadyantr ko anya kisi tarah se nahi roka
ja sakta hai. Isse giraftar vyakti ke 24 ghante se jaida hirasat main rok kar rakha
nahi ja sakta hai. Jab tak ki us ke hirasath main rok kuch samay ke liye lagu kisi
anya kanoon dwara adhikrut na ho. Yeh adhikar pratek police adhikari ko prapt
hai, chahe vah kisi bhi padh ka ho, bhid se nipat-te samay kisi apradh ke
shadyantra ko hone se rokne ke liye yeh dhara ati mahatwapurn hai.
11.20. Viddhi viruddh sabha se nipat-te samay police adhikari ko is sabha ke
bikhrav ke liye kam se kam bal ke prayog ke sidhantho ko man main rakhna
chahiye. Jaise purv main kaha ja chukka hai ki kisi bhi prakar ke bal prayog se
purv uchit va apekshit chetavani, samuh ko ki jani chahiye. Is mamle ke bad
main janch hone par awashyakta ke liye, janata ko chetavani dene se lekar, viddhi
viruddh sabha se nipatne ki tatha stithi ko sambhalne ki prakriya ki jaye, purn
karwahi ka uchit record rakha jana chahiye.
**************************************************************************
LRD 12-13
RIOT DRILL PARTY KI BANAWAT
Uddesh-Riot drill /upadraw niyantran ke liye party ki banawat sankhya aur
Kaman ke bare main jankari dena hai.
Baya- Riot drill/updrav niyantran ke liye party ki banawat sankhya aam taur par
186
balwa par nirbhar hoti hai, magar anubhav se malum hua hai ki puri party ko 3
toliyon main baanta jaye taki har samay kam se kam taqat ka siddhant dhyan
main rakhte hue karwahi ki ja sakti hai.
Banawat- Riot drill/ updrav niyantran drill banawat nimna prakar se hai.
1. Gas party.
2. Lathi party
3. Rifle party
Nafari- Partion ki nafari aam halton main ek platoon ki hoti hai, jiski bant niche
di gai hai. Vaise jarurat padhne par adhiktar samay aur halaat ko dekhte hue
ismain jo tabdili karna chahe kar sakte hain kyunki halaat se niptane ke liye
taman karwahi uski apni sujh-bujh par nirbhar hoti hai.
a) Party commander- Sub inspector/ Inspector
Agar nafari platoon se jaida hai to party commander rajpatrit adhikari bhi ho sakta
hai yeh baat commandant par nirbhar hoti hai.
b) Party ka dusra commander- Platoon Hawaldar
c) Gas party –
i- Party commander – 1 HC
ii- Party 2I/C – 1 HC
iii- Constable- 11
d) Lathi partyi- Party commander- -1 HC
ii- Party 2I/C- 1 HC
iii- Constable – 11
Agar updrav niyantran drill party ki nafari ek platoon hai to lathi party upar
bataye gaye ke anusar hi hogi. Iske alawa agar balwaiyon ki nafari jaida hogi to
lathi party ki nafari badhai ja sakti hai. Commandar mouke ke lihaj se jaisa
munasib samjhe ga vaise hi tainati karega. Is prakar ho sakta hai ke lathi party ki
nafari ek platoon ya company bhi ho magar jab lathi party ki nafari badha di gai
ho to uski choti-choti tolian banai jane par nafari upar bataye gaye se kam na ho.
e) Rifle party
i- Party commander- -1 HC
ii- Party 2I/C- 1 HC
iii- Constable – 11
f) Iske alawa karwahi ko pura karne ke liye kuch nafari ki jarurat padti hai jo is
prakar honi chahiye :
i- Jandha Party- 2 Constable
ii- Prathmik upchar /Strecher -1 Constable
iii-Prathmik
upchar
party-1
Constable
iv-Bugular -1 constable
Saman
(A) Riot drill/Updrav niyantran drill ke liye party ke pass nimn saman hona
chahiye.
a) Lohe ki topi-13
b) Swans yantra- 13
c) Gas Gun -06
d) Shell carrier-06
e) Grenade carrier-06
f) Projectile carrier- 01
187
g) Gas torch -01
Ek gas squad ke pass gas ammunition nimn prakar se hone chahiye.
i- Speed hit grenade CN/CS 18 (3 x 6)
ii- Three way grenade CN/CS 18 (3 x 6)
iii- Short range shell CN/CS 36 (6 x 6)
iv- Long range shell CN/CS 36 (6 x 6)
v- Flight riot shell CN/CS 8
(B) Lathi party
i- Lohe ki topi- 13
ii- Lathi -13
iii- Bahari kawach -13
iv- Shin gurad -26
v- Hathkadi-13
vi-Caneshield – 13
(C) Rifle partyi-Lohi ki topi -13
ii-Rifle -13
iii-Goli- 13 x 40 – 520
(D) Iske alawa dusre aadmi ke pass saman is prakar hona chahiye.
1- Party commander – Lohe ki topi, pistol 9 mm, Appendex A,B form ke anusar,
note book , Pen, ilake ka Map, Maingaphone.
2- Platoon Hawaldar- – Lohe ki topi, note book , Pencil personal weapon.
3- Jandha Party- Lohe ki topi, Chetawani ka Jandha (Local language).
4- Prathmik upchar party- Strecher 01, Prathmik upchar saman –cambal-01 , Lohi
ki topi-03.
5- Camera man- camera film ke sath.
6 Bigular- lohe ki topi-01 bugule-01
Path -5
UPADRAV NIYANTRAN DRILL
Uddesh :- Viddhi viruddh sammelan ko titar-bithar karne main jankari dena hai.
Bayan:- Police bal vidhi virudh sammelan ko titar-bitar karne ke liye yadi niyamit
karwahi kare to kam se kam taqat ka istemal karte hue balwa ko niyantran main
kar sakte hain. Sath hi kanoon ullanghno se bhi bacha ja sakta hai, balwa
niyantran ki karwahi ko 3 darjon main banta gaya hai.
a). Taiyari
b). Dauran ki karwahi
c). Bad ki karwahi
a). Taiyari:- Viddhi viruddh sammelan ko titar-bitar karne ke liye
**************************************************************************
LRD 14-16
RIOT DRILL/ UPDRAV NIYANTRAN DRILLBHASHAN ,PRADARSHAN
Uddesh
Viddhi viruddh sammelan ko titar-bitar karne main jankari dena hai.
Bayan
Police bal viddhi viruddh sammelan ko titar-bitar karne ke liye yadi
nayamit karwahi kare to kam se kam taqat ko itemnal karte hue balwa ko
188
niyantran kar sakta hai. Sath hi kanooni uljhano se bhi bacha ja sakta hai. Balwa
niyantran ki karwahi 3 bhagon main banti gai hai.
a) Tayari
b) Dauran ki karwahi
c) Bad ki karwahi.
a) Tayari :- Viddhi viruddh sammelan ko titar-bitar karne ke liye, jane ka aadesh
milte hi sambandhit adhikari ko chahiye ki, vah apni 3 party ke commander ko
bulakar ikattha hone ka sthan aur samay batayen, sath hi saman bandobast ki
karwahi ko check karne ke bare main mote tour par hiddayat den aur kuch niche
likhi hui suchana ko prapt karen.
i. Sammelan main bagh lene wale log.
ii. Jhagra aur balwe ka karan
iii. Karwahi ka sthan
iv. Civil police jiske sath sahayog karna hai.
v. Karwahi ke sthan tak jane ka sadhan
vi. Lagbhag kitne samay tak wahan rukna parega
vii. Milap ka sadhan
viii.Ration saman aur baki bandobast ki karwahian
ix. Kisko report karna hai.
x. Agar ho sake to madad ke liye ki gayi mang patra ki pratilip le li jaye.
b. Tino party commander diye gaye samay par sthan par ikattha hon aur unke 2IC jarurat ka saman ikatha karne main lag jayen. Iske sath hi garion ko nischit
sthan par aane ke liye addesh diya jaye. Sabhi garion ke shisho ko bachane ke liye
jali lagi hui honi chahiye.
C. Sambandhi adhikari : Party commandron ko niyukat karke unke kam aur
suraksha ke bare main batayega.
D. Party commander karwahi ke liye ravana hone se pahle tamam hathiyar,
golabarood aur tear smoke ammunition ka nirikshan karen.
E. Updrav niyantran drill ke liye tayari ki karwahi aur isake liye addesh niche diye
ja rahe hain yadi samay ijajat na de to tayari ki drill ki karwahi ko amal main lane
ke liye adhik jor nahi diya jaye. Magar prashikshan ke dauran main tayari ki drill
ko har halat main bata diya jaye aur abhiyas diya jaye.
F. Tayari ke liye platoon havaldar ke aadesh –
Updrava niyatran ke liye jane wali tamam nafri jab diye hue sthan ke upar
ikatha ho jati hai to platoon havaldar tayari ke liye niche likhe anusar karwahi
karega.
i.
Partion ke dahine wala jawan.
ii.
Darshak
iii.
Darshak ginati kar
iv.
Partian parade par
v.
Partian savadhan, dahine saj
vi.
Party commander party war niriksan shuru kar
vii.
Bant :- Nirikshan karne ke bad rifle party ke commander charon taraf ki
karwahi ke liye rifle party ke jawano ki nimn prakar bant karega.
Dahine se ek file aur samane ki line ka no. 2 jawan charo taraf ki
karwahi main jarurat padne par dahine ki karwahi ka kam karenge. Is aadesh
189
par jawan savadhan ho jayenge.
Bayen se ek file aur pichli line ka no. 5 jawan charon taraf ki karwahi
main jarurat padne par bayen ki karwahi ka kam karega.
Samne ki line ke bache hue jawan charo taraf ki karwahi main jarurat
padne par samne ki karwahi ka kam karenge.
Pichli line ke bache hue jawan charon taraf ki karwahi main jarurat
padne par piche ki karwahi ka kam karenge. Yeh yakeen karen ki har jawan
charon taraf ki karwahi ke liye apni jagah aur apna apna kam samajh gaya
hai. Party commander karwahi ka nam pukarega.
Dahine ki karwahi, bayen ki karwahi, Samne ki karwahi aur picche ki karwahi.
Ab platoon havaldar platoon ko savadhan karake tino party commandaron se
report lega . Tino party commander kramvar apni nafari aur saman k report
denge. Platoon commander ko kooch ke liye tayari ki report platoon havaldar
dega aur gas party ke samane ki line ke dahine jakar 6 kadam ke fasale par
khada ho jayega.
Platoon commander ke aadesh
1. Platoon commander tamam baton ki tasalli karega aur halat ke bare main
platoon ko jankari dekar kooch ka aadesh dega.
2. Kooch karane se pahle platoon commander yeh aadesh dega “gas party gas
alert position, asla party dhila siling” is aadesh par gas party gas alert
position aur asla party dhila siling ki karwahi karenge.
3. Door jana ho to partion ko gari main le jayen. Agar balwa najdik hai to
paidal bhi ja sakte hai.
4. Party comamnder ko chahiye ki bataye hue jagah par pahunch kar fauran
civil police ke uch adhikari ya mauke par maujud magistrate ko report de
aur unke aadesh ke anusar halat maloom karke apni partion ko thode
samay main halat ke bare main jankari de aur karwahi karne ke liye tayar
ho jayen.
DAURAN KI KARWAHI.
Viddhi viruddh sammelan ko titar bitar karne ki drill sikhlai ke taur par
batai jayen. Yeh sirf mashbare ke taur par hai. Yeh jaruri nahi ki is drill ka sakti
se anusarn kiya jaye. Samay aur halaat ko dekhate hue jo commander jagah par
maujud ha, vah kisi bhi kism ki tabdili apni marji se kar sakta hai.
1.Karwahi ke asthan par pahuch kar party fasale ka khayal rakhte hue gadi se
utar kar apne jaruri saman aur hathiyar ke sath teji se do line main khade ho
jayegi. Tartib gas party, lathi party aur rifle party baki bachi nafari rifle party ke
pichhe khadi hogi.
2.Majme ko titar-bitar karne ke liye magistrate majme ko wahin titar bitar
karne ka chetavani dega, chetavani dene se pahle chetavani wale jhande ko gas
party ke dahine le jakar khol dega aur buggler buggel baja bajakar majme ka
dhyan apani aur karega. Uske bad megaphone se magistrate party commnander ya
uch adhikari chetavani dega.
3.Agar majme ko pahle se hi chetavani di ja chuki ho aur civil adhikari dwara
majme ko gayer kanooni ghoshit kar diya gaya ho aur mazma ugra roop dharan
190
kar chukka ho to dubara chetavani diye bina bhi magistrate se addesh pakar
karwahi kar sakte hai.
4.Chetavani. – Apka Majma kanooni karar diya gaya hai. Aap ko hukum diya
jata hai ki aap yahan se jaldi se jaldi titar-bitar ho jayen varna aap par bal prayog
kiya jayega. Chetavani dene ke bad commander thodi der intezar karen aur majma
titar bitar nahi ho raha ho to aage ki karwahi ke liye upasthit adhikari se aadesh
le, agar magistrate upsthit ho to behtar hoga ki karwahi ke liye usse likhit roop
main aadesh liya jaye.
5.- Gas Party ka kam- i)Likhit aadesh milne par party commander gas party
commander ko yeh aadesh dega ki gas party commander karwahi shuru kar is
aadesh par party commandar shell ya grenade ko bari-bari ya ek sath istemal
karte hue jaise bhi mouka ho karwahi karen. Gas ka istemal karte samay jahan
tak ho sake pahle gun section ka prayog kiya jaye aur phir grenade section ka,
kyunki aisa karke majme ko dur se hi titar-bitar kiya ja sakta hai ya rakha ja
sakta hai. Agar majme ke samne ansu gas ke dhuye ka parda banakar kar use
rokne ki jarurat padhe to speed hit grenade ka istemal kiya jaye. Gas action karte
samay ansu gas ka prayog karne ke liye tamam siddhaton ko dhyan main rakha
jaye.
ii) Agar gas istemal karne par bhi majma titar-bitar na ho to gas party updrav
niyantran party commander ke gas party piche ke aadesh milne par gas party ke
grenade section dahine aur gun section ke bayen mudkar Doudchal se asla party
ke piche jakar apni jagah par pahle jaisi halat main khadi ho jayegi. Jab Gas party
chali jayegi to lathi party gas party ka sthan legi aur asla party agli party ka sthan
leti hai.
6.- Lathi party ki karwahi- i) Agar gas proyag ke bad bhi majma titarr-bitar na ho
to party commander lathi party commander ko lathi istemal karne ka aadesh is
prakar dega. “ Lathi party commander lathi prahar shuru karao” is aadesh par
lathi party commander apni party ko aadesh dega “lathi party” is aadesh par lathi
party savadhan hogi. Tan caneshield lathi is aadesh par samne ki line aadha
dhahine aur pichewali line aadha bayen mudegi. Lathi prahar ke liye aage badh is
aadesh par lathi ko tayari ki halat main late hue majme ki taraf teji se aage
badhegi. Jo commander dekhta hai do-do line ek hi line main aagayi hai to waha
up bole aur is prakar dono linen aadha dahine aur bayen mud kar sidhi ho
jayengi. Jaise hi party mazme ke nazdik pahunchti hai th commander hukum dega
“Prahar shuru kar” is aadesh par lathi party ke jawan jor se bhag jao-bhag jao
pukarte hue mazme par lathi ka prahar apne maze se karenge jaisa ki samay ijajat
deta hai ya sikhaya gaya hai.
ii) Lathi prahar kargar sabit ho to party commander lathi party ko mukrar kiye hue
ishare ki madad se (jo bugule ya wistel ho) wapas bulayega sath hi aadesh dega
“lathi party wapas” Party commander ka aadesh milte hi lathi party usi halat main
late hue ko itna pache hatayegi ki achanak unke upar hamla na kar saken. Sath
majme se lagav tut jaye. Samne ki line dahine va piche ki line bayen mudkar
dahine, bayen ghumte hue gas party ke pass piche aakar pahle jaise khadi ho
jayagi.
Lathi Prahar karte samay dhyan main rakhane wali baaten.
i) Jahan tak ho saken lathi ka asar majme ke jaida se jaida hisse par hona
chahiye na ki ek hi hisse par.
ii) Lathi ko lathi ke tour par istemal kiya jaye uski lambai ka pura pura faida
uthaya jaye.
191
iii)Baghte hue majme par lathi prahar na kiya jaye.
iv) Lathi prahar karte samay akela jawan majme ki bich main no jaye iska khayal
rakha jaye.
v) Lathi party dwara ki gai tamat harkaten tej durust aur joshili ho.
vii) Aam halaton main commander ko khud lathi ka prayog nahi karna chahiye
balki party par niyantran karna chahiye.
vii) Lathi party ke piche hat-te samay commander yeh yakin karen ki koi bhi jawan
majme ki bich main to nahi aagaya hai. Agar kabhi aisa ho sakta hai to lathi party
commander ki jimmedari hogi ki vah apne jawan ko chudakar lane ki puri koshi
karen.
7. Asla party ki karwahi i)Yadi lathi prayog karne ke bad bhi majma titar-bitar nahi hota hai aur ugra rup
dharan karke tod fod ya jalane ki karwahi shuru karta ho ya kar raha ho to aise
halat main goli chalakar majme ko titar-bitar kiya jaye. Mouke par upasthit
majestrate ya uccha adhikari ka aadesh likhit rup main Parishishat A1, A2 main
diya gaya hai uspar le liya jaya vaise to A1 hi uchit form hai. lekin CRPF 1-2 ka
prayog kar rahi hai jo kafi vistar main hai. Aisa likhit aadesh milne par kam se
kam taqat ka istemal kiya jaye. Majestrate likhit aadesh dete samay goliyon ki
sankhaya na likhi jaye.
ii) Kisi prakar ki kathorta ko amal main lane se pahle jaruri hai ki majme ko uske
bare main, majme ko chetavani de di jaye lekin kayi mouke aise bhi aate hai jabki
chetavani diye bina hi shakti amal main lani padhti hai. Goli chalakar majme ko
titar-bitar karne ki jo karwahi ki jati hai vah antim shakti ka istemal hai. Isliye
jahan tak ho sake goli chalane se pahle majme ko chetavani de di jaye, jo is
prakar honi chahiye.
“Aap ko dubara hukum diya jata hai ki aap yahan se jaldi titar-bitar ho jayen
varna aap par goli chalai jayegi” yeh chetavani buggle bajakar di jaye sath main
samay batakar halat ke anusar karwahi ki jaye.
iii) Goli chalne ki chetavani dene ke bad bhi agar majma titar-bitar nahi hota hai
ya todfod ya aag lagani ki karwahi jari rakhta ho to party commander rifle party
commander ko goli chalane ka aadesh dega. Jo is prakar hoga “ Rifle party
commander karwahi shuru kar”
iv) Majme par goli chlate samay dhyan main rakhne wali baaten.
i) Goli chalane ka aadesh dete samay majme ke neta ya adhik updrav todfod ya aag
lagane ki karwahi wale aadamion ko target banate hue goli chalane ka aadesh
dena chahiye, kewal ek ya do goli chalakar uska asar dekha jaye aur uske bad
agar jarurat ho to dobara phir fire kara jaye.
ii) Jawano ko goli chalate samay kamar se niche wale hisse par nishana laga kar
goli chalani chahiye taki jan jane ka khatra na ho.
iii) Jawano ko chahiye ki fire karne ke bad safty catch lagakar rifle niche le aaye.
iv) Titar-bitar hote ya bhagte hue majme par goli nahi chalani chahiye.
v) Updrav ke dauran rifle par bayonet na chadhaya jaye.
vi) Goli chalate samay wahi jawan sisth le jis jawan ko fire ka aadesh diya gaya
hai.
vii) Ek se jaida jawano se fire karaya ja raha ho to fire ek sath kiya jaye.
viii) Bina hukum ke kabhi bhi fire na kiya jaye.
ix) Fire par pura pura niyantran rakha jaye.
192
Firing ke bad party commander ko ek choti janch kar leni chahiye jismain niche
likhi baaten samil ho.
i) Majestrate ka nam aur darja jiske dwara majme ko vidhi viruddh ghoshit kiya
gaya.
ii) CRPF ki madad se ki mang karne wale adhikari ka nam aur mang patra ka
hawala.
iii) Koun se halat the jiski wajah se majma gair kanuni ghoshit kiya gaya.
iv) Viddhi viruddh sammelan ko titar-bitar karne ke liye CRPF ko Majestrate ne jo
aadesh diye the unka hawala majestrate dwara likhit rup main diya jayega.
v) Gair kanooni jamav ka ravaiya.
vi) Agar vidhi viruddh sammelan main kisi sarkari ya niji sampatti ko nuksan
pahuchaya ho to uska hawala.
vii) Goli fire karne se pahle yadi kisi dusari taqat ka istamal kiya gaya ho to uska
asar kya huaa.
viii) Kin karno se fire karne ki jarurat padhi.
ix) Fire karne ki jaroorat par kitni goli fire ki gai.
x) Is tamam sabut aur gawahon ka hawala note karen jo is bat ko jahir kare ki
viddhi viruddh sammelan ko titar-bitar karne ke liye jo taqat istemal main layi gai
hai va bilkul kam se kam thi.
xi) Janta Police ya annya karmachariyo ko gair kanuni jamav ne koi nuksan
pahuchaya ya nahi.
xii) Agar fire na kiya jata to jan mal ka nuksan hone ka dar tha.
Gair Kanooni Jamav se nipatne ke liye formation aadesh aur drill
Party commander ko gair kanooni jamav se halat aur jagha ke anusar kai
prakar aur kisi bhi taraha se niptna padh sakta hai. isliye party commander ko
pahle se hi is halaat ke liye taiyar rahana chahiye aur tamam police adhikariyon
ko prashikshan ke dauran updrav niyantan dirll ki formation ka acchi tarah
abhiyas de dena chahiye. Updrav niyantran drll ke liye formation, aadesh aur drill
nimna likhat di jati hai.
Samne majma- Agar majma niyantran party ko majme ke khilaf kanun/ balwa ko
samne se niptna padhe to niche likhi baaten amal main li jayengi. Jaise hi party
commander yeh dekhta hai ki party ya viddhi viruddh sammelan ke nazdik aa gaya
hai jahan se khud ka bachav karte hue sammelan ko titar-bitar kiya ja sakta hai
to vah aadesh dega “Samne majme” is aadesh par puri party thum jayagi aur apne
baju shastra karke vishram ki halat main khadi ho jayagi. Magar yeh sab karwahi
drill ke tour par ki jayegi taki samaj par unka accha prabhav padhe. Fauran hi
chetavani party gas party ke dahine aakar chetavani wale jhande ko khol degi.
Dahine ya bayen majma- Kabhi kabhi aise bhi halat pesh aa sakti hai jab majma
niyantran party ko dahine ya bayen ki taraf majme se niptna padhe aise mauke
par yeh drill amal main laya jayega. Party commander aadesh dega “dahine /bayen
majma” is aadesh par gas party dahine/ bayen disha badalne ki karwai aur baki
rifle party dahine /bayen mudkar gas party ki piche khada ho jayenge.
Piche majma- Vaise to aisa kam hi mauka aayega jab ki updrav niyantaran party
ko piche se majme ki khilaf kanun se niptana padhe lekin drill ke taur par yah
karwahi hogi. Aadesh “Piche majma” par party apni jagah par tham jayegi, gas
party dahine, lathi party bayen mudegi do no party dahine/bayen ghumte hue Dod
chal se aakar asla pary ke piche kramwar se khade ho jayegi. Asla party apne
193
sthan pe piche ghum jayegi baki bache hue asla party ki piche aakar khade ho
jayenge.
Dahine/Bayen tatha charo taraf ki karwahi – Agar gair kanooni jamav par
karwahi karna shuru kar diya gaya hai aur gas lathi party apni karwahi kar chuki
ho aur viddhi viruddh sammelan ko goli chalakar titar-bitar karna pad gaya ho aisi
halat main jab majma samne se hatkar ek dam dahine ya bayen ya dono taraf se
party ki taraf badh raha ho to aise mauke par commander ko niche likhi karwahi
aur aadesh amal main lana chahiye.
i) Dahine/bayen ki karwahi- Agar balwa samne se hat kar dahine/bayen taraf se
badh raha ho to party commander ko ek dam aadesh dena chahiye “dahine/bayen
ki karwahi” is aadesh par rifle party ek dam apni position main rahte hue
dahine/bayen disha badli karegi aur commander ke aadesh anusar karwahi
karegi.
ii) Piche ki karwahi.-Agar majma samne se hat jayega aur updrav niyantran party
ki piche se badhana shuru kar dega to commander ek dam aadesh dega piche ki
karwahi is aadesh par rifle party apni jagah par piche mudegi, pichli line ek dam
ghutne tek sthiti main aur samne ki line khadi sthiti main ho jayagi. Baki bachi
hui dono party ya rifle party ke piche khadi ho jayagi.
iii) Charo taraf ki karwahi- Agar balwa samne se hatkar tukdiyon main bant jata
hai aur majme niyantran party ki taraf dono, tino ya charo taraf ki karwahi karta
hai. i) Charo taraf ki karwahi darja no -1 is aadesh par dahine ki karwahi wale
dahine aur bayen ki karwahi wali bayen mudenge aur party ke dahine aur bayen
khul kar sthan lete hue ghutne tekne ki sthi main aa jayenge. Sath hi samne ki
karwahi wale samne aur piche ki karwahi wale piche mudkar aage badhakar
ghutne tek stithi main chale jayange. Gas party, lathi party , prathmik upchar vah
annya sab party ya apne sthan se niche baith jayengi agar jagah ijajat deti hai to
baki party yahan bhi khulkar baith jayengi taki patthar aadhi se nuksan na ho.
Dhayan rahe ki baki toliyon ke jawan bilkul shant rahen. Party commander ya
rifle party commander ko aadesh niyantran karne main adhchan paida na karen.
Charo taraf ki karwahi fire karne ka aadesh party commander ko dodh-dodh kar
jidhar jaroorat ho dena padhega.Yadi fire order dene main koi dikhat ho to fire par
kabu rakhne ke liye rifle party commander madad le sakta hai.
iv) Charo taraf ki karwahi darja- 2 : Is main asla party ke dahine/bayen wale
jawano ke piche gas party aur lathi party ke dahine/bayen ki karwahi wale jawan
baith jayange. Usi prakar asla party ke samne aur piche ki karwahi ke jawano ke
piche gas aur lathi party samne aur piche ki karwahi ke jawan jakar baith jayen,
aisi halaat main party commander partion par control rakhne aur viddhi
sammelan se niptne ke liye party commander ko alag-alag disha niyukt kar sakta
hai tatha jidhar jaida dabav padh raha ho sambhal sakta hai baki bich main
khulkar baith kar jayenge.
iv) Charo taraf ki karwahi darja- 3 Yeh darja 2 main bataye gaye ke anusar hi hai
antar is main itna hai ki lathi party asla party ke thoda aage aur bayen taraf tatha
gas party lathi party ki bayen taraf hat kar baith jayegi.
Sankshep
1- Party commander ke mutabik apni kala aur tactic ke anusar pradarshan main
badlav kar sakta hai.
2- Shastra dal ke adhikarion ko chahiye ki is kisam ki paristhitiyon se nipatne ki
liye vah apni behatar suj-buj kala, yogyata aur apni kartvyanishta ka udharan de.
194
**************************************************************************
LRD 17-19
RIOT DRILL /UPDRAV NIYANTRAN DRILL KE SIDDHANT
1Balwa ko shant aur titar-bitar karte samay nimn siddhanto ko dhyan main
rakhna chahiye.
a) Kya kiya gaya pratek karye nayay sangat hai.
b) Kisi sthan par ki gai koi karwahi kisi dusre sthan par prabhav dalne ke vichar
se na ki jaye.
c) Badla lene ki bhavana se koi karwahi na ki jaye.
d) Karwahi kewal rokh tham ke liye ki jaye.
e) Jo kam kiya ja raha hai uski awashakata hai ( Kya dal dwara jo action liya ja
raha hai vah awashak hai.)
2- Kam se kam taqat.- Police ka tatkalin uddesh, balwa ko titar-bitar karna hota
hai . Isliye jarurat ke siddhanto ko dhyan main rakhte hue adhikari mouke ke lihaj
se tatkalin uddesh ko pura karne ke liye taqat ka istemal karta hai. Use kam se
kam taqat ka istemal mana jayega.
Vyakhaya- Agar balwa ya majma chetavani dene se hi titar-bitar ho jaye ya nahi to
ansu gas ka istemal karne se titar-birar ho jata hai to vah kam se kam takat ka
istemal mana jayaga. Yeh jaruri nahi hai ki unke upar goli hi chalai jaye. Agar
majma lathi aur gas ke prayog se titar-bitar nahi hota hai, kafi uttejit ho to unke
upar 1 ya 2 goli chalakar titar-bitar karne ko bhi kam se kam taqat mana jayega.
Sadbhavana- Dhara 52 IPC ke anusar koi bhi karya sadbhavana se kiya gaya nahi
mana jayega jab tak ki usko karne main puri savadhaniya na barti gai hon aur
pure vishwas ke sath na kiya gaya ho.
*Upar bataye gaye siddhanto ko soch vichar kar palan karne se sadbhavana ka
siddhant hasil hota hai. Yadi koi adhikari majme ko titar-birar karte samay nimna
baaton ka palan karta hai to uske dwara kiya gaya karya sadhabhavana purna
kiya hua nahi mana jayega.
i) Krodh ke karan apne dimag ka santulan kho dena.
ii) Apne aadeshon main majme ko shatru mankar unke khilaf karwahi karta hai.
iii) Us sthan ke kanun ya kaydaon ka palan nahi karta hai.
iv) Police ko ya apne aap ko janta ka sevak samajhkar karwahi nahi karta hai.
Bachav
i) Apne dal tatha begunah logon ke bachav ka dhyan rakhte hue karwahi kiya jaye.
ii)Sarkar aur janta ki sampatti ke bachav ka dhyan rakhte hue karwahi kiya jaye.
iii) Jo koi bhi karwahi ki jaye vah aisi ho, jis main kanuni taur par pura-pura
bachav milta ho.
iv) Karwahi karte samay jan-mal ka kam nuksan ho.
**************************************************************************
LRD 20-22
RIOT DRILL /UPDRAV NIYANTRAN DRILL MAIN KARNE
AUR NA KARNE WALI BAATEN
195
KARNE KI BAATEN.
1- Majme ke samay hamesha shant rahen.
2- Jaldi hi bhid ke psychology ko pahchano.
3- Janta ka sahayog prapt karo.
4- Aise karwahi karen jisse majma nahi bhadke.
5-Apni force ko hamesha surakshit sthan par tainat karen.
6- Is baat ka yakin karen ki pratak jawan apna kam sahi tarike se janta hai.
7- Hamesha Majestrate ki upsthiti ka dhyan rakhen.
8- Goli chalane se phale is baat ka yakin karen kya dusri chijon ka istemal kar liya
gaya hai ya nahi.
9- Chetavani dhire-dhire va saf saf de.
10-Firing par hamesha niyantran rakhen
11- Kamar se niche nishana lagakar fire karen.
12- Goli chalane se pahle majme ke lidar ko pahachane.
13-Jaise hi majma titar-bitar ho jaye goli chalana band kar de.
14- Yakin karen ki titar-bitar huaa majma doubara ikattha na hone de.
15- Ghayalon ko prathmik upchar de aur hospital bhejen.
NA KARNE KI BAATEN.
1- Badle ki bhavana se kam na karen.
2- Andhadhund goli fire na karen.
3- Baghte hue majme par goli ya lathi prahar na karen.
4- Kam se kam taqat ko na bhule
5- Bhid se bahas baji na karen.
6-Bhid ko dhoka na de.
7- Bhid ke sath jhuthe wade na karen.
8-Riot drill ko chote tukde main na baaten.
9-Majme ko shatru na samjhe.
10- Lathi ka prahar sir par ya najuk hisse par na karen.
11- Kanun ko na bhule.
**************************************************************************
LRD 23-24
RIOT DRILL /UPDRAV NIYANTRAN KE LIYE VAHAN PAR
WATER CANAN STHAPIT KARNA
Vahan par water canan dawara uttejak /aamainet sehi ka mishran, pani ki tej
boachhar ke dabav ke sath, viddhi viruddh aktrit hue majme ko titar-bitar karne
ke liye paryog main laya jata hai.
Yeh vahan raksha agni anusandhan sasthan, delhi dawara vitrit kiya hota hai.
01- Engine kshamta
120 ps 2800 RPM,700020 DIN ke anusar.
02-Adhiktam Targu.
35 kg., 1800-2000 ki dar par
03- Sammedan anupat
17:1
1.2 Water Canan is tarah se nirmit ki jati hai
i) G.V.W.
1600 kg.
ii) FAW
6,000 kg
iii)RAW
10,000 kg
196
iv)Purna lambai
8,080 m.m
v) Purna vistar
2,440 m.m
vi) Kam se kam road nikasi
269 m.m.
2. Anya samanya apekshayen
:- Pani ki top aarudh kiye jane wale vahan ki
kshamata 5500 liter pani, 250 liter uttejak aur aamit sehi pratek ko le jane ki
kshamata hogi. Ek apkendriya pupm jis ki kshmata 3200 liter / minute 8.5 Kgs –
CM bhari va 2400 liter/ Minute 10.5 Kgs / CM varg bhari bauchhar chhodne
yogya hogi.
Section aur vitaran pump ke madhayam se ek samanupatik privartan shil pump fit
kiya jayega. Samanupatik pump ki tiin sthition ke anusar valve honge, Karya na
kiye jane ki dasha main samanupatik pump alag ho jayenge jis se ki vah jarurat
hone par kam main laye jayenge.
3.
Samagri ka chunav :- Nirman ke liye samagri chunav vahan ki majbooti aur
tikau pan ko dhyan main rakhkar kiya jayega.
a. Sabhi hisse jo ki pani nikassi main kaam aate hai vah uttejak amit sehi ke liye
prayog main laye jate hain.
4.
Dhancha aur Nirman :_- Jal tank chesis ke upar khara kiya jane wala, iski
jal kshamata 5500 hoti hai yeh miled steel sit belding kar ki banaya jata hai. Tank
ko dono taraf se pattalo ki banayi jayengi taki teji daudate samay kinare karte
samay, ya break lagate samay pani ke jhatake ko roka ja sake. Tank andakar
aakriti ka hota hai tatha aaroodhan is prakar se kiya jayega ki pump dwara tank
se pani ki nikasi purva bahav se kiya ja sake .
ii. Tank ke dhanche par uthav ke liye jhiriyan hoti hai taki tank ko uthane main
marammat karne ke liye vah badalne ke liye vahan se uthaya ja sake.
iii.
Tank main pani bharne ke liye ek jhidra upar satah main ek bolt kiye jane
yogya 450 MM byas ka mukhya hole hota hai pani bharne wala chhed 250 MM
byas se kam nahi hota hai. Nikasi pipe tatha toti 75 MM byas se kam nahi hoti
hai.
iv.
Tank kam se kam 100 MM byas ka adhik jal nikasi pipe laga ho vah chesis
ke thik niche is tarah laga ho ki pravahi karya kshamata par koi asar na padhe.
v. Do pani bharne wali pipe (nal ) kam se kam 70 MM antarik byas ke tank par fit
kiye jayenge. Pratek ke andar 63 MM ka shutter va jaliyan fit hongi.
vi.
Ek tube ki tarah bana hua pani ki matra darshane wala suchak lagaya
jayega jis par ek par ¼, 1/2 , ¾ purn ankit hoga.
5.
Pump .
4.2.1 ½ avastha wala upkendriya pump pichhe ki side sthapi kiya jayega. Pump ka hole
vah prerak gun matel ke bane honge va dhura stainless steel ka bana hoga. Tatha
granthi ki banawat ka samayojan yogya honge.
4.2.2 Pump se Pani Nikasi ka karya alag engine dwara hoga jo ki vahan ke engine se
atirikt hoga.
4.2.3 Pump ki nikasi kshamata 3200 liter / Minute, 8.5 Kgs/ CM varga bhari tatha is
main nivesh dhure ki gati 2500 liter/ Minute ki dar se kam hongi.
NIKASI KI ANUMATI :a. 35 degree Celsius tapman se upar 2.8 degree Celsius uthav ke liye 1%.
b. Madhya samundra tal pratek 300 meter uthav ke liye 4%.
4.2.4 Pump ke sath do nirgam panel screw type jaldi se band hone yogya, claick
valve 63 MM delivery yogya, rubber nal, gun maintal bani cap jo ki chain se
badhi ho.
197
4.6.-1 Uttejak aur amit sehi ke tank - Do tank 250 Ltr Kshamata ke alag alag
chesis par bane honge tatha badalne layak honge inka nirman majboot stainless
steel se welding kiya jayega.
4.6.2 - Pratek tank par bharne ke liye chhed 150 MM se kam nikasi jail lagi hongi.
Ek Niskasan toti 50 MM byas ka pipe bhi hoga.
4.6.3 -Pani nikasi tube, gaze stainer jo ki uchit padharth ki bani vah size ki praypt
jali ke kshetra ka fal sahi jagah par fit hongi.
4.6.4 –Nikasi tube, pratek tank se upari saman upati aur pump se awashakata
anusar joodi hongi, iske liye 50MM bina kisi rukawat vali nal saji ki hongi.
4.7. – SAMANUPATIK MISHRAN :- Samanupatik mishran main ek indicator va
ek selector valve lage honge jo ki uttejak aur amit sehi ko 0-4 % tak mishran kar
pump main chhode jane wale pani se milana sunisichit karenge.
4.7.1 - PANI KI TOP – Driver ke cabine ke upar asthapit ki jayegi, cabine se bal ke
sadase dwara hath se chalaya ja sake. Pani ki top 360 degree kshaitij par vah
khadi avastha main -15 se + 60 degree uthav lene main saksham hongi. Tatha
pani top ke upar ek shakti shali search light parichalan kshetra main prakash
karne ke liye fit ki jayegi,
Top ki nikasi kshamta 2200 Ltr / Minute, 11kgs / Cm varg bhari dabav ke
sath 50 Meter se adhik doori tak jet bauchhar fenkane ki hongi.
4.7.2 - AAGE LAGaNE WALI PANI KI TOP - Ek top ki kshmata 500 liter pani 8
Kgs/ Cm varg bhari 25 Mainter door tak fenkane yogya hongi.
4.7.3 - MAIDANI BAUCHAR KE LIYE NOJAL – Nojal jet tarike se ki hongi jisse ki
vahan ke bistar se dugane kshetra main teen meter ki doori tak bauchhar ki ja
sake.
4.7.4 - PICHALE BHAG SE BAUCHHAR KARANE HETU NOJAL :- Wahan ke
piche do ya teen nozal lagi hoti hai jise ki vah wahan ke nazdik na aaye. Nojal
vistrut bhag main bouchar kam se kam 6 mtr. durtak tak karya karne yogya hoti
hai.
UPKARAN AUR NIYANTRANPamp pannel main nimn upkaran lage honge.
a- Pressure gauge 20 kg./cm2
b-Mishran gauge 0 se 7 kg/ cm2
c-Vaquam murcury 0 se 700 mm tak
d- Cooling water tapman guage.
e-Oil pressure gauge.
f- Uttejak aur amit sahi ke indicator
g- Prathmik Liner
i- Indhan gauge.
Vayu cylinder
Yantron ke vayuviya bharav ke liye ek atirikt vayu cylinder karaya jayaga.
Majbuti
Vibhinna sadhan is tarah ke tikau ho ki jab sab purna susajjit ho to koi bhi
198
tal jispar sadhan lage hon, kisi bhi disha main jhukana, modna ho to, jis bindu se
jhukana h vah sidhai se 27 degree se kam ho.
Sahayak Upkaran
a- fire bale – 1 Ghanta 252 mm vayas sahaj aawaj driver cabin ke bahar haath ke
dwara prayog kiye jane yogya hoga.
b- Electric siren- Battery chalit 2 km tak prasarit yogya kshamta wala cabin ke
upar uchit jagah par ho.
c- Fog lampd- Lamba Blinker light- Driver ke set ke upar lagi ho.
e- Search Lightf- Nirikshan lamp Bracket ke sath
g- Kaksh main aujaro ka panel
h- Sadhano ke rakrakhao ke liye jaroori aujar.
***************************************************************************
BUGLE CALLS
LRD 25-27
199
REVEILLE, DRESS CALL, MARKER, OFFICERS CALL &
MARCH OFF AND BREAK
Shershak
Vishay
Prashiks
han
upkaran
ShuruShuru ka
kam
Class ki ginti, group main bant
saman ka nirikshan. Nirikshan
karne ke liye karwahi isi prakar
se.
Dohrai
Bugle calls se Aap kya jante ho?
Bugle
,Rassi
,Ground
Sheet,
safai ka
saman
& etc.
-Tadaiv-
Uddesh
Is path ki samapti ke paschat
sabhi prashiksharthi Reveille,
dress call, marker, Officers call &
March off and break karwahi ke
bare
main
pratyek
jawan
saksham honge.
Bugle call nimn prakar ki hoti
hai.
01.
Shubah ka jhanda
chadane se purv bajti hai.
Tartib
-Tadaiv-
-Tadaiv-
Aban
tith
sam
ay
01&
02
Minu
te
Abiyuk
th
Prashik
shak
dwara
bayan
vah
namun
a
03& Prashik
04
shak
Minu dwara
tes
bayan
va
namun
a
05&
06
Minu
tes
07&
35
Minu
tes
02.
Dress Call :- Yah call
Shubah marker jane se
purv dress pahn-ne ka
sanket karti hai.
03.
Marker call :- Yeh
Shubah ke Marker ke liye
bajti hai.
04.
Officers call :- Yeh
Officers
ko prade main
bulane ko sanket call bajta
hai.
05.
March off :- Yeh call
Prade March karne ke liye
bajta hai.
06.
Break call :- Yeh call
Prade ke pariod ke madhya
200
Abyash
Sankshep
Alap Vishram ke liye bajti
hai.
Yah karvahi Reveille, dress call,
marker, Officers call& March off
and break uprokt ke anusar
abhiyas karaya jayega.
Class ko Reveille, dress call,
marker, Officers call & March off
and break Bugle calls ke bare
main bayan, namuna vah abhiyas
-Tadaiv-
36&
38
Minu
tes
-Tadaiv-
3940
Minu
tes
PARADE DISMISS, ORDERLY ROOM , DEFAULTER CALL
MESS CALL, SCHOOL AND GAMAIN CALL
Shersh
ak
Vishay
Prashik
shan
Aban Abi
tith yuk
201
upkaran
Shuru- Class ki ginati, group main bant saman ka Bugle
Shuru
nirikshan. Nirikshan karne ke liye ,Rassi
ka kam karwahi isi prakar se.
,Ground
Sheet,
safai ka
saman
& etc.
Dohara
i
Reveille Bugle call se Aap kya jante ho ?
Uddesh Is path ki samapti ke paschat
sabhi
prashiksharthi parade dismiss, Orderly
room, defaulter call mess call, school and
gamain call.
karwahi ke bare main
pratyek jawan saksham honge.
Tartib
Bugle call nmn parkar ki hoti hia.
a) Parade off: - Yeh Parade samapt
karne ke liye bajati hai.
b) Orderly room :- Yeh Orderly room
main karmiyo ko pesh karne ke liye
bajaya jata hai.
c) Defaulter call:- Yeh call kaidi va
dand diye gaye karmiyo ko sharirik
dand ke liye bajaya jata hai.
d) Mess call :- Yeh Mess main khana
khane ke liye bajaya jata hai.
e) School call :- Yeh dopahar bad likhit
vah mokhik padhai ke liye bajayi
jati hai.
f) Gamain call :- Yah sandhaya school
samapti par khel hatu bajayi jati
hai.
-Tadaiv-
-Tadaiv-
-Tadaiv-
sam
ay
0102
Minu
te
th
Pra
shi
ksh
ak
dwa
ra
bay
an
va
na
mu
na
03- Pra
04
shi
Minu ksh
tes
ak
dwa
ra
bay
an
va
na
mu
na
0506
Minu
tes
0735
Minu
tes
202
Abhiya
s
Sanksh
ep
Yah karwahi prade
dismiss, Orderly
room, defaulter call, mess call, school call
and
gamain call uprokat ke anushar
Abhiyas karaya jayega.
Class ko Prade dismiss, Orderly room,
defaulter call, Mess call, school call and
gamain call Bugle calls ke bare main
bayan, namuna va abhiyas
-Tadaiv-
-Tadaiv-
3638
Minu
te
3940
Minu
te
********************************************************************************************
***
LRD 28-30
ROLL CALL, RETREAT, FIRST POST, LAST POST, GENERAL
ALARM, FIRE ALARM AND CEASE FIRE
Shirshak
ShuruShuru ka
kam
Doharai
Uddesh
Tartib
Vishay
Prashi Abant
kshan
ith
upkara sama
n
y
Class ki ginati, group main bant, Bugle
01-02
saman ka nirikshan. Nirikshan ,Rassi
Minut
karne ke liye karwahi isi prakar se.
,Groun
es
d
Sheet,
safai ka
saman
& etc.
defaulter call se Aap kya jante ho ?
03-04
Tadaiv- Minut
es
prashiksharthi roll call, re-treat, Tadaivfirst post, last post, general alarm,
fire alarm and cease fire bajane ke
bare main pratyek jawan saksham
honge.
Bugle call nimn prakar ki hoti hai.
Tadaiv-
05-06
Minut
es
Abiyu
kth
Prashi
kshak
dwara
bayan
va
namu
na
Prashi
kshak
dwara
bayan
va
namu
na
07-36
Minut
203
a) Roll
call
:-
Yeh
sandhya
es
ganana ke liye bajai jati hai.
b) Retreat call :- Yeh sandhya
kal ke uprant bajai jati hai.
c) First post call :- CRPF main
dainik chariya ko sucharu rup
se chalane ko jo first bugle
call bajati hai use first post
kahte hai.
d) Last post call :-CRPF main
dinchariya ke bad ratri ke
samay sone ke liye jo bugle
bajta hai use last post kahte
hai
e) General alarm :- .CRPF main
kisi ucch adhikari ke agman
par jo call bajai jati hai use
general call kahte hai .
f)
Fire
Alarm Call
:- Fire
Shuru hone par jo call bajate
hain use fire Alarm Aur fire
band hone par jo call bajate
hain use fire Alarm kahte hai
.
Abhyas
Sankshep
Yeh karwahi samapti roll call, retreat, first post, last post, general Tadaivalarm, fire alarm and cease fire
uprokt ke anusar Abhiyas karaya
jayega.
Class ki samapti roll call, re-treat,
first post, last post, general alarm, Tadaivfire alarm and cease fire Bugle calls
ke bare main bayan, namuna vah
abhiyas
37-38
Minut
es
39-40
Minut
es
KOTE UO, CQMH, CHM, GENERAL SALUTE, GUARD
204
MOUNTING AND DARBAR CALL
Shirs
hak
Prashi
kshan
upkara
n
Class ki ginati, group main bant, Bugle
saman ka nirikshan. Nirikshan karne ,Rassi
ke liye karwahi isi prakar se.
,Groun
d
Sheet,
safai ka
saman
& etc.
Bugle call se Aap kya jante ho ?
Tadaiv-
Abant
ith
sama
y
01-02
Minut
es
prashiksharthi Kote UO, CQMH,CHM, TadaivGENERAL SALUTE, Guard Mounting,
Darbar calls
karwahi ke bare main
pratyek jawan saksham honge.
Tartib Bugle call nimmn parkar ki hoti hai.
Tadaiv-
05-06
Minut
es
Shuru
Shuru
ka
kam
Dohra
i
Uddes
h
Vishay
03-04
Minut
es
Abiyu
kth
Prashi
kshak
dwara
bayan
va
namu
na
Prashi
kshak
dwara
bayan
va
namu
na
07-36
Minut
205
01. Kote UO Call :- Yeh Call Kote
Commander ko bulane ke liye
bajaya jata hai.
02.
CQMH Call :- Yeh Call
CQMH ko bulane ke liye bajaya
jata hai.
03.
CHM Call ;Yeh Call
CHM ko bulane ke liye bajaya
jata hai.
04.
General Salute Call :- Yeh
Call DY..Inspector General ke
aane par jo call bajate hai use
General Salute Call kahte hain.
05.
Guard Mounting Call :Yeh Call ratri prahriyo ko aktrit
karne ka aadesh sunane ke liye
jo Call bajaya jata hai use Guard
Mounting Call kahte hai.
06.
Darbar Call :- Yeh Call
Darbar Shuru hone ke pahle
bajai jati hai.
es
Abhiy
as
Yeh ek Kote UO, CQMH,CHM,
GENERAL SALUTE, Guard Mounting,
Darbar calls uprokt ke anusar Abhiyas
karaya jayega.
Tadaiv-
37-38
Minut
es
Sanks
hep
Class ko Kote UO, CQMH,CHM,
GENERAL SALUTE, Guard Mounting,
Darbar calls ke bare main bayan,
namuna vah abhiyas.
Tadaiv-
39-40
Minut
es
********************************************************************************************
********************************************************************************************
********************************************************************
206
CD – 1-3
CANE KE SATH SAVDHAN, VISHRAM AUR AARAM SE
BHAG – I CANE KE SATH SAVDHAN
207
UDDESH
1. Is period mein cane qawaid ka ek sabaq jismein kam hoga cane se waqfiat,
savdhan, vishram aur aaram se. Sebse pahle hai cane se waqfiat.
WAQFIAT
2. Cane sena mein sainik ka samman hai. Isliye har sainik ko cane ke hisson
ke naam, pakarne ka tariqa, prakar aur iski buri aadaton ke bare mein
jankari hona nihayat jaruri hai.
CANE KE HISSON KE NAAM
3. Chham, point of balance, knob.
CANE PAKARHNE KA TARIQA
4. Cane ko dahine hath ki kalme wali anguli ke upar knob ko tikaen, angutha
dahine taraf sidha aur angulian cane ke sath mili hui is tarah ki knob aage
se nazar nahin aaye aur chham dahine baju ke sath laga huwa upar ki taraf
ho.
CANE KE PRAKAR
5. Cane tin prakar ki hoti hain:a) Veteran Cane
Iski lambai 21 inch se 24 inch tak. Istemal,maj
and above Rank
b) Web Cane
Iski lambai 24 inch se 27 inch tak. Istemal,
ghursawar aur cavalry Officers
c) Normal Cane
Iski lambai 27 inch se 30 inch tak. Istemal, Sep,
to Capt rank tak
6. Ek aur prakar ki cane hoti hai jise Regiment cane kahte hain. Iski lambai 30
inch se 33 inch atak hoti hai. Yah cane stick ordinary/VIP pilot/RP Hsv ke
pas hoti hai.
CANE KI BURI AADATEN
208
7. Cane ke buri aadaten nimna likhit hain :(a) Cane ko hath mein ghumana.
(b) Cane ko pant ya tangon par mama.
(c) Cane se kisi ko point karna
(d) Cane se zamin par likhna
(e) Cane se marna.
8. Abhi hai savdhan.
ZARURAT
9. Cane ke sath savdhan usi tarah hai jaise ki aap khali hath drill mein sikh
chuke hain. Karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen.
DURUST NAMUNA
10.
Word of command savdhan ek. Jaise the.
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
11.
Jab vishram position se word of command milta hai savdhan to sikhe
hue tarike se paon ko milayen aur dahine hath se cane ko dahine li jayen,
shouting Karen ek.
12.
Word of command savdhan ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten khali
hath savdhan ki tarah, lekin dahine hath mein cane knob se pakra hua aur
chham dahine kandhe kea age badan ke sath 90 degree par laga hua. Jaise
the. Isi karwahi ka sbhyas mere word of command se karenge (squad ek line
mein).
ABHYAS
13.
14.
15.
Karen.
16.
Karen.
BHAG – II CANE KE SATH VISHRAM AUR AARAM SE
209
UDDESH
17.
Abhi hai cane ke sath vishram aur aaram se.
ZARURAT
18.
Khali hath ki tarah.
DURUST NAMUNA
19.
Word of command vishram ek. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko bayan se
dekhen aur sunen.
BAYAN SE NAMUNA
20.
Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai vishram to sikhe
hue tarike se paon ko baen taraf le jayen aur dahine hath se cane ko peeth
ke pichhe le jayen.
21.
Word of command vishram ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten khali
hath vishram ki tarah, fark kewal yah hai ki dahine hath se cane pakre hue
aur baen hath se dahine hath ki kalai ke sath baen hath ke snguthe se cane
pakri hui, chham dahine bagal se aage kandhe ke sath laga hua. Aaram se
ke word of command par, badan ko thora dhila kar hain. Jaise the. Isi
karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se karenge.
ABHYAS
22.
23.
24.
210
Karen.
25.
Karen.
-----------------------------------*****************----------------------------------------CD – 4–6
BAJU CANE SE TOL CANE, TOL CANE SE BAGAL CANE, BAGAL CANE SE TOL
CANE, TOL CANE SE BAJU CANE, AUR BAJU CANE SE BAGAL CANE, BAGAL
CANE SE BAJU CANE
BHAG – I BAJU CANE SE TOL CANE
DOHRAI
: CANE KE SATH SAVDHAN AUR VISHRAM
UDDESH :
1. Is period mein cane qawaid ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga baju cane se
tol cane, tol cane se bagal cane, bagal cane se tol cane, tol cane se baju cane,
baju cane se bagal cane, bagal cane se baju cane. Sabse pahle hai, baju
cane se tol cane.
ZARURAT
2. Jab cane ke sath cane swing halat main march karna ho to baju cane se tol
cane ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (squad
aadhe daire mein ustad samne aur bich se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command cane qawaid tol cane, ek-do-tin-ek. Jaise the. Isi karwahi
ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command ginti se cane qawaid tol cane ek-ek. Squad do-do. Jaise
the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen (ustad vishram
5. Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai ginti se cane qawaid tol
cane ek to is word of command par dahine hath se cane ko thora upar
uchhalte hue donon hathon se tol wali jagah par grip Karen, shouting Karen
ek. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen.
6. Word of command ginti se cane qawaid tol cane ek-ek. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten, cane ko dono hathon se tol wali jagah grip kiya hua, donon
baju kohni se kali tak belt ke samanantar, word of command milta hia squad
so to dahine hath se cane ko jamin ke samanantar niche layen, baen hath
savdhan awastha mein le jayen, shouting Karen do. Squad do-do. Is
position men dekhne wali baten, dahine hath se cane tol cane halat mein
pakrhi hui, chham aage, knob pichhe, jamin ke samanantar, baki position
savdhan. Jaise the, is karwahi ka abhyas squad mere word of command par
ginti se abhyas karenge.
ABHYAS
9. Ustad ke word of command se squad samay pukarte hue abhyas
211
10.
Karen.
Karen.
BHAG – II TOL CANE SE BAGAL CANE
UDDESH
11.
Abhi hai tol cane se bagal cane.
ZARURAT
12.
Jab cane ke sath cane swing halat se hamein kisi salute adhikari ke
pas jana ho to unhen salute karne se pahle to cane se bagal cane ki karwahi
karte hain. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen.
DURUST NAMUNA
13.
(Tol cane halat se). Word of command cane qawaid bagal cane ek, dotin-ek. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
14.
Word of command ginti se cane qawaid bagal cane ek-ek, squad do-do.
15.
Tol cane se word of command milta hai ginti se cane qawaid bagal
cane ek to is word of command par dehine hath ke madad se cane ko upar
baen bagal mein le jayen. Shouting Karen ek. Yahan tak ke movement ko
dekhen.
16.
Word of command ginti se cane qawaid bagal cane ek-ek. Is position
mein dekhne wali baten, cane baen bagal mein jamin ke samanantar, chham
pichhe knob aage, dahine hath se cane ko tol ki jagah grip kiya hua, dahini
212
kohini badan ke sath lagi hui. Word of command milta hai squad do to
dahine baju ko savdhan awastha mein le jayen, shouting Karen do. Squad
do-do. Is position mein dakhne wali baten, cane baen bagal mein, bagal
cane ki halat mein, baki position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas
squad mere word of command par ginti se abhyas karenge.
ABHYAS
17.
18.
19.
Karen.
20.
Karen.
BHAG – III BAGAL CANE SE TOL CANE
UDDESH
21.
Abhi hai bagal cane se tol cane.
ZARURAT
22.
Bagal cane ke baad agar hamein cane swing halat se march karna ho
to cane ko bagal cane sse tol cane ki karwahi karte hain. Isi karwahi ka
durust namuna dekhen.
DURUST NAMUNA
23.
(Bagal cane halat se). Word of command cane qawaid tol cane ek, dotin-ek. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se dakhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
24.
Word of command ginti se cane qawaid tol ek-ek, squad do-do. Jaise
the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen.
25.
Bagal cane se word of command milta hai ginti se cane qawaid tol cane
213
ek to dahine hath se cane ko baen bagal mein tol wali jagah par grip Karen,
shouting Karen ek. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen.
26.
Word of command ginti se cane qawaid tol cane ek-ek. Is position
mein dekhne wali baten tol cane se bagal caneko No.1 movement ki tarah.
Word of command milta hai squad do to dahine hath se cane ko tol cane
halat mein layen, shouting Karen do. Squad do-do. Is position mein dekhne
wali baten, cane tol cane halat mein, baki position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi
karwahi ka abhyas squad mere word of command per ginti se kaenge.
ABHYAS
27.
28.
29.
Karen.
30.
Karen.
BHAG – IV TOL CANE SE BAJU CANE
UDDESH
31.
Abhi hai tol cane se baju cane.
ZARURAT
32.
Agar ham cane swing halat mein tej chal se march kar rahe hon to
tham karne ke baad cane ko tol cane se baju cane ki karwahi karte hain. Isi
karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen.
DURUST NAMUNA
33.
(Tol cane halat se). Word of command baju cane ek,do-tin-ek. Jaise
GINTI SE NAMUNA
34.
Word of command ginti se cane qawaid baju cane ek-ek, squad do-do.
35.
Baju cane se word of command milta hai ginti se cane qawaid baju
cane ek to dahine hath ki kalme wali anguli se cane ko dahine bagal mein
kuchh uchhalen aur baen hath se cane ko pakren, shouting Karen ek.
36.
Word of command ginti se cane qawaid baju cane ek-ek. Is position
mein dekhne wali baten dahine hath se knob ko pakara hua, baen hath se
cane grip ki hui baen hath kohini se kalai tak kamar belt line mein aur
dahine hath se knob ko pakara hua. Word of command milta hai squad fo to
baen baju ko savdhan awastha mein le jayen, shouting Karen do. Squad dodo. Is position mein dekhne wali baten, tol cane se baju cane ki puri
karwahi ki hui, baki position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas
squad mere word of command par ginti se karenge.
ABHYAS
37.
38.
214
39.
Karen.
40.
Karen.
BHAG – V – BAJU CANE SE BAGAL CANE
UDDESH
41.
Abhi hai baju cane se bagal cane.
ZARURAT
42.
Jab ham kisi sthan par baju cane halat mein khare hon aur hamare
samne se koi salute adhikari gujaren to unhen salute dene se pahle cane ko
baju cane se bagal cane ki karwahi karte hain. Isi karwahi ka durust
namuna dekhen.
DURUST NAMUNA
43.
(Baju cane halat se). Word of command bagal cane ek,do-tin-ek. Jaise
GINTI SE NAMUNA
44.
Word of command ginti se cane qawaid bagal cane ek-ek, squad do-do.
Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan ke sath dekhen aur sunen.
45.
Baju cane se word of command milta hai ginti se cane qawaid bagal
cane ek to dahine hath se cane ko baen bagal mein le jayen, shouting Karen
ek. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen.
46.
Word of command ginti se cane qawaid bagal cane ek-ek.
Is
positionmein dekhne wali baten, cane baen bagal mein, dahine hath se knob
ko pakra hua, dahina hath kahoni se kalaitak badan se laga hua. Word of
215
command milta hia squad do to dahine hath ko savdhan halat mein le jayen,
shouting Karen do. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad do-do. Is
position mein dekhne wali baten, cane bagal cane halat mein, baki position
savdhan. Jaise the. Is karwahi kaabhyas squad mere word of command par
ginti se karenge.
ABHYAS
47.
48.
49.
Karen.
50.
Karen.
BHAG – VI – BAGAL CANE SE BAJU CANE
UDDESH
51.
Abhi hai bagal cane se baju cane.
ZARURAT
52.
Agar hamein baju cane halat mein rahna ho to bagal cane se baju
cane ki karwahi karte hain.
DURUST NAMUNA
53.
(Bagal cane halat se). Wordof command cane qaeid baju cane ek, dotin-ek. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
54.
Word of command dinti se cane qawaid baju cane ek-ek, squad do-do.
55.
Bagal cane se word of command milta hai ginti se cane qawaid baju
cane ek to dahine hath se knob ko pakren, shouting Karen ek. Yahan tak ke
movement ko dekhen.
216
56.
Word of command ginti se cane qawaid baju cane ek-ek. Is position
mein dekhne wali baten baju cane se bagal cane ke No.1 movemnt ki tarah.
Word of ommand milta hai squad do to dahine hath se cane ko savdhan
halat mein layen, shouting Karen do. Yahn tak ke movement ko dekhen.
Squad do-do. Is position mein dekhne wali batan bagal cane se baju cane ki
puri karwahi ki hui, baki position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka
abhyas squad mere word of command se ginti se karenge.
ABHYAS
57.
58.
59.
Karen.
60.
Karen.
----------------------------********************-------------------------------CD -7-9
CANE KE SATH DHIRE CHAL AUR THAM
DHORAI
BAJU CANE SE TOL CANE AUR TOL CANE SE BAJU CANE.
UDDESH
1. Is period main cane qawaid k eek sabaq jismein kam hoga cane ke sath dhire
chal aur tham.
217
ZARURAT
2. Cane ke sath tej chal ki harkaton ko durust karne ke liye, cane ke sath dhire
chal kiya jata hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dakhen (squad aadhe
daire mein, ustad squad ke samne aur bich se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command samne se fhire chal cane khali down barho squad tham
ek do, do-tin-ek. Jaise the (Cane ko baju cane mwin layen). Isi karwahi ko
ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command ginti se chalna dhire chal ek cane, squad do khali down,
squad tin barho s uad tham ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan
se dekhen aur sunen (Ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
5. Savdhan position se word of command milta hai ginti se chalna dhire chal ek
to is word of command par dhire chal ki tarah baen ko 30 inch aage
barhaen, jab baen paon jamin par lage to dahine hath se cane ko uchhalte
hue donon hathon se tol cane ki pahli harkat mein pakren aur shouting
Karen cane. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen.
6. Word of command ginti se chalna dhire chel ek cane. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten, badan ka bojh baen paon par, dahine paon ki erhi uthi hui
panja jamin par laga hua, cane baju cane se tol cane ke No.1 movement ki
tarah. Word of command milta hai squad do to dahine paon ko khali jane de
aur baen paon jamin par lagte hi cane ko tol cane ki halat mein layen,
shouting Karen khali down. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad do
khali down. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, cane tol cane halat main, baki
position pahle ki tarah. Word of command milta hai squad tin to dahine
paon se dhire chal shurukaren, shouting Karen barho. Tham ka word of
command khali hath dhire chal ki tarah milega. Squad tin barho squad
tham ek-do. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, cane ke sath dhire chal se
tham ki karwahi ki hui, can tol canre halatmein, baki position savdhan.
ABHYAS
Karen.
10.
Karen.
----------------------------------******************--------------------------------------CD – 10-12
218
CANE KE SATH TEJ CHAL AUR THAM
DOHRAI
:
CANE KE SATH DHIRE CHAL AUR THAM.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein cane qawaid ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga cane ke sath
taj chal aur tham.
ZARURAT
2. Jab hamare pas cane ho to ek jagah se dusri jagah jane ke liye yah karwahi
ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust mamuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein,
ustad squad ke samne aur bich se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command samne se tej chal cane khali down khali swing squad
tham khali ek do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command ginti se chalna tej chal ek cane, squad do khali down,
squad tin khali swing tham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur
bayan se dekhen aur sunen (ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
5. Savdhan position se word of command milta hai ginti se chalne tej chal ek. Is
word of command par baen paon ki erhi 30 inch aage lagaen, baen paon ki
erhi jamin par lagate hi dono hathon se cane ko baju cane se tol cane ki
No.1 halat mein layen, shouting Karen cane. Yahan tak ke movement ko
dekhen.
6. Word of command ginti se chalna tej chal ek cane. Is position mein dekhne
ki baten, badan ka bojh dahine paon par baen paon chalti halat mein, erhi
jamin par panja khara, cane baju cane se tol cane ki phalli harkat mein
pakre hue. Word of command milta hia squad do to dahine paon ko khali
jane den, baen paon par cane down Karen, shouting Karen khali down.
219
Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squard do khali down. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten No.1 harkat ki tarah aur cane tol cane ki halat mein. Word
of command milta hia squad tin to dahina paon khali jane den aur baen
paon se cane ko swing Karen aur tej chal ki karwahi shuru Karen, shouting
Karen khali swing. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad tin khali
swing squad tham khli ek-do. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, cane ke
sath tej chal se tham ki karwahi ki hui, cane tol cane halat mein, baki
ABHYAS
Karen.
10.
Karen.
---------------------------------*******************---------------------------------------CD – 13-15
CANE KE SATH DHIRE CHAL SE DAHINE BAEN AUR PICHHE MURNA
BHAG – I
CANE KE SATH DHIRE CHAL SE DAHINE MURHNA
DOHRAI
Cane ke sath tej chal aur tham.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein cane qawaid k eek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga cane ke sath
dhire chal se dahine baen pichhe murhna. Sabse pahle hai dhire chal se
dahine murhna.
ZARURAT
2. Jab cane ke sath dhire chal se march karte hue kisi simmat ko ja rahe ho,
90 degree dahine tarak simmat ki badi karne keliye dahine murh kikarwahi
karte hain. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein,
ustad squad ke baen se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command samne se dhire chal, cane khali down barho murhna
dahine murh khali cane down barho tham ek-co. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko
ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command samne se dhire chal, cane khali down barho ginti se
murhna dahine murh ek khali cane, squad do-do, squad tin-tin, squad chardown, squad panch tham ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan
se dekhen aur sunen (ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
220
5. Dhire chal se word of command milta hai, ginti se murhna dahine murh ek,
ya word of command baen paon par milta hai, dahine paon ko 15 inch aage
lekar baen paon ko kadam tal ki halat mein uthakar ruk jayen aur cane
badan ke samne layen, shouting Karen khali cane. Yahan tak ke movement
ko dekhen.
murhna dahine murh ek khali cane. Is position mein dekhne ki bathen, cane
same cane ki halat mein, chham upar aur knob niche ki taraf, baki position
khali hath ki tarah. Word of command milta hia squad do to is word of
command par dahine paon ki erhi par dahini taraf turn Karen aur baen paon
ko dahine paon ke sath stamp Karen, souting Karen do. Yahan tak ke
movement ko dekhen. Squad do-do. Is position mein dekhn e ki baten, 90
degree dahini taraf turn kiya hua, cane samne cane ki halat mein, baki
position savdhan. Word of commandmilta hai squard tin to dike hue tarike
se dahine paon ko 15 inch aag layen. Shouting Karen tin. Yayan tak ke
movement ko dekhen. Squad tin-tin. Is position mein dekhne ke baten, cane
pahle ki tarah aur dahina paon 15 inch kadam tol halat mein. Word of
command milta hai squad char to dahina paon ko 15 inch aura age jamin
par lagaen aur cane ko tol cane halat mein layen. Shouting Karen down.
Yahan tak ke movement ko dakhen. Squad char down. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten, badan ka bojh dahine paon par, baen paon ke panja jamin
par laga hua, erhi uthi hui, cane tol cane ki halat main. Word of command
milta hai squad panch to baen paon se dhire chal jari Karen,shoting Karen
barho. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhan. Squad pach barho tham ek-c0.
ABHYAS
Karen.
10.
Karen.
UDDESH
11.
BHAG – II CANE SATH DHIRE CHAL SE BAEN MURHNA
Abhi hai cane ke sath dhire chal se baen murh.
ZARURAT
12.
Jab cane ke sath dhire chal se march karte kisi simmat ko ja rahe ho,
90 degree baen taraf simmat ki badly karne ke liye baen murh ki karwahi ki
jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein,
221
ustad squad ke dahine se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
13.
Word of command samne se dhire chal, cane khali down barho
murhna baen murh khali cane down barho squad tham ek-do. Jaise the.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
14.
Word of command samne se dhire chal cane khali down barho ginti se
murhna baen murh ek khali cane, squad do-do, squad tin-tin, squad char
down, squad panch barho squad tham ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti
aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen (ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
15.
Dhire chal se word of command milta hai, ginti se muthna baen murh
ek, yah word of command usi tarah hai jaise khali hath mein aap sikh chuke
hain. Baen paon ke 15 inch aage lekar ruk jayen aur dahine paon ko kadam
tal halat mein uthaen, sath hi cane ko samne cane ki halat mein layen,
shouting Karen khali cane. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen.
16.
Word of command samne se dhire chal, cane khali down barho ginto
se murhna baen murh ek khali cane. Is position mein dekhne ki baten,
badan ka bojh baen paon par, dahina paon 15 inch upar utha hua, cane
samne cane ki halat mein. Word of command milta hai squad do to baen
paon ki erhi se 90 degree baen taraf turn Karen aur dahine paon ko baen
paon ke sath milayen, shouting Karen do. Yahan tak ke movement ko
dekhen. Squad do-do. Is position mein dekhne ki bathen, 90 degree baen
turn kiya hua, cane samne cane ki halat, mein, baki position savdhan.
Word of command minlta hai squad tin to baen paon ko sikhe hue tarike se
15 inch aage le jayen, shouting Karen tin. Yahan tak ke movement ko
dekhen. Squad tin-tin. Is position mein dekhne ki baten jaise aap khali
hath mein sikh chuke hain, cane ki position pahle ki tarah. Word oc
command milta hai squad char to baen ko aur 15 inch aage rakhen aur cane
to down Karen, shouting Karen down. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen.
Squad-char-down. Is position mein dekhne wali baten, cane tol cane
position mein, baki position khali hath mein sikh chuke hain. Word of
command milta hai squad panch to dahine paon se dhire chal shuru Karen
aur shouting Karen barho. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad pach
barho squad tham ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of
command se ginti se karenge (squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
17.
18.
19.
Karen.
20.
Karen.
222
BHAG – III – CANE KE SATH DHIRE CHAL SE PICHHE MURHNA
UDDESH
21.
Abhi hai cane ke sath dhire chal se pichhe murhna.
ZARURAT
22.
Jab cane ke sath dhire chal se march karte hue kisi simmat ko ja rahe
ho, 180 degree pichha ki taraf formation ko kayam rakhte hue direction ki
badli karne ke liye pichhe murh ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust
namuna dekhen (Squad aadhe daire mein, ustad squad ke baen se namuna
den).
DURUST NAMUNA
23.
Word of command samne se dhire chal cane khali down barho murhna
pichhe mur khali cane thahro, do thahro, stamp shoot, down barho tham
ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
24.
Word of command samne se dhire chal, cane khali down barho ginti se
murhna pichhe murh ek khali cane tha hro. Squad do-do thahro. Squad tin
stamp shoot. Squad char down. Squad panch barho tham ek do. Jaise the.
Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur suned (ustad vishram position
se bayan Karen).
25.
Dhire chal se word of command milta hai, ginti se murhna pichhe
murh ek. Yah word of command usi tarah milta hai jaise ki aap khali hath
drill mein sikh chuke hain. Dhaine paon se 90 degree dahine turn karte hue
baen paon ko dahine paon ke sath uthakar lagaen, sath hi cane ko samne
cane ki halat mein lagain. Shouting Karen khali cane thahroo. Yahan tak
26.
Word of command samne se dhire chal, cane khali down barho ginti se
murhna pichhe murh ek khali cane thahro. Is position mein dekhne ki
baten, 90 degree dahine turn kiya hua, cane samne cane ki halat mein, baki
position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad do to is word of
command par baen paon ke panje ki madat se 90 degree dahine turn karte
hue dahine paon ko baeon paon ke sath uthakar lagaen. Shouting Karen do
thahro. Yahan tak ke movement ko dokhen. Squad do-do thahro. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten, lagbhag 180 degree turn kiya hua, cane
samne cane ki halat mein, baki position savdhan. Word of command milta
hai squad tin to position aur direction kodurust karne ke liye baen paon ko
dahine paon ke sath uthakar lagaen, sath hi dahine paon ko 15 inch aage
nikalen. Shouting Karen stamp shoot. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen.
Squad tin stamp shoot. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, pura 180 degree
turn kiya hua, dahina paon 15 inch aage, cane pahle ki tarah. Word of
command milta hai squad char to dahine paon 15 inch aage rakhen, sath hi
cane ko tol cane mein layen, shouting Karen down. Yahan tak ke movement
223
ko dakhen. Squad char down. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, dahina
paon 30 inch aage flat foot, badan ka bojh dahine paon par, baen paon ka
toe jamin mein laga hua aur erhi uthi hui, cane tol cane ki halat mein. Word
of command milta hai squad panch to is word of command par baen paon se
dhire chalk o jari Karen, shouting Karen barho. Yahan tak ke movement ko
dekhen. Squad pach barho tham ek-do. Jaise the Isi karwahi ka abhyas
mere word of command se ginti se karenge (squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
27.
28.
29.
Karen.
30.
Karen.
------------------------*************************----------------------------------------CD – 16-18
CANE KE SATH TEJ CHAL SE DAHINE BAEN AUR PICHHE
MURHNA
BHAG –I-CANE KE SATH TEJ CHAL SE DAHINE MURHANA
DOHRAI
CANE KE SATH DHIRE CHAL SEDAHINE BAEN AUR PICHHE
MURHNA
UDDESH
1. Is period mein cane qawaid ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga cane ke sath taj
chal se dahine baen aur pichhe murhna. Sabse pahle hai dahine murhna.
ZARURAT
2. Jaise kahli hath tej chal mein dahine murhne ke liye sikh chuke hain,
fark hamare pas cane ho to karwahi kis tarah se ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka
durust namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustad squad ke baen se
namuna den)
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command samne se tej chal, cane khali down khali swing murhna
dahine murh khali cane down swing squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command samne se taj chal, cane khali down khali swing ginti se
murhana dahine murh ek-ek, squad do cane, squad tin stamp shoot, squad
char down, squad panch swing squad tham khali ek do. Jaise the. Isi
bayan Karen).
5. Tej chal se word of command milta hai ginti se murhana dehine murh ek,
yah word of command usi tarah hai jaise khali hath tej chal mein dahine
murh ki karwahi karte hain, cane swing halat mein ruk jayen, shouting
Karen ek. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen.
224
6. Word of command samne se tej chal, cane khali down khali swing ginti se
murhana dahine murh ek ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, dahina paon
pura jamin par laga hua, baen paon pura pichhe erhi uthi hut, cane dahine
hath mein pichhe ki taraf, chham aage, knob pichhe jamin ke barabar. Word
of command milta hai squad do to is word of command par dahine baju se
cane ko samne cane ki halat mein layen aur baen paion ko kadam tal halat
men upar uthaen, shouting Karen cane. Yahan tak se movement ko dekhen.
Squad do cane. Is position mein dekhne ko baten, cane samne cane ko halt
mein, baen paon pura upar utha hua. Word of command milta hai squad tin
to is word of command par dahine paon ki drhi par 90 degree dahine taraf
turn Karen, baen paon ko dahine paon ke sath lagaen aur sath hi dahine
paon ko 15 inch aage barhaen, shouting Karen stamp shoot. Yahan tak ke
movement ko dekhen. Squad tin stamp shoot. Is position menin dekhne ko
baten, 90 degree dahine taraf turn kiya hua, baen paon flat foot, dahina
paon 15 inch aage kadamtol halat mein, cane pahle ki position mein. Word
of command milta hair squad char to dahine paon ki erhi ko 15 inch aage
jamin par lagaen, cane tol cane halat mein la jayen, shouting Karen down.
Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad char down. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten, cane tol cane ki halat mein aur dahine paon ki erhi lagi
hui. Word of command milta hai squad panch to baen paon se tej chal jari
Karen aur shouting Karen swing. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad
panch swing squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere
word of command se ginti se karenge (squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
Karen.
10. Ustad ke word of command se squad samay ke andaze se abhyas
Karen.
BHAG II
CANE KE SATH TEJ CHAL SE BAEN MURHNA
UDDESH
11. Abhi hai cane ke sath tej chal se baen murhna.
ZARURAT
12. Jaise khali hath tej chal se baen murh mein sikh chuke hein, fark
hamare pas cane ho to karwahi kis tarh seki jati hai, durust namuna
dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustad squad ke dahine se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
13. Word of command samne se taj chal, cane khali down khali swing
murhana baen murh khali cane down khali swing squad tham khali ek do.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
14. Word of command samne se tej chal, cane khali down khali swing ingti
se murhna baen murh ek-ek, squad do cane, squad tin stamp shoot, squad
char down, squad panch khali swing squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi
bayan Karen).
225
15. Tej chal se word of command milta hai ginti se murhna baen murh ek,
yah word of command khali hath ki tarah hai, jaise khali hath tej chal se
baen murh ki No 1 harkat mein rukte hain usi prakar ruk jayen. Shouting
Karen ek. Yahan tak ke movement ko dehken.
16. Word of command samne se tej chal, cane khali down khali swing ginti
se murhna baen murh ek-ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, jaise aap
khali hath mein sikh chuke hain, cane dahine hath mein aage ki taraf swing
kiya hua chham aage aur knob pichhe ki taraf. Word of command milta hai
squad do to dahine paon ko kadam tal halat mein hthaen aur cane ko samne
cane ki halat mein layen, shouting Karen cane. Yahan tak ke movement ko
dekhen. Squad do cane. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, badan ka bojh
baen paon par, dahina paon pura upar utha hua, cane samne cane ki halat
mein. Word of command milta hai squad tin to is word of command par baen
paon ki erhi par 90 degree baen turn Karen, dahine paon ko baen paon ke
sath milayen aur sath hi baen paon ko 15 inch aage kadam tol ki halat mein
nikalen aur shouting Karen stamp shoot. Yahan tak ke movement ko
dekhen. Squad tin stamp shoot. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, 90 degree
vaen turn kiya hua, barn paon kadam tol ki halat mein 15 inch aae aur cane
samne cane ki halat mein. Word of command milta hai squad charto baen
paon ki erhi 15 inch aage lagaen cane ko tol cane halat mein layen, shouting
Karen down. Yahan tak ke movment ko dekhen. Squad char down. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten, baen paon ki erhi lagi hui aur cane tol cane
ki halat mein. Word of command milta hai squae panch to dahine paon se
marh ko jari Karen shouting Karen khali swing. Yahan tak ke movement ko
dekhen. Squad panch khali swing squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi
karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se karenge (squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
20. Ustad ke word of command se squad samay ke andaze se abhyas Karen.
BHAG III
CANE KE SATH TEJ CHAL SE PICHHE MURHNA
UDDESH
21. Abhi hai cane ke sath tej chal se pichhe murhna
ZARURAT
22. Khali hath tej chal se pichhe murh ki tarah hi hai, fark hamare pas cane
ho to karwahi ko kis tarah se kiya jata hai, durust namuna dekhen (squad
aadhe daire mein, ustad squad ke baen se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
23. Word of command samne se tej chal, cane khali down khali swing
murhna pichhe murh cut kahli cane do tin down swing squad tham khali
ek-do. Jaise the. Isi Karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
se murhna pichhe murh ek khali ek, squad do cane, squad tin-tin, squad
char-char, squad panch down, squad chhe swing squad tham khali ek do.
226
25. Tej chal se word of command milta hai ginti se murhana pichhe murh
ek, yah word of command khali hath ki tarh hai, jaise khali hath tej chal se
pichhe murh ki No1 harkat mein rukte hain, usi prakar ruk jayen, shouting
Karen khali ek. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen.
se murhna pichhe murh ek khali ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten jaise
aap khali hath mein sikh chuke hain, cane dahine hath mein pichhe ki taraf
swing kiya hua, chham aage aur knob pichhe ki taraf. Word of command
milta hai squad do to dahine paon ki erhi ki madat se 90 degree dahine turn
Karen aur cane ko samne cane ki halat mein layen, shouting Karen cane.
Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad do cane. Is position mein dekhne
ki baten, 90 degree dahine turn kiya hua, cane samne cane ko halat mein
baki positon savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad tin to is word of
command par baen paon ke panje ki madad se aur 90 degree dahine taraf
murh kar dahine paon ko 15 inch uthate hue baen paon ke sath milayen.,
shouting Karen tin. Yahan tak ke movment ko dekhen. Squad tin-tin. Is
position mein dekhne ko baten, takriban 180 degree turn kiya jua, cane
samne cane ki halat mein. Word of command milta hai squad char to baen
paon ko upar uthate hue dahine paon ke sath milayen, shouting Karen char.
Squad char char. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, pura 180 degree ichhe
murh ki karwahi ki hui, cane samne cane ki halat mein. Word of command
milta hai squad panch to dahine paon ko 30 inch aage Karen, cane ko down
Karen, shouting Karen down. Squad panch down. Is position mein dekhne ki
baten, dahina paon 30 inch aage, cane tol cane ki halat mein. Word of
command milta hai squad chhe to baen paon se tej chal shuru Karen,
shouting Karen swing. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad chhe
swing swuad tham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word
of command se ginti se karenge (squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
------------------------------*********************------------------------------CD 19-21
CANE KE SATH KHARE KHARE SALUTE KARNA
BHAG I
CANE KE SATH KHARE KHARE SAMNE SALUTE KARNA
DOHRAI
CANE KE SATH TEJ CHAL SE MURHNA
UDDESH
1. Is period mein cane qawaid ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga cane ke
sath khare khare samne, dahine aur baen salue karna. Sabse pahle hai
samne salute karna.
ZARURAT
2. Cane ke sath tej chal se samne salute ki harkaton ko durust karna ke liye
yah karwahi ki jati hai. Isi kawahi ka durust namuna dekhen (squad aadhe
227
daire mein, ustad squad ke bich aur samne se namuna dam).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command salute karna samne salute salute ek, do-tin-ek, do tinek, do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti sedekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command ginti se salute karna samne salute ek, ek-do-tin-ek,
squad do, ek-do-tin-ek, squad tin, ek-do-tin-ek. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko
ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen (ustad vishram position se bayan
Karen).
5. Savdhan position se word of command milta hai, ginti se salute karna
samne salute ek to is word of command par cane ko baju cane se bagal cane
ki puri krawahi Karen. Yah tak ke movement ko dekhen.
6. Word of command ginti se salute karna samne salute ek, ek-do-tin-ek. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten, cane bagal cane ki halat mein, baki position
ek bar khare khare samne salute ki karwahi Karen. Squad do, ek-do-tin-ek.
Is position mein ekhne ki baten, ek bar khare samne salure ki karwahi ki
hui, baki position pahle ki tarah. Word of command milta hai squad tin to is
word of command par cane ko bagal cane se baju cane halat mein layen.
Squad tin, ek-do-tin-ek. Position mein dekhne ki baten, cane baju cane halat
mein, baki, position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of
command se ginti se karenge (squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
BHAG II
CANE KE SATH KHARE KHARE DAHINE SALUTE KARNA
UDDESH
11.
Abhi hai cane ke sath khare khare dahine salute karna.
ZARURAT
12.
Cane ke sath taj chal se dahine salute ki harkaton ko durust karne ke
liye yah karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (squad
aadhe daire mein, ustad aadha baen murh kar namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
13.
Word of command salute karna dahine salute salute, ek-do-tin-ek, dotin-ek, do-tin-ek,do-tin-ek. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
14.
Word of command ginti se salute karna dahine salute ek, ek-do-tin-ek,
squard do, ek-do-tin-ek, squad tin, ek-do-tin-ek. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko
ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen (ustad vishram position se bayan
Karen).
228
15.
Savdhan position se word of command milta hai ginti se salute karna
dahine salute ek. Is word of command par cane ko baju cane se bagal cane
ki karwahi Karen. Yahan tak ke movement ko dakhen.
16.
Word of command ginti se salute karna dahine salute ek, ek-do-tin-ek,
Is position mein dekhne ki baten, cane bagal cane halat mein, baki position
ek bar khare khare dahine salute ki karwahi Karen. Yahan tak ke movement
ko dekhen. Squad do, ek-do-tin-ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, ek
bar khare khare dahine salute ki karwahi ki hui, baki position savdhan.
Word of command milta hai squad tin to cane ko cane ko bagal cane se baju
cane ki halat mein layen. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad tin, ekdo-tin-ek. Is position meindd dekhne ki baten cane baju cane halat mein,
baki position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of
command se ginti se karenge (squad ek line mein aadha baen murh Karen).
ABHYAS
17.
18.
19.
20.
Karen.
Ustad ke word of command se squad samay ke andaze se
abhyas Karen.
BHAG – III – CANE KE SATH KHARE KHARE BAEN SALUTE KARNA
UDDESH
21.
Abhi hai cane ke sath khare khare baen salute karna.
ZARURAT
22.
Cane ke sath tej chal se baen salute ki harkaton ko durust karne ke
liye yah karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (squad
aadhe daire mein, ustad aadha dhine murh karke namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
23.
Word of command salute karna baen salute salute, ek-do-tin-ek, dotin-ek, do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se
dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
24.
Word of command ginti se salute karna baen salute ek, ek-do-tin-ek,
squad do, ek-do-tin-ek, squad tin, ek-do-tin-ek. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko
ginti aur abayn se dekhen aur sunen.
25.
Savdhan position se word of command milta hai ginti salute karns
baen salute ek, is word of command par cane ko baju cane se bagal cane ki
karwahi Karen. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen.
26.
Word of command ginti se solute karne baen salute k, ek-do-tin-ek. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten, cane bagal cane mein, baki position savdhan.
Word of command milta hai squad do to is word of command par ek bar
229
khare kahre baen salute ki karwahi Karen. Yahan tak ke movement ko
dekhen. Squad do, ek-do-tin-ek. Is position emin dekhne ki baten khare
khare baen salute ki karwahi ki hui, baki position pahle ki tarah. Word of
command milta hai squad tin to is word of command par cane ko bagal cane
se baju cane ki halat mein layen. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen.
Squad tin-ek-do-tin-ek. Is position mein dekhne ke baten, cane baju cane
halat mein, baki position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas squad
mere word of command se ginti se karenge (squad ek line mein, aadha
dahine murh Karen).
ABHYAS
27.
28.
29.
30.
Karen.
abhyas Karen.
---------------------------------************************--------------------------------CD – 22-24
CANE KE SATH DHIRE CHAL SE SALUTE KARNA
BHAG – I CANE KE SATH DHIRE CHAL SE SAMNE SALUTE KARNA
DOHRAI
Cane ke sath khare khare salute karna.
UDDESH
1. Is period mein cane qawaid ka ek aur sabaq ijsmein kam hoga cane ke sath
dhire chal se samne, dahine aur baen salute karna. Sabse pahle hai dhire
chal se samne salute karna.
ZARURAT
2. Tej chal se samne salute ki harkaton ko durust karne ke liye, dhire chal se
cane ke sath samne salute ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust
namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustad squad ke samne aur bich
se namua den).
DURUST NAMUNA
3. Word of command samne se dhire chal, cane khali down barho salute karna
samne salute salute ek-do, do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek, do-tinek, do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek, do-tin-cane khali down barho squad tham
ek do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4. Word of command samne se dhire chal cane khali down barho ginti se salute
karna samne salute ek,ek-do, squad do, ek-do-tin-ek, squad tin ek-do-tinek, squad char, ek-do-tin-ek, squad panch, ek-do-tin-ek, squad chhe cane,
squad saat khali down, squad aath brho squad tham ek-do. Jaise the.
Isikarwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen (ustad vishram position
se bayan Karen).
230
5. Dhire chal se word of command milta hai ginti se salute karna samne salute
ek, yah word of command us samay milta hai jab ki dahina paon jamin par
lag raha ho ya baen paon dahine paon ko cross kar raha ho, dhire chall se
tham ki karwahi karke ruk jayen. Shouting Karen ek-do. Yahan tak ke
movement ko dekhen.
salute karna samne salute ek, ek-do. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, cane
ke sath dhire chal se tham ki karwahi ki hui, cane tol cane ki halat mein,
baki position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad do to cane ko
baju cane se bagal cane ki karwahi Karen. Yahan tak ke movement to
dekhen. Squad do, ek-do-tin-ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, cane
bagal cane halat mein, baki position savdhan. Word of command milta hai
squad tin to ek abar khare khare sikhe hue tarike se samne salute ki
karwahi Karen. Yahan tak ke movement to dekhen. Squad tin, ek-do-tin-ek.
Is position mein dekhne ki baten, ek bar khare khare samne salute ki
karwahi ki hui, baki position pahle ki tarh. Word of command milta hai
squad char to dubara samne salute ki karwahi Karen. Yahan tak ke
movement ko dekhen. Squad char ek-do-tin-ek. Is position mein dekhne ki
baten, dubara khare khare samne salute ki karwahi ki hui, baki position
pahle ki tarash. Word of command milta hai squad panch to pichhe murh ki
karwahi Karen aur dubara squad ki tariff munh Karen. Squad panch ek-dotin-ek. Jaise the. Is position mein dekhne ki dekhne ki baten 180 degree
pichhe murh ki karwahi ki hui, baki position pahle ki tarah. Yahan par
dubara pichhe murh ki karwahi nahin hai. Squad par control karne aur
drill ka agla movement dikhana ke liye dubara pichhe murh ki karwahi ki
gai hai. Word of command milta hai squad chhe to baen paon 30 inch
lagaen aur dahine hath se cane ko baen bagal mein grip Karen, shoutinh
Karen cane. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squard chhe cane. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten, baen paon 30 inch aage laga hua, badan ka
bojh baen paon par, dahine hath se cane ko tol ki jagah pakra hua. Word of
command milta hai squad saat to dahine paon ko khali jane den, baen paon
par cane ko tol cane ki kalat mein layen, shouting Karen dhali down. Yahan
tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad saat khali down. Is position mein
dekhne ki naten, cane tol cane ki halat mein, baki position pahle ki tarah.
Word of command milta hai squad aath to dahine paon se dhire chal shuru
Karen, shouting Karen barho. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad
aath barho squad tham ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mereword of
command se ginti se karenge
ABHYAS
Karen.
10.
abhyas Karen.
231
BHAG – II CANE KE SATH DHIRE CHAL SE DAHINE SALUTE KARNA
UDDESH
11.Abhi hai cane ke sath dhire chal se dahine salute karna.
ZARURAT
12.Cane ke sath tej chal se dahine salute ki harkaton kodurust karne keliye,
dhire chal se dahine salute ki karwahi kit jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust
namuna dekhen (squad aadha daire mein, ustad squad ke baen se tirchha
45 degree anglese namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
13.Word of commandsamnesedhire chal,cane khali down barho salute
karnadahine salute salute cane khali down khali ek-do-tin-char-panch down
cane khali down barho squad tham ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se
dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
14.Word of command samne se dhirfe chal, canekhali down barho ginti se
salute karna dahine salute ek cane, squad do khali down, squad tin khali
ek-do-tin-char-panch-down, squad char cane, squad panch khali down,
squadchhebarho squad tham ek-do. Jaise the. Ist ikarwahi ko ginti aur baen
se dekhen aur sunen (ustad vishram position se bayan Karen).
15.Dhire chal se word of commandmilta hai ginti se salute karna dahine salute
ek, yah word of command dahine paonparmilega,baen paonjamin par lagte
hi cane ko baen bagalmein le jayen, shouting Karen cane. Yahan tak ke
movement ko dekhen.
16.Word of command samne se dhire chal, cane khali down barho ginti se
salute karna dahine salute ek cane. Is position meindehne ki baten, baen
paon jamin par, dahine paon jamin par toe se laga hua, erhi uthi hui, cane
baen bagal mein dahine hath se tol ke jagah par pakri hui. Word of
command milta hai squad do to dahine paon ko khali jane den, baen paon
jamin par lagte hidahine hath down Karen, shouting Karen khali down.
Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad do khali down. Is position men
dekhne ki baten, dahina hath savdhan halat mein, baki positionpahle ki
tarah. Word of command milta hai squad tin to dahine paon ko khali chhor
kar baenpaon par dahine salute ki karwahi Karen aur panch kadam ka
jamini fasla tai karke salute down karke ruk jayen. Yahan tak ke movement
ko dekhen. Squad tin khali ek-do-tin-char-panch-down. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten, dahina paon pura jamin par laga hua badan ka bojh
dahine paon par,baen paon jamin par toe se laga hua erhi uthi hui, baki
position pahle ki tarah. Word of command milta hai squad char to baen paon
lagte hi dahine hath se cane ko tol ki jagah par pakren. Shouting Karen
cane. Squad char cane. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, No 1 harkat ki
tarah. Word of commandmilta hai squad panch to dahine paon ko khali jane
den aur baen paon aage lagte hi cane ko downkaren, shouting Karen khali
down. Yahan tak ke movement ko dehen. Squad panch khali down. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten, cane tol cane ki halat mein, baki position
pahle ki tarah. Word of command milta hai squad chhe to dahine paon se
dhire chal jari Karen, shouting Karen barho. Sqhad chhe barho squad tham
232
ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se ginti se
ABHYAS
17.Ustad ke word of command se squad ginti se abhyas Karen.
18.Ustad word of command bataen squad khushi se abhyas Karen.
19.Ustgad ke word of command se squad samay pukarte hue abhyas Karen.
20.Ustad ke word of command se squad samy ke andaze se abhyas Karen.
BHAG III
CANE KE SATH DHIRE CHAL SE BAEN SALUTE KARNA
UDDESH
21.Abhi hai cane ke sath dhire chal se baen salute karna.
ZARURAT
22.Badi paradon mein VIP kea age pilot nirikshan line mein dhire chale se
chalet hain aur colour parade mein hazir hon to colour ke samne se gujarte
samay dhire chal se baen salute ki karsahi karte hain. Isi karwahi ka durust
namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustad squad ke dahine se
namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
23. Word of command samne se dhire chal, cane khali down barho salute karna
baen salute salute cane khali down khali ek-do-tin-char-panch-down cane
khali down barho squad tham ek-do-jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti se
dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
24. Word of command samne se dhire chal, cane khali down baho ginti se
salute karna baen salute ek cane, squad do khali down, squad tin khali ekdo-tin-char-panch-down, squad char cane, squad panch khali down, squad
chhe barho squad tham ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se
GINTI AUR BAYANSE NAMUNA
25.Dhire chal se word of command milta hai ginti se salute kama baen salute
ek, yah word of command dahine paon par milega, baen paon par sikhe hue
tarike se cane ko baen bagal mein le jayen, shouting Karen cane. Yahan tak
salute karna baen salute ek cane. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, baen
paon flat foot, badan ka bojh baen paon par, dahina paon jamin se toe se
laga hua erhi uthi hui, can baen bagal mein dahine hath se tol ki jagah par
pakri hui. Word of command milta hai squad do to dahine paon ko khali jane
den baen paon lagte hi dahine hath ko savdhan position mein le jayen,
shouting Karen khali down. Yahan tak ke movement ko dehen. Squad do
khali down, is position mein dekhne ki baten, dahina hath savdhan halat
mein, baki position pahle ki tarah. Word of command milta squad tin to
dahine paon ko khali chhorh kar baen paon se baen salute ki karwahi Karen
aur salute aur salute down karke ruk jayen. Yahan tak ke movement ko
dekhen. Squad tin khali ek-do-tin-char-panch-down. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten, dahina paon 30 inch aage jamin par laga hua badan ka
bojh dahine paon par, baen paon jamin par toe se laga hua erhi uthi hui,
baki position phale ki tarah. Word of command milta hai squad char to baen
paon lagte hi dahine hath se cane ko tol ki jagah par pakren, shouting Karen
233
cane. Yahan tak ke
movement ko dekhen. Squad char cane. Is position
mein dekhne ki baten, position No.1 ki tarah. Word of command milta hai
squad panch to dahine paon ko khali jane den aur baen paon lagte hi cane
ki halat mein layen,shouting Karen khalidown. Yahan tak ke movement ko
dekhen. Squad panch khali down. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, cane tol
cane ki halat mein,baki position pahle ki tarah. Word of command milta hai
squad chhe todahine paon se dhie chal shuru Karen. Shouting kare barho.
Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad chhe barho squad tham ek-do.
Jaise the. Isi Karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se gini se karenge
ABHYAS
29. Ustad ke word of command squad samay pukarte hue abhyas Karen.
----------------------------------********************----------------------------------CD 25-27
CANE KE SATH TEJ CHAL SE SALUTE KARNA
BHAG I CANE KE SATH TEJ CHAL SE SAMNE SALUTE KARNA
DOHRAI Dhire chal se salute karna
UDDESH
1. Is period mein cane qawaid ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga cane ke sath
tej chal se samne, dahine aur baen salute karna. Sabse pahle hai tej chal se
samne salute karna.
ZARURAT
2. Jab hamare pas cane ho aur hamein kisi salute adhikari ke pas jana ho ya
unhone hamein apne pas bulaya ho to unhen izzat den eke liye tej chal se
samne salute ki karwahi ki kati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen
(squad aadhe daire mein, ustad squad ke samne aur bich se namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
3.Word of command samne se tej chal, cane khali down khali swing salute
karna samne salute salute khali ek-do, do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek, do-tinek, do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek, do-tin-cane khali down khali
swing squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise the, Isi karwahi ko ginti se dekhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
4.Word of command samne se tej chal, cane khali downkhali swing ginti se
salute karna samne salute ek khali ek-do, squad do, ek-do-tin-ek, squad tin,
ek-do-tin-ek, squad char, ek-do-tin-ek, squad panch, ek-do-tin-ek,, squad chhe
cane, squad saat, khali down, squad aath, khali swing squad tham khali ek-do.
Jaise the. Isi karwahi ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen (ustad vishram
234
GINTI AUR BAEN SE NAMUNA
5.Tej chal se word of command milta hai, ginti se salute karna samne salute ek,
is word of command par tham karke ruk jayen. Shouting Karen khali ek-do.
6.Word of command samne se tej chal, cane khali down khali swing ginti se
salute karna samne salute ek khali ek-do. Is position mein dekhne ki baten,
cane ke sath tej chal se tham ki karwahi ki hui, cane tol cane ki halat mein,
baki position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad do to is word of
command par cane ko tol cane se bagal cane ki karwahi Karen. Yahan tak ke
movement ko dekhen. Squad-do, ek-do-tin-ek. Is position mein dekhne ki
baten,cane bagal cane halat mein, baki position savdhan. Word of command
milta hai squad tin to ek bar khare khare sasmne salute ki karwahi Karen.
Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad tin,ek-do-tin-ek. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten, ek bar khare khare samne salute ki karwahi ki hui,baki
position mein dekhne ki baten, ek bar khare khare samne salute ki karwahi ki
hui, baki position pahle ki tarah. Word of command milta hai squad char to
dubara khare khare samne salute ki karwahi Karen. Yahan tak ke movement ko
dekhen. Squad char ek-do-tin-ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, khare
kahre dubara samne salute ki karwahi ki hui, baki positionpahle ki tarah. Word
ofcommand milta hai squad panch to pichhe murh ki karwahi Karen. Yahan
tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad panch, ek-do-tin-ek. Jaise the. Is position
mein dekhne ki baten, 180 degree pichhe murh ki karwahi ki hui. Yahan par
dubara pihhe murh ki karwahi nahi hai, squad par control karne aur drill ka
agla movement dikhane ke liye dubara pichhe murh ki karwahi ki gai hai. Word
of command milta hai squad chhe to baen paon ko 30 inch aage Karen aur
cane koi baen bagal mein dahine hath se tol ki jagah se pakren aur shouting
Karen cane. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad chhe cane. Is position
mein dekhne ki baten, cane baen bagal mein dahine hath se tol ki jagah par
pakre hue, baen paon 30 inch aage erhi lagi hui. Word of command milta hai
squad saat to dahine paon ko khali jane den,baen paon ke lagte hi cane tol cane
ki halat mein layan, shouting Karen khali down. Yahan tak ke movement ko
dekhen. Squad saat khali down.Is positionmein dekhne ki baten, cane tol cane
ki halat mein, baki position pahle ki tarah. Word of command milta hai squad
aath to dahine paon se tej chal shuru Karen, shouting Karen khali swing.
Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad aath khali swing squad tham khali
ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se ginti se
ABHYAS
9.Ustad ke word of command se squad samay pukarte huye abhyas Karen.
10.Ustad ke word of command se squad samay ke andaze se abhyas karen.
BHAG II
CANE KE SATH TEJ CHAL SE DAHINE SALUTE KARNA
235
UDDESH
11.Abhi hai cane ke sath tej chal se dahine salute karna.
ZARURAT
12. Jab ham cane ke sath march karte hue ja rahe hon aur hamin apne
dahine taraf ssalute adhikari milen to unhen izzat den eke liye tej chal se
baen salute ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen
(squad aadhe daire mein, ustad squad ke baense tirchha namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
13. Word of command samne se tej chal, cane khali down khali swing salute
karna dahine salute – salute khali cane khali down khali ek-do-tin-charpanch down cane khali down khali swing squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise the.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
salute karna dahine salute ek khali cane, squad do khali down, squad tin
khali ek-do-tin-char-panch down, squad char cane, squad panch khali
down, squad chhe khali swin squad ham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi
ko ginti aur bayan se dekhen aur sunen (ustad vishram position se bayan
Karen).
GINTE AUR BAYAN SE NAMUNA
15.Tej chal se word of command milta hai ginti se salute karna dahine salute
ek, yah word of command baen paon par milega, dahine paon ko khali
chhoren aur baen paon par cane ko bagal cane ki halat mein le jayen,
236
shouting Karen khali cane. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen.
salute karna dahine salute ek khali cane. Is position mein dekhne ki baten,
dahina paon pura jamin par laga hua, badan ka bojh dahine paon par, baen
paon 30 inch aage erhi se laga hua, dahine hath se cane ko baen bagal mein
tol ki jagah par pakrhe hue. Word of command milta hai squad do to dahine
paon ko khali jane den baen paon lagte hi dahine hath ko down Karen,
shouting Karen khali down. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad do
khali down. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, cane baen bagal mein jami
hui, dahina hath savdhan position mein, baki position pahle ki tarah. Word
of command milta hai squad tin to dahine paon ko khali jane den aur baen
paon se dahine salute ki karwahi down tak karke ruk jayen. Yahan tak ke
movement ko dekhen. Squad tin khali ek-do-tin-char-panch down. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten, tej chal se dahine salute aur down tak ki
karwahi ki hui, baen paon pura jamin se laga hua, dahine paon ki erhi 30
inch aage lagi hui. Word of command milta hai squad char to baen paon ko
30 inch aage Karen, sath hi dahine hath se cane kobaen bagal mein tol ki
jagah pakren, shouting Karen cane. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen.
Squad char cane, is position mein dekhne ki baten, No 1 position ki tarah.
Word of command milta hai squad panch to dahine paon kokhali jane den
baen paon lagte hi cane tol cane ki halat mein layen, shouting Karen khali
down. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad panch khali down. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten, cane tol cane ki halat mein, baki position
pahle ki tarah. Word of command milta hai squad chhe to dahine paon se
march jari Karen, shouting Karen khali swing. Yahan tak ke movement ko
dekhen . Squad chhe khali swing squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi
karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command se karenge (squad ek line mein).
ABHYAS
BHAG III CANE KE SATH TEJ CHAL SE BAEN SALUTE KARNA
237
UDDESH
21. Abhi hai cane ke sath tej chal se baen salute karna.
ZARURAT
22.Jab ham cane ke sath march karte hue ja rahe hon, haemin apne baen
taraf salute adhikari milen to unhen izzat den eke liye tej chal se baen salute
ki karwahi ki jati hai. Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen. (squad aadhe
daire mein,ustad squad ke dahine se tirchha namuna den).
DURUST NAMUNA
23. Word of command samne se tej chal cane khali down khali swing salute
karna baen salute – salute khali cane khali down. Khali ek-do-tin-charpanch down cane khali down khali swing squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise the.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
24. Word of command samne se tej chal cane khali down khali swing ginti se
salute karna baen salute ek khali cane, squad do khali down, squad tin
khali ek-do-tin-char-panch down, squad char cane, squad panch khali
down, squad chhe khali swing squad tham khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi
bayan Karen).
238
25. Tej chal se word of command milta hai ginti se salute karna baen salute
ek, yah word of command baen paon par milega, dahine paon ko khali jane
den baen paon lagte hi cane ko baen bagal mein le jayan, shouting karen
khali cane. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen
se salute karna baen salute ek khali cane. Is position mein dekhne ki baten,
cane baen bagal mein, baen paon aage erhi lagi hui, dahine hath se cane ko
tol ki jagah par pakra hua. Word of command milta hai squad do to dahine
paon ko khali jane den, baen paon ki erhi lagte hi dahine hath ko savdhan
halat mein layen, shouting karen khali down. Yahan tak ke movement ko
dekhen. Squad do khali down. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, position
pahle ki tarah. Word of command milta hai squad tin to dahine paon ko
khali jane den aur baen paon se baen salute ki karwahi down tak karke ruk
jayen. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad tin khali ek-do-tin-charpanch down. Is position mein dekhne ki baten tej chal se baen salute aur
down tk ki karwahi ki hui, baen paon pura jamin se laga hua badan ka bojh
baen paon par, dahina paon 30 inch aage erhi se laga hua. Word of
command milta hai squad char to baen paon ko 30 inch aage len aur dahine
hath se cane ko baen bagal mein tol ki jagah pakren, shouting karen cane.
Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad char cane. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten, No 1 harkat ki tarah. Word of command milta hai squad
panch to dahine paon ko khali jane den, baen paon lagte hi cane tol cane ki
halat mein layne, shouting karen khali down. Yahan tak ke movement ko
dekhen. Squad panch khali down. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, cane tol
cane ki halat mein, baki position pahle ki tarah. Word of command milta hai
squad chhe to dahine paon se tej chal shuru karen, shouting karen khali
swing. Yahan tak ke movement ko dekhen. Squad chhe khali swing squad
them khali ek-do. Jaise the. Isi karwahi ka abhyas mere word of command
ABHYAS
27. Ustad
28. Ustad
29. Ustad
30. Ustad
word of command bataen squad khushi se abhyas karen.
ke word of command se squad samay pukarte hue abhyas karen.
ke word of command se squad samay ke andaze se abhyas karen.
--------------------------------*********************-----------------------------CD 28-30
CANE KE SATH TEJ CHAL SE PATR KE SATH SAMNE SALUTE KARNA
DOHRAI Cane ke sath tej chal se samne salute karna.
239
UDDESH
1. Is period mein cane qawaid ka ek aur sabaq jismein kam hoga cane ke
sath tej chal se part ke sath samne salute karna.
ZARURAT
2. Jab hamare pas cane ho aur hamein koi likhit sandesh kisi salute
adhikari ko dena ho to us samay is karwahi ko amal mein laya jata hai.
Isi karwahi ka durust namuna dekhen (squad aadhe daire mein, ustad
squad ke samneaur bich se namuna den).
Note:
(a) Isse aage ki karwahi samne salute ki tarah hai, part dahine jeb mein
hota hai. Squad char mein dahine hath se part ko dahine jeb se
nikalen aur dahina hath savdhan mein layen. Squad panch mein
dahine hath se part ko 45 degree ke angle par salute adhikari ko
handover karen aur dahina hath wapas savdhan mein layen. Isase
aage ki karwahi cane ke sath samne salute ki tarah hai.
(b)Cane ke sath part ke sath samne salute ke das movement hote
hain.
ABHYAS
4. Ustad word of command bataen squad khushi se abhyas karen.
Karen.
6. Ustad ke word of command se squad samay ke andaze se abhyas
karen.
********************************************************************************************
********************************************************************************************
*******************************************************************
6. LAST RITES DRILL
FND 1-2
SALAMI SHASTR SE ULTE SHASTR
UDDESH
Is period mein last rites qawaid ka ek squad jis mein kam sashtr se ulte sashtr.
ZARURAT
Fire party dead body ke age dhire chal se ulte sashtr se march karti hai. Isi karwai
ka durust namuna dekhen.
240
DURUST NAMUNA
Word of command sashtr qawaid ulte sashtr ek-do-tin, ek-do-tin-char, do-ten-ek,
do-tin-ek. Jaise the. Is karwai ko ginti sedakhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
Word of command ginti se sashtr qawaid ulte sashtr eke k squad do-ek-do-tinchar, squad tin-tin, squad char-char. Jaise the. Isi karwai ko ginti aur baen ke
sath dakhen aur sune.
Salami sashtr se word of command milta hai ginti se asahtr qawaid ulte sashtr ek
to word of command par dahine paon ko savdan position mein layen aur dono
bazuon ko rifle ke sath 90* par rakhte hue badan ke samne sidha Karen, shouting
Karen ek. Yahan tak ki movement ko dakhen.
Word of command ginti se sashtr qawaid ulte sashtr ek ek. Is position mein
dakhne ki baten, dono paon savdhan position mein, rifle badan ke samne 90* par,
dono bazu sidhe. Word of command milta hai squad do ek se char tak ki slow ginti
karte hue dahine hath se rifle ke butt ki dahine kandhe ki taraf se niche se upar
aur baen hath se flash hider ko age se niche ki taraf ghumaye, sath hi isi jagah se
hathon ki position ko badali karte jayen. Yahan tak ki movement ko dakhen.
Squad do, ek-do-tin-char. Is position mein dakhne ki baten, dahina hath small of
the butt par aur bayay hath hand guard par, flash hider niche aur butt upar ki
taraf, magazinesiling apni taraf, rifle 90* par, baki position savdhan. Word of
command milta hai squad tin to, is word of command par dono hathon ki position
badly Karen aur shouting Karen tin. Yahan tak ki movement ko dakhen. Squad tin
tin. Is position mein dakhne ki baten, dahina hath hand guard par aur bayan hath
small of the butt par. Word of command milta hai squard char to dahine hath se
rifle ko baen bagal ki taraf dhaklen aur dahine hath ko chorkar pith ke piche se
rifle ke hand guard ko pakren, baen hath se rifle ko baen bagal mein zamin aur
shouting Karen char. Yahan tak ki movement ko dakhen. Squad char char. Is
position mein dakhne ki baten, rifle baen bagal mein 45* ke angle par, butt age,
flash hider piche, magazine bagal ke niche, baen hath small of the butt par,
angutha niche se angutha upar se, koni rifle ke sath jami hui, dahina hath
forehand guard par, ungulian niche se, angutha upar se pakra hua aur dahini
koni pith ke sath lagi hui, baki position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwai ka abhiyas
ABHIYAS
Usted ke word of command squad ginti se abhiyas Karen.
Ustad word of command batayen squad kushi se abhiyas Karen.
Ustad ke word of command se squad samaye pukarte hue abhiyas Karen.
Ustad ke word of command se squad samaye ke andaze se abhiyas Karen.
---------------------------*********************--------------------------------------------FND-3
ULTE SASHTR SE BADLI SASHTR
Dohrai
Slami sashtr se ulte sashtr.
UDDESH
Is period mein last rites qawaid ka ek aur sabaq jis mein kam hoga ulte sashtr se
badly sashtr.
ZARURAT
241
Jab samshan bhumi dur ho to firing party ulte sashtr se thak jane par badly
sashtr ki karwai karti hai. Isi karwai ka durust namuna dakhen.
DURUST NAMUNA
Word of command saahtr qawaid badly sashtr ek-do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek. Jaise the. Isi
karwai ko ginti se dakhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
Word of command ginti se sashtr qawaid badly sashtr ek ek, squad do do, squad
tin tin. Jaise the. Isi karwai ko ginti aur baen se dakhen aur sune.
Ulte sashtr se word of command milta hai, ginti se sashtr qawaid badly sashtr ek
do is word of command par dahine hath ko rifle se chor kar savdhan position mein
layen, baen hath se rifle ko badan ke baen aur age le jayen, shouting Karen ek.
Yahan tak ki movement ko dakhen.
ABHIYAS
-------------------------------------------****************-------------------------------FND 4-5
ULTE SASHTR SE TOL SASHTR AUR TOL SASHTR SE ULTE SASHTR
BHAG 1
ULTE SASHTR SE TOL SASHTR
DOHRAI
Ulte sashtr se badly sashtr.
UDDESH
tol sashtr aur tol sashtr se ulte sashtr. Sabse pahle hai ulte sashtr se tol sashtr.
ZARURAT
Jab samshan bhumi dur ho aur firing party dhire chal se march karke ja rahi ho
to tez chal mein ane se pahle ulte sashtr se tol sashtr ki karwai karti hai. Isi
karwai ka durust namuna dakhen.
DURUST NAMUNA
Word of command sashtr qawaid tol sashtr ek-do-tin-ek. Jaise the. Isi karwai ko
ginti se dakhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
Word of command ginti se sashtr qawaid tol sashtr ek ek, squad do do. Jaise tahe.
Isi karwai ko ginti se dakhen aur sune.
Jab ulte sashtr se word of command milta hai ginti se sashtr qawaid tol sashtr ek
to is word of command oar baen hath se rifle ko tol kiu jagah par pakren aur
shouting Karen ek. Yahan tak ki movement ko dakhen.
Word of command ginti se sashtr qawaid tol sashtr ek ek. Is positon mein dakhne
ki baten, rifle baen hath se tol ki jagah par pakri hui, baki position pahle ki tarah.
Word of command milta hai squad do to baen hath se rifle ko sidha niche layen,
sath hi dahine hath ko savdhan halat mein layen, shouting Karen do. Yahan tak ki
movement ko dakhen. Squad do do. Isi position mein dakhne ki baten, rifle zamin
ke samantar, butt age, flash hider piche ki tarf, magazine aur seling upar ki tarar,
242
baki position savdhan. Jaise the. Isi karwai ka abhiyas mere word of command se
ginti se karenge.
ABHIYAS
BHAG 2 TOL SASHTR SE ULTE SASHTR
UDDESH
Abhi hai tol sashtr se ulte sashtr.
ZARURAT
Jab samshan bhumi 300gaz door rah jati hai to firing party dire chal mein ane se
pahle tol sashtr se ulte sashtr ki karwai karte hai. Isi karwai ka durust namuna
dakhen.
DURUST NAMUNA
Word of command sashtr qawaid ulte sashtr ek-do-tin-ek. Jaise the. Isi karwai ko
ginti se dakhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
Word of command ginti se sashtr qawaid ulte sashtr ek ek squad do do. Jaise the.
Isi karwai ko ginti aur baen se dakhen aur sune.
Ginti aur baen se namuna
Jab tol sashtr se word of command milta hai, ginti se sashtr qawaid ulte sashtr ek
to is word of command par baen hath se rifle ko baen bagal mein le jaye aur
dahine hath se rifle ko forehand guard ko pith ke piche se pakren, shouting Karen
ek. Yahan tak ki movement ko dakhen.
dakhne ki baten, rifle ulte sashtr ki position mein aur baen hath tol ki jagah par
pakra hua, dahine hath se forehand guard ko pith ke piche se pakra hua, baki
position savdhan. Word of command milta hai squad do to baen hath ko small of
the butt par le jaye, shouting Karen do. Yahan tak ki movement ko dakhen. Squad
do do. Is position mein dakhne ki baten, rifle ulte sashtr mein baki position
savdhan. Jaise the. Abhi ap isi karwai ka abhiyas karenge.
ABHIYAS
-----------------------------********************---------------------------------------FND-6
TOL SASHTR SE BADLI SASHTR
DOHRAI
Ulte sashtr se tol sashtr aur tol sashtr se ulte sashtr.
UDDESH
Is period mein last rites qawaid ka ek aur saqab jisme kam hoga tol sashtr se badli
sashtr.
ZARURAT
Jab samshan bhumi dur ho to fire party dead body ke age tol sashtr se tez chal se
243
march karti hai, tol sashtr se rifle ko dusre hath mein le jane ke liye badly sashtr
ki karwai ki jati hai. Is karwai ka durust namuna dakhen.
DURUST NAMUNA
Word of command sashtr qawaid badly sashtr ek-do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek. Jaise the. Isi
karwai ko ginti se dakhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
Word of command ginti se sashtr qawaid badly sashtr eke k squad do do, squad tin
tin. Jaise the. Isi karwai ko ginti aur baen se dakhen aur sune.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
Word of command ginti se sashtr qawaid badly sashtr ek ek, squad do do, squad
tin tin. Jaise the. Isi karwai ko ginti se aur baen se dakhen aur sune.
Jab tol sashtr se word of command milta hai ginti se sashtr qawaid badli se sashtr
ek to is word of command par baen hath se rifle ko badan ke samne 90* par le
jayen, shouting Karen ek. Yahan tak ki movement ko dakhen. Word of command
ginti se sashtr qawaid badli sashtr ek ek. Is position mein dakhne ki baten, baen
hath koni se klai tak zamin ke samantar, rifle ki position flash hider niche ki taraf
aur baen hath se tol ki jagah par pakra hua, rifle badan ke age 90* ulti halat mein,
magazine aur siling apni tarar baki position savdhan. Is karwai ka abhiyas mere
word of command ginti se karenge.
ABHIYAS
---------------------------*********************-----------------------------------------FND 7-8
ULTE SASHTR SE SHOK SASHTR AUR SHOK SASHTR SE ULTE SASHTR
Bhag 1 Ulte sashtr se shok sashtr
DOHRAI
Tol sashtr se badly sashtr.
UDDESH
shok sashtr aur shok sashtr se ulte sashtr, sabse pahle hai ulte sashtr se shok
sashtr.
ZARURAT
Jab firing party dead body ke sath samshan bhumi mein pahunchti hai to dead
body ko akhiri salami dene se pahle ulte sashtr se shok sashtr ki karwai karti
hai.Isi karwai ka durust namuna dakhen.
DURUST NAMUNA.
Word of command sashtr qawaid shok sashtr ek, ek-do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek-do-tinchar, do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek, do-tin-ek, do-tin-char, do-tin-ek,-do-tin-ek, is karwai ko
ginti se dakhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
Word of command ginti se sashtr qawaid shok sashtr ek ek, squad do do, squad tin
ek-do-tin-char, squad char char, squad panch panch, squad seh seh, ek-do-tinchar, squad sat sat, squad at hath, jaiise the. Isi karwai ko ginti aur baen se
dakhen aur sune.
244
Ulte sashtr se word of command milta hai ginti se sashtr qawaid shok sashtr ek to
dajhine hath se rifle ko chorkar baen hath ki madad serifle ke flash hider ko baen
boot ke toe ke upar tikayen aur shotinn Karen ek. Yahan tak ki movement ko
dakhen.
Word of command ginti se sashtr qawaid shok sashtr ek ek. Is position mein
dakhne ki baten, rifle ka flash hider bayeb boot ki toe ki upar laga hua, rifle aur
magazine dono tango ke bich mein, bayn hath small of the butt par dahina hath
savdhan position mein word of command milta hai squad do to dahine hath ko
kandhe ke baraber pura dahine uthayen aur chare ko bhi dahine le jaye aur
shouting Karen do. Yahan tak ki movement ko dakhen. Is position mein dakhne ki
baten, dahina hath pure dahine kandhe ke barabar uthaya hua aur cahra pura
dahine ghumaya hua, baki position pahle ki tarah. Word of command milta hai
squad tin to char tak ki slow ginti kate hue dahine hath ko ahista ahista koni se
morte hue unglian butt plate par sidhi rakhen. Yahan tak ki movement ko dakhen.
Squad tin ek-do-tin-char. Is position mein dakhne ki baten, dahina hath butt plate
par chahra pahle ki tarah.
Word of command milta hai squad seh to baen hathko ek se char tak ki slow ginti
karte hua ahista ahista koni se morte hue dahine hath ke upar rakhen. Yahan tak
ki movement ko dakhen. Is karwai ka abhiyas mere word of command se ginti se
karenge.
ABHIYAS
BHAG 2
SHOK SASHTR SE ULTE SASHTR
UDDESH
Abhi hai shok sashtr se ulte sashtr.
ZARURAT
Agar shok sashtr ke bad dhire chal mein march karana ho to shok sashtr se ulte
sashtr ki karwai karte hai. Isi karwai durust namuna dakhen.
DURUST NAMUNA
Word of command sashtr qawaid ulte sashtr ek-do-tin-ek, jaise the. Isi karwai ko
ginti se dakhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
Word of command ginti se sashtr qawaid ulte sashtr ek ek, squad do do jaise the.
Isi karwai ko ginti se aur baen se dakhen aur sune.
Jab shok sashtr se word of command ilta hai, ginti se sashtr qawaid ulte sashtrek
to dahine hath se rifle ko thoda upar Uthate aur baen hath charon unglian age se
angutha andar se small of the butt par pakren aur shouting Karen ek. Yahan tak
ki movement ko dakhen.
dakhne ki baten, dahine hath ko rifle ko boot ki toe se thoda upar uthaya hua aur
baen hath ki charon unglian age se angutah ander se small of the butt par pakra
hua, baki position pahle ki tarah. Word of command milta hai squad do to dono
hathon ki madad se rifle ko ulte sashtr ki taragh baen bagal mein le jayen aur
245
dahine hath ko chorkar pith ke piche se pakren aur shouting Karen do. Yahan tak
ki movement ko dakhen. Squad do do is positiom mein dakhne ki baten, ulti
sashtr ki tarah, jaise the. Isi karwai ka abhiyas mere word of command se karenge.
ABHIYAS
-------------------------********************---------------------------------------------FND – 9
SALAMI SASHTR SE SHOK SASHTR AUR SHOK SASHTR SE SALAMI SASHTR
Bhag 1 Salami sashtr se shok sashtr
DOHRAI
Ulte sashtr se shok sashtr aur shok sashtr se ulte sashtr.
UDDESH
Is period mein last rites qawaid ka ek aur sabaq jis mein kam hoga salami sashtr
se shok sashtr aur shok sashtr se salami sashtr.
ZARURAT
Jab salami sashtr karne ki zarurat ho to is karwai ko kiya jata hai. Am taur par is
karwai ko wreath laying ceremony mein ya war memorial mein kiya jata hai. Isi
karwai ka durust namuna dakhen.
DURUST NAMUNA
Word of command sashtr qawaid shok sashtr ek, do tin, ek-do-tin-char, do-tin-ek.
Jaise the. Isi karwai ko ginti se dakhen.
GINTI SE NAMUNA
Word of command ginti se sashtr qawaid shok sashtr ek ek, squad do ek-do-tinchar, squad tin tin jaise the. Isi karwai ko ginti se aur baen se dakhen aur sune.
Salami sashtr se word of command milta hai giniti se sashtr qawaid shok sashtr ek
to dono bazuon ko sidha Karen, baen hath ki madad se rifle sen inch upar uthayen
aur dahine hath ko butt plate par is tarah lagayen ki unglian andar ki taraf aur
angutha toe butt ko point karta hua ho.
********************************************************************************************
********************************************************************************************
******************************************************************
OMD-DRILL
LESSON-1: CHANGE FROM PT DRESS TO UNIFORM /COMBAT
DRESS
246
SL
NO.
1
TITLE
DETAIL
TIME
Shuru Shuru
ka kaam
02 min
2
Path parichay
3
Lakshya
4
Dohrai
Instructor trainees ka ginti aur baant
Karen.Drill ki jarurath dress ko check
Karen.
Jaldisejal PT dress se Uniform aur
Combat dress main badly hona.
Es period ke baad trainees PT dress se
uniform change karne main kam
samay lenge .
One minute drill se aap kya
samasthein hain?
Sabak ka uddesh ek minute main
PTdress se uniform ya combat dress
pahenna.
Turant taiyar hone kelie ek dress se
dusra dress pahanna jaroori hain.His
ek minute drill main uniform jaldi
pahannekelie abhiyas dia jata hain.Yeh
drill jawanon ke kam mein turanti
karwahi ka abhiyas deta hain.
Trainees ko fall in se whistle marker
adesh dia jata hain ki weh uniform
mein dubara fallin hojayen.Phir PT
dress pahannekelie adesh den. Phir
Combat dress pahannekelie adesh den.
Trainees ko PT dress se uniform/
Combat dress change karne ka 5 se 6
bar abhiyas dein.
Koi Shak ya sawal ho to , clear kiya
jayen.
Yeh drill bar bar abhiyas karnese
jawanon ka kammain tezi aur durusti
ayega .Sathi koi aapatkalan samay par
jaldi taiyar hone ke lie madad karega.
Turant dress badalneka abhiyas se
jawanon ka kammain tezi aur durusti
ayega aur aapatkalan samay main jaldi
taiyar hone ke lie his drill ka bahuti
jaroori avsaktha hain.
5
Uddesh
6
Pahunch
7
Tartib
8
Abhiyas
9
Shak ya sawal
10
Sankshep
11
Jaroori Gyan
03 min
02 min
02 min
02 min
04 min
05 min
10 min
03 min
03 min
02 min
CHANGE FROM PT DRESS TO UNIFORM /COMBAT DRESS
247
*********************************************************************
LESSON-2: TYING SHOE/ BOOT LACES WHILE STANDING ERECT
ON ONE LEG.
SL
NO.
1
TITLE
2
Path parichay
3
Lakshya
4
Dohrai
Shuru Shuru
ka kaam
5
Uddesh
6
Pahunch
7
Tartib
DETAIL
Instructor trainees ka ginti aur baant
Karen.Hunka boot aur laces ko
nirikshan Karen.
Is drill main trainees ko kare kare boot
lace baandhneka adesh diajayega aur
kuch sapth bolajayaga. Antmain
trainees ko hus sapth ki baremain
poochajayaga.
His period ke baad trainees kare kare
apne bootlace jaldisejal baandh
sakthen hain aur body ko balance
rakhsakhtehain.
PT dress se Uniform/Combat dress
jaldise jal badalne ka one minute drill
ka kya faida hain?
Sabak ka uddesh ek minute main kare
kare jawan apne bootlace baandhen
aur body balance , sahi
dekhwal,dimaak ka ajari rakhtehue
turant karwahi Karen.
His oneminute ka faida ,jawan apne
dimaak ka aajari rakhtehue sahi
dekhwal aur body balance ke sath
apne bootlace kare kare baandhsakten
hain.
Ustad trainees ko kare kare bootlace
baandhneka abhiyas karayen aur kuch
sapth ya Ghana ka awas karakkar
hunko sunneka adesh Karen.Bootlace
baandhneke baad hunse sunnahua
awas , Ghana ki baremain poochen.His
abhiyas ko bar bar karayen.Shru shru
TIME
03 min
03 min
02 min
02 min
03 min
03 min
05 min
248
8
Abhiyas
9
Shak ya sawal
10
Sankshep
11
Jaroori Gyan
TYING SHOE/ BOOT
LEG.
main weh apne bootko dekar lace
baandh saktehain.Kuch abhiyas ki
baad bina boot ko dekhtehue lace ko
baandhna chaiyiye.
Ustad trainees kokare kare bootlace
baandhneka abhiyas karayen aur kuch
sapth ya Ghana ka awas karakkar
hunko sunneka adesh Karen.Bootlace
baandhneke baad hunse sunnahua
awas , Ghana ki baremain poochen.His
abhiyas ko bar bar karayen
Koi shak ya sawal honese husko dur
Karen.
His one minute se jawan ki sarir ka
taqat badtha hain,body balance aur
sahi dekhwal ki sath dimaaki aajari
rahta hain.
Body balance,sahi dekhwal aur
dimakki aajari his abhiyas se badtha
hain
LACES WHILE
11 min
02 min
03 min
03 min
STANDING ERECT ON ONE
LESSON-3: TURN OUT CHECK
SL
NO.
1
TITLE
DETAIL
TIME
Shuru Shuru
ka kaam
03 min
2
Path parichay
3
Lakshya
Instructor trainees ka ginti Karen aur
buddy pair main
baantein.Uniforms/dress ko check
Karen.
Sahi Turnout fouz ke lie ek
mahatvapoorn jarurath hain. Turnout
main galtian hone se operatios aur
duty main wo rukhawat dalta hain.
His period ke baad trainees apne
buddy pair ka turnout jaldisejal check
karsaktha hain aur hunka galtian
03 min
03 min
249
4
Dohrai
5
Uddesh
6
Pahunch
7
Tartib
8
Abhiyas
9
Shak ya sawal
10
Sankshep
11
Jaroori Gyan
TURN OUT CHECK
sudaar saktha hain.
Buddy pair ka visheshtain aur fouz
main huska jarurath ki baremain
trainees se poochjai.
Sabak ka uddesh trainees ko jaldisejal
ek dusra ka turnout check karneka
abhiyas dena.
Apne turnout main kud ka galti
dikhai nahi deta hain.Paramtu dusra
ka turnout check karnemain kahi galti
dikhai deta hain aur husse apne
galtimain sudhaar la saktha hain.
Buddies ko aamne saamne kara Karen
aur hunka- apas main ek dusreka
turnout check karne ka aur galtian
bathaneka adesh Karen.
Tartib main jaldisejal ek dusre ka
turnout main galtian nikalna aur his
karwahi ka speed badayen ya uniform
check karneka sankhia badayen.Yeh
drill baar baar karayen aur beech
beech main hunka dohrai karte rahen.
Karen.
Uniform main jiadase jiade galti
rakhtehue buddys ko yeh drill
karyen.Jaldisejal galti bathaneka
abhiyas karayen.His oneminute drill se
apne kudh ka galti dhire dhire kam ho
sakhta hain.
Jawanon ko aamne saamne kara
Karen aur hunka- apas main ek
dusreka turnout check karne ka aur
galtian bathaneka abhiyas Karayen.
02 min
02 min
04 min
05 min
11 min
02 min
03 min
02 min
************************************************************************
250
LESSON-4:STITCHING TWO BUTTONS
SL
NO.
1
TITLE
DETAIL
TIME
Shuru Shuru
ka kaam
03 MIN
2
Path parichay
3
Lakshya
4
Dohrai
Instructor trainees ka ginti aur buddy
pair main baant Karen. Trainees ka
sui, daaga aur button ko check Karen.
Ek dusre ka button silai karne ka
abhiyas se jaldi karwahi karneka aadat
badtha hain.
His period ke baad trainees jaldisejal
apne buddy ka button sila saktha hain
.
Kare kare bootlace ek minutemain
baandhnese kya faida mil saktha hain?
Sabak ka uddesh buddy ka uniform
main jaldisejal button silane ka
abhiyas dena.
Yeh drill main buddys ekhi samay
main ek dusre ka uniform main button
silakkar apne dekhwal,nak,mook ko
sahi kaam le sakthe hain.
Tartib main sabse phyle buddies ko
button ,sui aur daaga ke sath kara
Karen.Ek minute main ek dusreka
kandhe main shoulder ka button
silayen,phir trouser main silayen.His
tarah karwahi ko lagaatar abhiyas
karayen.
Upar bathaya tartib ko buddy pair
main abhiyas karayen.Beech main
hunka karwahi main koi awaz ya tut
poot se rukawat dalen.Baar baar hisi
drill ko abhiyas karayen.
Koi shak ya sawal honese dur Karen.
His tarah button- rukawaton ko beech
main silanese buddies aur individual
ka kaam main aur bhi safai aah
saktha hain.
Buddys ekhi samay main ek dusre ka
uniform main button silakkar apne
dekhwal,nak,mook ko sahi kaam le
sakthe hain.
5
Uddesh
6
Pahunch
7
Tartib
8
Abhiyas
9
10
Shak ya sawal
Sankshep
11
Jaroori Gyan
03 MIN
03 MIN
03 MIN
02 MIN
03 MIN
05 MIN
10 MIN
02 MIN
03 MIN
03 MIN
STITCHING TWO BUTTONS
251
************************************************************************
LESSON-5: IRONING AND FOLDING SHIRT/TROUSSERS
SL
NO.
1
TITLE
DETAIL
TIME
Shuru Shuru
ka kaam
03 min
2
Path parichay
3
Lakshya
4
5
Dohrai
Uddesh
6
Pahunch
7
Tartib
8
Abhiyas
9
Shak ya sawal
10
Sankshep
Instructor trainees ka ginti aur buddy
main baanten.Ironbox aur paani ko
nirakshan Karen.
Kabda ko folding aur press karna –
buddy main yeh kaam baantkar hunka
tezi aur durusti badaana hain.
His period ke baad buddies tezi aur
durusti se kapda folding aur press
karsakhthehain.
Turnout check ka tartib kya hain?
Sabak ka uddesh trainees ko tezi aur
durustise kapda folding aur press
karne ka buddy pair main abhiyas
dena hain.
Koi bhi kaam buddy pair main karnese
tezi aur kam ka durusti apne aap aah
saktha hain.
Buddies ekek kapda ko fold aur press
karne ka abhiyas karayen.Beech beech
main kapde ka upar paani dalna aur
jaldise jal press karna hain.
Hisi kaam ko baar baar abhiyas
karayen.Agar press karne ka iron nahi
honese sirf kapda ko tezi aur durusti
se fold Karen aur hathse huska theek
karke fold karayen.
Karen.
Ant main yeh bathahunga ki his drill
se buddy main kaam karne ka aadat
aur kam main ek dusre ka madad
03 min
02 min
02 min
02 min
03 min
05 min
12 min
03 min
03 min
252
11
Jaroori Gyan
karneka aadat badtha hain.
His drill se Buddy main kaam karne
ka aadat aur kam main ek dusre ka
madad karneka aadat badtha hain.
02 min
IRONING AND FOLDING SHIRT/TROUSSERS
**********************************************************************
LESSON-6: WORD OF COMMAND AND CONTROL OVER MARCHING
COLUMN
SL
NO.
1
TITLE
DETAIL
TIME
Shuru Shuru
ka kaam
03 min
2
Path parichay
3
Lakshya
4
Dohrai
Instructor platoon ka nirikshan
Karen,ginti Karen.Marching jagah ko
check Karen.
Commander ke lie word of command
dena aur troops ko marching aur
control karna ek bahuti jaroori kam
hain.
His period ke baad trainees achcha
word of command dekkar platoon ko
sahi marching aur control karenge.
Ironing and folding of uniforms drill ka
jarurath kya hain?
Sabak ka uddesh sahi word of
command aur sahi marching karane
ka abhiyas dena.
Drill main word of command ek bahuti
jaroori kam hain.Commanders ko yeh
bi jaroori hain ki weh troops ko sahi
marching aur control Karen.
Ek platoon nafri ko sahi word of
command dekar 20x20 meter area
main baen,dahine,age aur pichche
murna,chelna,salute karna,kadam
badalna his tarah drill ke har karwahi
01 minute main karakar jaisethe
5
Uddesh
6
Pahunch
7
Tartib
03 min
03 min
02 min
02 min
03 min
05 min
253
8
Abhiyas
9
Shak ya sawal
10
Sankshep
11
Jaroori Gyan
position main troops/platoon ko
laen.Commanders ko ek ya do minute
ke baad badly kartejaen .
His tartib ko commanders ke badly
kartehue bar bar karayen.
Koi shaky a sawal honese husko dur
karen
Yeh drill commanders ko confidence
deta hain aur troops ko drill
karnemain achcha abhiyas deta hain.
Commanders ko sahi word of
command dena aur platoon ko sahi
marching karana ek jaroori chiz hain.
11 min
03 min
03 min
02 min
WORD OF COMMAND AND CONTROL OVER MARCHING COLUMN
************************************************************************
LESSON-7: FINDING FAULTS IN A VIDEO RECORDED PASSING
OUT PARADE
SL
NO.
1.
TITLE
DETAIL
TIME
Shuru Shuru
ka kaam
03 MIN
2.
Path parichay
3.
Lakshya
4.
Dohrai
Instructor trainees ka ginti Karen aur
his drill ka jaroori TV,Video player ko
nirikshan Karen.
Kisi bi Vishay main galti pakarna
police ke liye ek jaroori chiz hain.
His period ke baad trainees passing
out parade main marching
karnewalonka galti pakarnemain
durust honge.
One minute drill ko CRPF main kaun
layatha?
Sabak ka uddesh ,trainees ko video se
ek passing out parade main galti
pakarneka abhiyas dena hain.
Traffic police,Anti-sabotage check
5.
Uddesh
6.
Pahunch
02 MIN
01 MIN
02 MIN
01 MIN
02 MI N
254
7.
Tartib
8.
Abhiyas
9.
10.
Shak ya sawal
Sankshep
11.
Jaroori Gyan
karnewale police aur Crime branch
police ko yeh jaroori hain ki weh apne
jagah se dusra ka galti pakden.
His drill main trainees ko paper pen ke
sath bittakkar ek passing out parade
ka video film dikayen aur husmain
galtian pakarneka adesh den.
Hisi tartib ko bar bar , naya naya video
clippings/parade se abhiyas den aur
hunka galti pakarne ka adat ko tezi
aur durusti karayen.
Koi shak ya sawal honese dur Karen.
Kisi bhi police ko sahi galti pakarneka
aana niyayat jaroori hain . Nahi to chor
ko pakkarna mushkil hain.
Passing out parade ka video film
dikayen aur husmain galtian
pakarneka adesh den.Test ke tuarpar
husko mark den aur de-briefing Karen.
05 MIN
18 MIN
02 MIN
02 MIN
02 MIN
FINDING FAULTS IN A VIDEO RECORDED PASSING OUT PARADE
********************************************************************************************
*************************************************************************************
************************************************************************************
255
256

vol-2 drill subjects

Transcription

Similar documents

treatment - What is Ruqyah?

Untitled

Nisaab - Deeniyat

Nigraani - Deeniyat

Leh Jeet Gya Maama! Phir se aya Obama! \(^_^)

JUZ 1 - Darul Arqam

made in italy

List of Songs in Disc distributed with MeraGana`s Karaoke Studio

(Musalmaanon) Tum woh behtareen ummat ho jo logon

la domenica - La Repubblica.it

Os-9 User Notes Volume 1